As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 24, 2024
1933 Act File No. 333-[ ]
1940 Act File No. 811-22853
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form N-2
(Check appropriate box or boxes) | ||
REGISTRATION STATEMENT | ☒ | |
UNDER | ||
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 | ||
Pre-Effective Amendment No. | ☐ | |
Post-Effective Amendment No. | ☐ | |
And | ||
REGISTRATION STATEMENT | ||
UNDER | ||
THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 | ☒ | |
Amendment No. 20 | ☒ |
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325
Denver, Colorado 80206
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)
(303) 398-2929
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)
Sanjai Bhonsle, CEO
ArrowMark Asset Management LLC
100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325
Denver, Colorado 80206
(Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service)
Copies of Communications to:
John P. Falco, Esq. 18th and Arch Streets |
Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:
From time to time after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
☐ | Check box if the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans. | ☐ | Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction B or a post-effective amendment thereto that will become effective upon filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act. | |
☒ | Check box if any securities being registered on this Form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (“Securities Act”), other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan. | ☐ | Check box if this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction B to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act. | |
☒ |
Check box if this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction A.2 or a post-effective amendment thereto. |
|||
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box): | ||||
☐ |
when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c), or as follows: |
|||
If appropriate, check the following box: | ||||
☐ | This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. | ☐ | This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is: | |
☐ | This Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is: | ☐ | This Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, and the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering is: | |
Check each box that appropriately characterizes the Registrant: | ||||
☒ | Registered Closed-End Fund (closed-end company that is registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (“Investment Company Act”)). | ☐ | Well-Known Seasoned Issuer (as defined by Rule 405 under the Securities Act). | |
☐ | Business Development Company (closed-end company that intends or has elected to be regulated as a business development company under the Investment Company Act). | ☐ | Emerging Growth Company (as defined by Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Exchange Act”). | |
☐ | Interval Fund (Registered Closed-End Fund or a Business Development Company that makes periodic repurchase offers under Rule 23c-3 under the Investment Company Act). | ☐ | If an Emerging Growth Company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of Securities Act. | |
☒ | A.2 Qualified (qualified to register securities pursuant to General Instruction A.2 of this Form). | ☐ | New Registrant (registered or regulated under the Investment Company Act for less than 12 calendar months preceding this filing). |
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion
Preliminary Prospectus dated July 24, 2024
BASE PROSPECTUS
[__], 2024
$150,000,000
Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Subscription Rights
Debt Securities
Investment Company. ArrowMark Financial Corp. (“we,” “us,” “our” or “the Company”) is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). We have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). We are managed by ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC (“ArrowMark” or the “Adviser”), an investment adviser that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC (“ArrowMark Partners”).
Investment Objectives. Our primary investment objective is to provide stockholders with current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that we will achieve our investment objectives.
Investment Strategy. The Company is focused on income generation, capital preservation, and providing risk-adjusted rates of return. The Company attempts to achieve its investment objective through investment in preferred equity, debt and subordinated debt, structured notes and securities, convertible securities, regulatory capital securities and common equity issued or structured by banks and financial institutions including community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States and foreign and global money center banks (“banking-related securities”). The Company makes investments that will generally be expected to pay the Company dividends and interest on a current basis and generate capital gains over time. The Company may seek to enhance the Company’s returns through the use of warrants, options and other equity conversion features. The Company has a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in such banking-related securities.
The Company focuses its portfolio on making long-term, passive, non-control investments in the banking sector, including “regulatory capital securities” which are securities issued or structured by banks seeking capital that is treated more favorably under banking regulations than other types of capital, acquisitions and other refinancing activities regulatory capital securities are issued or structured by a bank to maintain or reduce its regulatory capital requirements by transferring certain credit risks to investors. Regulatory capital securities may be structured in a variety of ways and are highly bespoke to the needs of the bank or other deposit-taking institution involved. Regulatory capital securities may be in the form of structured notes (e.g., credit-linked notes), contingent convertible securities, and other structured products or transactions. The Company intends to continue to direct investments in numerous issuers differentiated by asset size, business models and geographies. The Company also may invest in an option strategy that will normally consist of writing (selling) call options on bank equity securities in the Company’s portfolio (“covered calls”).The Company invests in foreign securities and the Company is not limited in the amount of assets the Company may invest in such foreign securities.
The Company indirectly invests in securities issued or structured by banks through structured securities and credit derivatives, including collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and credit-linked notes. The Company currently invests in credit-linked notes for which the performance and payment of principal and interest is tied to a reference asset such as a pool of loans originated by a bank and held on its balance sheet. The Company also invests in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs, and other debt securitizations, that are collateralized by a portfolio consisting primarily of unsecured, subordinated loans made to (and, to a lesser extent, unsecured, subordinated debentures and notes issued by) community banks or savings institutions or their respective holding companies. The Company may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that the Adviser believes are consistent with the Company’s investment objectives, including senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. These indirect investments provide exposure to and focus on the same types of direct investments that the Company makes in banking companies and, accordingly, the Company’s investments in structured securities (such as credit-linked notes and CLOs) and credit derivatives that provide exposure to the banking industry are considered an investment in banking securities. The loans or other assets pledged as collateral in these securitizations may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated. The Company believes that the use of such instruments complements the Company’s overall strategy and enhance the diversity of the Company’s holdings.
The Company may also incur additional leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. Although the Company normally seeks to invest substantially all of the Company’s assets in banking-related securities, the Company reservesthe ability to invest up to 20% of the Company’s assets in other types of securities and instruments.
Additionally, the Company may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with the Company’s investment strategy in attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. If the Company does so, the Company may not achieve the Company’s investment objective. The Company may also choose not to take defensive positions.
Additional Information. This prospectus is part of a registration statement that the Company has filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), using the “shelf” registration process. Under the shelf registration process, the Company may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, up to $150,000,000 of common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights or debt securities, which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities,” on terms to be determined at the time of the offering. This prospectus provides you with a general description of the securities that the Company may offer. Each time the Company uses this prospectus to offer securities, the Company will provide a prospectus supplement that will contain specific information about the terms of that offering. The prospectus supplement may also add, update or change information contained in this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, which contain important information about the Company, carefully before you invest in the securities. Securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, through agents designated from time to time by the Company, or to or through underwriters or dealers. The prospectus supplement relating to an offering will identify any agents, underwriters or dealers involved in the sale of securities, and will set forth any applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between the Company and its agents or underwriters, or among the Company’s underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be calculated. See “Plan of Distribution.” In the event we offer common stock, the offering price per share of our common stock exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts will not be less than the net asset value (“NAV”) per share of our common stock at the time we make the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) with the consent of the majority of our common stockholders and approval of our board of directors or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The Company may not sell any securities through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery or deemed delivery of a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms of the particular offering of the securities.
You should retain this prospectus and any prospectus supplement for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated [ ], 2024, containing additional information about the Company has been filed with the SEC and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, request the Company’s most recent annual and semiannual reports, request information about the Company and make stockholder inquiries by calling toll-free (877)-855-3434 or by writing to us at 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, Colorado 80206. You can also obtain, free of charge, a copy of our Statement of Additional Information and our annual and semiannual reports to stockholders on our website at http://www.ir.arrowmarkfinancialcorp.com. You can obtain the same information, free of charge, from the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
Our common stock does not represent a deposit or obligation of, and is not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution and is not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.
Our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (“NASDAQ”) under the symbol “BANX”. The last reported sale price of our common stock, as reported by the NASDAQ on June 30, 2024, was $18.44 per share. The NAV of our common stock at the close of business on June 30, 2024, was $21.48 per share, representing a discount to NAV of -14.6%.
Investment in the Company’s securities involves substantial risks arising from, among other strategies, the Company’s ability to make long-term, passive, non-control investments in the banking sector, including “regulatory capital securities” which are securities issued or structured by banks seeking capital that is treated more favorably under banking regulations than other types of capital, acquisitions and other refinancing activities regulatory capital securities are issued or structured by a bank to maintain or reduce its regulatory capital requirements by transferring certain credit risks to investors.
The Company’s assets will be concentrated in the banking industry, potentially exposing the Company to greater risks than companies that invest in multiple sectors. Before investing in the Company’s securities, you should read the discussion of the principal risks of investing in the Fund in “Principal Risks of the Fund.” Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Principal Risks of the Fund.”
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any related prospectus supplement. The Company has not authorized anyone to provide you with information other than that contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement, and any free writing prospectus that the Company distributes. The Company does not take any responsibility for, and does not provide any assurances as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The Company is not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front hereof or thereof. The Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor the U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined that this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
-i-
The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” before making a decision to invest in our securities. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the securities of ArrowMark Financial Corp. In the prospectus, unless the context suggests otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “Company,” “our company” or “our” refer to ArrowMark Financial Corp., a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries; references to “Adviser” mean ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC (“ArrowMark”), a Delaware limited liability company; references to “ArrowMark Partners” mean ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC, the parent of our Adviser; references to “common stock” or “shares” mean the common stock of ArrowMark Financial Corp; and references to “securities” mean the common stock, preferred stock, subscription rights and debt securities of ArrowMark Financial Corp.
The Company
ArrowMark Financial Corp. is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). We have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
Investment Objectives
Our primary investment objective is to provide stockholders with current income, and to a lesser extent, capital appreciation. There can be no assurance that we will achieve our investment objectives.
Investment Strategies
We are focused on income generation, capital preservation, and providing risk-adjusted rates of return. We attempt to achieve our investment objective through investment in preferred equity, debt and subordinated debt, structured notes and securities, convertible securities, regulatory capital securities and common equity issued or structured by banks and financial institutions including community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States and foreign and global money center banks. (“banking-related securities”). See “Banking Sector Focus” and “Regulatory Capital Securities.” We make investments that will generally be expected to pay us dividends and interest on a current basis and generate capital gains over time. We may seek to enhance our returns through the use of warrants, options and other equity conversion features. We have a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in such banking-related securities.
We focus our portfolio on making long-term, passive, non-control investments in the banking sector, including “regulatory capital securities” which are securities issued or structured by banks seeking capital that is treated more favorably under banking regulations than other types of capital, acquisitions and other refinancing activities Regulatory capital securities are issued or structured by a bank to maintain or reduce its regulatory capital requirements by transferring certain credit risks to investors. Regulatory capital securities may be structured in a variety of ways and are highly bespoke to the needs of the bank or other deposit-taking institution involved. Regulatory capital securities may be in the form of structured notes (e.g., credit-linked notes), contingent convertible securities, and other structured products or transactions. We intend to continue to direct investments in numerous issuers differentiated by asset size, business models and geographies. We also may invest in an option strategy that will normally consist of writing (selling) call options on bank equity securities in our portfolio (“covered calls”). We invest in foreign securities and we are not limited in the amount of assets we may invest in such foreign securities.
We indirectly invest in securities issued or structured by banks through structured securities and credit derivatives, including collateralized loan obligations (CLOs) and credit-linked notes. We currently invest in credit-linked notes for which the performance and payment of principal and interest is tied to a reference asset such as a pool of loans originated by a bank and held on its balance sheet. We also invest in equity and junior debt tranches of CLOs, and other debt securitizations, that are collateralized by a portfolio consisting primarily of unsecured, subordinated loans made to (and, to a lesser extent, unsecured, subordinated debentures and notes issued by) community banks or savings institutions or their respective holding companies. We may also invest in other securities and instruments that are related to these investments or that our Adviser believes are consistent with our investment objectives, including senior debt tranches of CLOs and loan accumulation facilities. These indirect investments provide exposure to and focus on the same types of direct investments that we make in banking companies and, accordingly, our investments in structured securities (such as credit-linked notes and CLOs) and credit derivatives that provide exposure to the banking industry are considered an investment in banking securities. The loans or other assets pledged as collateral in these securitizations may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated. We believe that the use of such instruments complements our overall strategy and enhance the diversity of our holdings.
With the proceeds of future equity offerings we will seek to grow and further diversify our portfolio of investments. We may also incur additional leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. See “Leverage.” Although we normally seek to invest substantially all of our assets in banking-related securities, we reserve the ability to invest up to 20% of our assets in other types of securities and instruments.
Additionally, we may take temporary defensive positions that are inconsistent with our investment strategy in attempting to respond to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. If we do so, we may not achieve our investment objective. We may also choose not to take defensive positions.
1
Our Adviser
ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC (“ArrowMark” or the “Adviser”), an SEC-registered investment adviser dedicated to the banking sector, manages our assets. Our Adviser is registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”). Our Adviser is wholly-owned by ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC (together with its affiliates “ArrowMark Partners”). Founded in 2007, ArrowMark Partners is a 100% privately-owned and SEC-registered investment adviser based in Denver, Colorado. As of December 31, 2023 ArrowMark Partners managed $22.3 billion in assets on behalf of a broad array of institutional clients and professional asset allocators across alternative credit and capacity constrained equity strategies, as well as commercial real estate.
Each of our Adviser’s investment decisions is reviewed and approved for us by our Adviser’s investment committee, the members of which may also act as the investment committee for other investment vehicles managed by our Adviser or its affiliates.
Our Adviser, in addition to its own resources, may access experienced investment professionals and senior investment personnel of ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates. Our Adviser intends to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of ArrowMark Partners’ investment professionals. Biographical information for key members of our Adviser’s investment team is set forth below under “Management—Biographical Information.” As our investment adviser, our Adviser is obligated to allocate investment opportunities among us and its other clients in accordance with its allocation policy; however, there can be no assurance that our Adviser will allocate such opportunities to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
Banking Sector Focus
We pursue our investment objective by taking advantage of a broad spectrum of available investment opportunities in the bank sector, including securities in U.S. community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States, and global money center banks.
We invest in public and privately-held community banks located throughout the United States. We consider “community banks” to be banks, savings associations and their holding companies with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets that serve local markets. As of December 31, 2023, the community banking sector is a highly fragmented $3.5 trillion industry, comprised of 4,429 banks located throughout the United States, including underserved rural, semi-rural, suburban and other niche markets. Community banks generally have simple, straightforward business models and geographically concentrated credit exposure. Community banks typically do not have exposure to non-U.S. credit and are focused on lending to borrowers in their distinct communities. As a result, we believe that community banks frequently have a better understanding of the local businesses they finance than larger banking organizations. Many of these community banks are well established, having been in business on average for more than 90 years, and having survived many economic cycles, including the most recent financial crisis. We invest directly in community banks differentiated by asset sizes, business models and geographies.
We also invest in similar securities of larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States, and global money center banks.
We also invest in regulatory capital securities, such as credit-linked notes, consistent with our investment strategy. We typically invest in regulatory capital securities issued by larger, regulated global money center banks that provide exposure to loans and other credits provided to a diverse range of corporate entities that were originated by the issuing bank and held on its balance sheet. Banks enter into regulatory capital transactions to optimize capital ratios, reduce balance sheet concentrations and respond to regulatory changes. For example, through a credit-linked note, the issuing bank retains meaningful exposure to the underlying collateral pool which aligns the bank with investors and promotes disciplined loan origination and underwriting standards. Regulatory capital transactions are typically privately negotiated transactions driven by long-term trusted relationships and only a relatively small group of financial institutions are known to participate. We intend to continue to direct investments into regulatory capital securities with high quality collateral, as determined by our Advisor, and diversified exposure that has the potential to generate floating rate current income. The collateral pledged in a regulatory capital transaction may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated.
Market Opportunity
The Company was formed to support the ongoing capital needs of banks and banking-related institutions. We believe that the banking sector continues to offer a broad spectrum of available opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective. We believe that the community banking sector continues to be attractive due to the strong long-term performance of community banks and the general lack of investment competition from institutional investors. Specifically, the Company seeks investment opportunities in preferred equity, subordinated debt, structured notes, convertible securities and common equity in the U.S. community bank sector as well as regulatory capital securities issued by regulated banking institutions. The Company also believes similar investments in securities of larger U.S. banks, and global money center banks represent attractive market opportunities. Regulatory capital securities will likely increase as an important component of the Company’s overall investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2023, regulatory capital securities comprised approximately 87.7% of the Company’s investment portfolio. As with all investments, investments in regulatory capital securities are subject to several risks. See, “Risks”.
2
Summary of Principal Risks
An investment in our securities involves risk, and we urge you to consult your tax and legal advisors before making an investment in our securities. You could lose some or all of your investment. See “Risk Factors.” There can be no assurance that we will achieve our investment objective.
An investment in our common stock involves significant risks, including:
Risks Related to Investing in the Banking Sector
● | Our assets will be concentrated in the banking industry, potentially exposing us to greater risks than companies that invest in multiple sectors. |
● | We primarily invest in equity and debt securities issued by banks, subjecting us to unique risks. |
● | All of our investments are subject to liquidity risk, but we may face higher liquidity risk if we invest in debt obligations and other securities that are unrated and issued by banks that have no corporate rating. |
● | We expect to keep our portfolio of securities and investments focused on the bank sector, which would make us more economically vulnerable in the event of a downturn in the banking industry. |
● | A large number of banks may fail during times of economic stress. |
● | We expect to keep our portfolio of securities and investments focused on the bank sector including community banks whose business is subject to greater lending risks than larger banks. |
Risks Related to Banking Regulations and Banking Investments Affecting Our Business
● | The banking institutions in which we invest, including global money center banks, are subject to substantial regulations that could adversely affect their ability to operate and the value of our investments. In addition, geopolitical instability, natural disasters, including outbreaks of infectious diseases, or in times of significant global market downturns, which may impact the value of regulatory capital securities or other investments. |
● | Regulatory capital securities are subject to several risks. Banking regulators could change or amend existing banking regulations which could affect the regulatory treatment of regulatory capital securities, where stricter regulation could make regulatory capital securities less desirable, or undesirable, for banks to issue, reducing the supply of new investments. Should an adverse regulatory development occur in the future, it would likely result in the bank issuer of such securities being able to redeem an investment early, which subjects the Company to reinvestment risk. Regulatory capital securities remain subject to the same sector specific and other risks as any banking-related investment that the Company may acquire, including, but not limited to, credit risk, interest rate risk, currency risk, prepayments, adverse changes in market value or liquidity and the quality of the loans extended by each bank to its clients. |
● | We may become subject to adverse current or future banking regulations. |
● | Ownership of our stock by certain types of regulated institutions may subject us to additional regulations. |
● | Investments in banking institutions and transactions related to our portfolio investments may require approval from one or more regulatory authorities. |
● | If we were deemed to be a bank holding company or thrift holding company, bank holding companies or thrift holding companies that invest in us would be subject to certain restrictions and regulations. |
● | The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, has issued a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, which must be implemented by banks and certain other companies beginning in 2021. Under the CECL model, entities subject to the model will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the "incurred loss" model, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. CECL may create more volatility in the companies in which we invest, and this in turn could affect the value of our portfolio. |
3
Risks Related to Our Investments
● | Our investments will be subject to dividend and interest rate fluctuations, and we are subject to interest rate risk. In particular, our investments in subordinated or unsecured debt securities that are perpetual or have maturities in excess of ten years subject us to a high degree of interest rate risk. |
● | Most of our assets will be unrated, illiquid, and their fair value may not be readily determinable. As a consequence, the Company may be unable to sell such assets at an attractive value for a period of time, if at all. The assets in which we invest may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated. |
● | Our investments in regulatory capital securities subject us to the risks of underlying bank assets. |
● | Risks of credit-linked notes include those risks associated with fixed-income instruments and those of the underlying reference instrument or credit obligation including but not limited to market risk, interest rate risk, credit (default) risk, counterparty risk, valuation risk, foreign security and foreign currency risk. |
● | We may acquire CLO equity and junior debt securities that are subordinated to more senior tranches of CLO debt. CLOs present risks including credit(default), interest rate and prepayment risks. Investors in CLO securities indirectly bear risks of the collateral held by such CLOs. The prices of CLOs (and, therefore, the prices of the CLOs’ securities) are influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. CLO interests are generally thinly traded or have only a limited trading market. CLO securities are typically privately offered and sold, even in the secondary market. As a result, investments in CLO securities are illiquid and the price at which these securities are sold may be less than the price used to calculate our NAV. CLO equity and junior debt securities are typically highly levered and, therefore, the junior debt and equity tranches in which we are currently invested and in which we may invest will be subject to a higher degree of risk of total loss. The loans or other assets pledged as collateral in a CLO may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated. |
● | Foreign securities may experience greater price volatility and changes in value. Investments denominated in foreign currencies as well as currency hedge transactions will be subject to fluctuations in value. |
● | Derivatives transactions may limit our income or result in losses. |
Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage
● | We currently have a bank loan to finance investments as a form of leverage. We also have authority to issue preferred stock or engage in reverse repurchase agreements to finance investments. |
● | Leverage exaggerates the effects of market downturns or upturns on the NAV and market value of our common stock, as well as on distributions to holders of our common stock. |
● | Leverage can also increase the volatility of our NAV, and expenses related to leverage can reduce our income. |
● | In the case of leverage, if our assets decline in value so that asset coverage requirements for any borrowings or preferred stock would not be met, we may be prevented from paying distributions, which could jeopardize our qualification for pass-through tax treatment, make us liable for excise taxes and/or force us to sell portfolio securities at an inopportune time. |
● | The use of leverage through investments such as CLO equity or junior debt securities that inherently involve leverage, may magnify our risk of loss. CLO equity or junior debt securities are very highly leveraged, and therefore the CLO securities in which we are currently invested and in which we intend to invest are subject to a higher degree of loss since the use of leverage magnifies losses. |
● | The Company utilizes a revolving credit agreement with Texas Capital Bank to provide for a maximum borrowing amount of $70 million and a fee of Secured Overnight Funding Rate (“SOFR”) + 2.61%, with a maturity date of May 27, 2025 (which may be extended until May 27, 2026 at the option of the Company) (the “Credit Facility”). |
● | The Credit Facility imposes asset coverage requirements, which are more stringent than those imposed by the Investment Company Act, or by our policies. In addition, we agreed not to purchase assets not contemplated by the investment policies and restrictions in effect when the Credit Facility became effective unless changes to these policies and restrictions are consented to by Texas Capital Bank. |
● | The covenants or guidelines under the Credit Facility could impede the Adviser from fully managing our portfolio in accordance with our investment objectives and policies. Furthermore, non-compliance with such covenants or the occurrence of other events could lead to the cancellation of the Credit Facility. |
● | For as long as the Credit Facility remains in effect, we may not incur additional debt under any other facility, except in limited circumstances. |
● | The Credit Facility allows us to prepay borrowings under the Credit Facility at any time. We do not anticipate that such guidelines will have a material adverse effect on the holders of our common stock or on our ability to achieve our investment objectives. We may also consider alternative measures of obtaining leverage in the future. |
4
See “Leverage,” and also “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage,” for further information.
Risks Related to Our Operations
● | Our performance is highly dependent on our Adviser. |
● | Our Adviser may rely on assumptions that prove to be incorrect. |
● | Our Adviser and its affiliates may serve as investment adviser to other funds, investment vehicles and investors, which may create conflicts of interest not in the best interest of us or our stockholders. |
● | We may generate low or negative rates of return on capital, and we may not be able to execute our business plans as expected, if at all. |
● | Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships, and our inability to maintain or develop these relationships, as well as the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business. |
● | If we are unable to source investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective. |
● | Our quarterly results may fluctuate. |
● | We make distributions to our stockholders on a quarterly basis. If the amount of any distribution exceeds our net investment income or capital gains, then all or a portion of such distribution could constitute a return of capital to stockholders rather than dividend income for tax purposes. A return of capital distribution has the effect of lowering stockholders’ basis in their shares, which will result in higher tax liability when the shares are sold, even if such shares have not increased in value or have, in fact, lost value. In addition to the tax consequences, such a distribution is a return of a shareholder’s own investment, but distributed net of Company expenses, and will decrease the funds available for investment by the Company. |
● | Financing arrangements with lenders or preferred shareholders may limit our ability to make dividend payments to our stockholders. |
● | We may change our business strategy and operational policies without stockholder consent (unless stockholder consent is specifically required by the Investment Company Act), which may result in a determination to pursue riskier business activities. |
● | Laws and regulations may prohibit the banks in which we invest from paying interest and/or dividends to us. |
● | Legal and regulatory changes could occur that may adversely affect us. |
● | We may be required to register as a commodity pool operator. |
● | Market fluctuations caused by force majeure, terrorism, global pandemics, or certain other acts may adversely affect our performance. |
● | Changes in interest rates may affect our net investment income, reinvestment risk and the probability of defaults of our investments. |
Risks Related to Our Adviser and/or its Affiliates
● | Our performance is dependent on our Adviser, and we may not find a suitable replacement if the management agreement is terminated. |
● | The departure or death of any of the members of senior management of our Adviser or ArrowMark Partners may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objective; our management agreement does not require the availability to us of any particular individuals. |
● | If our Adviser ceases to be our manager under our management agreement, financial institutions that provided our credit facilities may not provide future financing to us. |
● | Our Adviser’s liability is limited under our management agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities. |
● | There may be potential conflicts of interest between our management and our Adviser, on one hand, and the interest of our common stockholders, on the other. |
● | We are limited in our ability to conduct transactions with affiliates. |
● | Our Adviser’s investment committee is not independent from its management. |
● | We may compete with our Adviser’s current and future investment vehicles for access to capital and assets. |
5
● | There may be other conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Adviser and/or its affiliates that could negatively affect our earnings. |
● | Our Adviser’s management of our business is subject to the oversight of our board of directors, but our board of directors will not approve each business decision made by our Adviser. |
● | Our Adviser may be incentivized to incur additional leverage, up to the extent permitted by regulations, even if additional leverage is not in the best interests of the Company’s stockholders. |
Risks Related to Offerings
● | The price for our common stock may be volatile. |
● | The price for our common stock is subject to market risk. |
● | Future offerings of debt securities or preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, and future offerings of equity securities, which would dilute our existing stockholders and may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividend and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the market value of our common stock. |
Risks Related to Taxation
● | Despite our election to be treated as a RIC, we may not be able to meet the requirements to maintain an election to be treated as a RIC. |
● | We will be subject to corporate-level federal income tax on all of our income if we are unable to maintain RIC status under Subchapter M of the Code. |
● | Whether an investment in a RIC is appropriate for a Non-U.S. Stockholder will depend upon the Non-U.S. Stockholder’s particular circumstances. |
We strongly urge you to review carefully the discussion under “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and to seek advice based on your particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.
Competitive Advantages
We believe that our significant focus on the banking sector provides us with a strong competitive advantage relative to non-specialized investors. We believe that we are well-suited to meet the capital needs of the banking sector.
Targeted Investment Characteristics
Our business strategy focuses on minimizing risk by using a disciplined underwriting process for all of our sector investments. Proprietary fundamental research is the basis for all investment decisions.
With respect to our investments in community banks, we seek banks that exhibit the following characteristics:
● | Experienced Management. We seek to invest in community banks with management teams or sponsors that are experienced in running local banking businesses and managing risk. We seek community banks that have a particular market focus, expertise in that market, and a track record of success. Further, we actively seek to invest in banks with senior management teams with significant ties to their local communities. |
● | Stability of Earnings. We seek to invest in community banks with the potential to generate stable cash flows over long periods of time, and therefore we presently seek out institutions that have a defined lending strategy and predictable sources of interest revenues, stable sources of deposits and predictable expenses. |
● | Stability of Market. We seek to invest in community banks whose core business is conducted in one or more geographic markets that have sustainable local economies. The market characteristics we seek include stable or growing employment bases and favorable long-term demographic trends, among other characteristics. |
● | Growth Opportunities. We seek to invest in healthy community banks headquartered in markets that provide significant organic growth opportunities, or are headquartered in highly fragmented markets where industry consolidation is likely providing the opportunity for community banks to grow through acquisitions of smaller competitors. |
● | Strong Competitive Position. We focus on community banks that have developed strong market positions within their respective markets and that are well positioned to capitalize on growth opportunities. We seek to invest in companies that demonstrate competitive advantages that should help to protect and potentially expand their market position and profitability. Typically, we do not expect to invest in newly organized institutions or community banks having highly speculative business plans |
● | Visibility of Exit. When investing in common equity, we seek investments that we expect to result in an exit opportunity. Exits may come through the conversion of an investment into public shares; an initial public offering of shares by the bank; the sale of the bank; or the repurchase of shares by the bank or another financial investor. |
6
With respect to our investments in regulatory capital securities, we seek to invest in issues that exhibit the following characteristics:
● | Investor and Issuer Alignment. We seek to invest in regulatory capital securities where the issuing bank originated the underlying loans with the intention to be held on the bank’s balance sheet. We seek regulatory capital transactions where the issuing bank retains meaningful exposure to the underlying collateral pool through a structure that creates alignment with investors by incentivizing the issuing bank to maintain disciplined underwriting processes and standards. |
● | High Quality Collateral. We generally seek to invest in regulatory capital securities where the underlying collateral is at or near investment grade at the time of issuance, as determined by the Advisor. |
● | Diversified Exposure. We seek to invest in regulatory capital securities where the underlying collateral is diversified across geographies, sectors, and individual borrowers. Additionally, we seek securities that are subject to guidelines which enforce collateral diversification over the expected life. |
● | Floating Rate, Current Income. We seek to invest in regulatory capital securities that have a floating rate structure to help mitigate interest rate risk. |
Investments
We primarily invest in bank-related securities including those issued by community banks, other FDIC-insured institutions and regulatory capital transactions. We have an existing pipeline of potential investments that meet our criteria, consisting primarily of preferred equity, subordinated debt, convertible securities, structured notes and, to a lesser extent, common equity. We invest in accordance with our Adviser’s investment policy in primarily the following assets:
Preferred and Common Equity Assets. We continue to receive capital requests from numerous community banks regarding potential investments initially in amounts ranging from approximately $3 million to $20 million per investment. Preferred stock may have fixed or variable dividend rates, which may be subject to rate caps and collars. In connection with our investments, we may also receive options or warrants to purchase common or preferred equity.
Regardless of the type of capital security, we intend to invest the majority of our portfolio in institutions that are currently paying dividends or interest on their securities, that our Adviser believes have the ongoing ability to pay dividends or interest on their securities, and that are not currently a party to any regulatory enforcement actions that would limit or hinder their ability to pay dividends or interest. While we do not intend to invest a significant portion of our funds in institutions that do not meet these criteria, we may invest in institutions that our Adviser believes have the ability to emerge from such conditions, pay any accrued interest or cumulative unpaid dividends at emergence and begin the normalized payment of interest or dividends in arrears and/or as frequently stipulated by the issuance in question.
From time to time, we may also invest in Tier 2 qualifying debt securities (long term subordinated debt securities) and other debt securities or hybrid instruments issued by community banks or their holding companies. Additionally, we may invest in Tier 1 qualifying debt securities. These debt securities may have fixed or floating interest rates.
Regulatory Capital Securities and Credit-Linked Notes. We invest in “regulatory capital securities” which are securities issued or structured by banks seeking capital that is treated more favorably under banking regulations than other types of capital, acquisitions and other refinancing activities. Regulatory capital securities are issued or structured by a bank to maintain or reduce its regulatory capital requirements by transferring certain credit risks to investors. Regulatory capital securities may be in the form of structured notes (e.g., credit-linked notes), contingent convertible securities, and other structured products or transactions. We invest in credit-linked notes which are unsecured notes linked to loans or other assets held by a bank or other financial institution on its balance sheet. Although the credit-linked notes are tied to the underlying performance of the assets held by the bank, such credit-linked notes may not be secured by such assets and we have no direct or indirect ownership of the underlying assets. Thus, as a holder of such credit-linked notes, we would be subject to counterparty risk of the bank which issues the credit-linked notes (in addition to the risk associated with the assets themselves). To the extent the relevant bank experiences an insolvency event or goes into receivership, we may not receive payments on the credit-linked notes, or such payments may be delayed.
Covered Calls and Other Option Transactions. The Company intends to provide current income from short-term gains earned through an option strategy which will normally consist of writing (selling) call options on bank equity securities in its portfolio (“covered calls”). Any premiums received by the Company from writing options may result in short-term capital gains. Writing a covered call is the selling of an option contract entitling the buyer to purchase an underlying security that the Company owns. When the Company sells a call option, it generates current income from short-term gains in the form of the premium paid by the buyer of the call option, but the Company forgoes the opportunity to participate in any increase in the value of the underlying equity security above the exercise price of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period.
Convertible Securities. We may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include any debt securities or preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or which carry the right to purchase common stock.
Generally, convertible securities entitle us to exchange the securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same company, at specified prices within a certain period of time.
7
The terms of any convertible security determine its ranking in a company’s capital structure. In the case of subordinated convertible debentures, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of other creditors, and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In the case of convertible preferred stock, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the claims of common shareholders.
Convertible securities have characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Due to the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to move together with the market value of the underlying common stock. As a result, selection of convertible securities, to a great extent, is based on the potential for capital appreciation that may exist in the underlying stock. The value of convertible securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer, and any call provisions. In some cases, the issuer may cause a convertible security to convert to common stock. In other situations, it may be advantageous for us to cause the conversion of convertible securities to common stock. If a convertible security converts to common stock, we may hold such common stock in our portfolio even if we would not invest in the common stock of such issuer.
We may invest in contingent securities structured as contingent convertible securities also known as “CoCos”. Contingent convertible securities are typically issued by non-U.S. banks and are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when a pre-determined trigger event occurs. A contingent convertible security is a hybrid debt security either convertible into equity at a predetermined share price or written down in value based on the specific terms of the individual security if a pre-specified trigger event occurs (the “Trigger Event”). Unlike traditional convertible securities, the conversion of a contingent convertible security from debt to equity is “contingent” and will occur only in the case of a Trigger Event. Trigger Events vary by instrument and are defined by the documents governing the contingent convertible security. Such Trigger Events may include a decline in the issuer’s capital below a specified threshold level, increase in the issuer’s risk weighted assets, the share price of the issuer falling to a particular level for a certain period of time and certain regulatory events.
Collateralized Loan Obligations and other Structured Securities. A CLO is a special purpose vehicle that is formed to finance a pool of loans which meet predefined investment criteria. It generally raises capital by issuing both debt and equity securities. Typically, a CLO will issue various classes, or “tranches,” of debt broadly categorized as senior and subordinate debt tranches as well as an equity tranche.
CLO securities receive cash flows generated by underlying collateral according to a defined payment waterfall. Principal and interest payments to CLO debt tranches are typically paid sequentially, with senior debt tranches receiving cash flows prior to subordinate debt tranches. The risk and return to CLO debt tranches vary depending upon each tranche’s right to collect cash flows generated by the underlying collateral. CLO debt tranches are generally rated, with ratings ranging from the highest investment grade to below investment grade, with coupons commensurate with the risk of each tranche. CLO debt tranches are also generally structured with covenants which, if violated, divert cash flows to the senior tranches prior to making any interest or principal payments to subordinate debt tranches or equity tranches. The loans or other assets pledged as collateral in these securitizations may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated.
Unlike debt securities issued by CLOs, CLO equity securities are not rated and do not have contractually stated payment schedules. At origination, the weighted average interest rate of all CLO debt tranches is generally lower than the weighted average interest earned by a CLO’s underlying collateral, resulting in an interest rate spread. CLO equity securities receive residual cash flows, or the interest spread, generated by the underlying collateral after obligated payments for CLO debt securities and other expenses of the CLO have been made. CLO equity tranches typically comprise approximately 10%-20% of total capital raised by a CLO.
CLO equity tranches can generate relatively front-end loaded cash flows. CLO equity cash flows are also highly dependent on the credit performance of their underlying collateral pool. If loans within the collateral pool default, the reduced amount of performing collateral leads to lower cash flows available for distribution through CLO waterfalls, resulting in lower residual cash flows available for equity tranches. Residual cash flows are also impacted by changes in portfolio spreads for CLO collateral. Declines in spreads on newly issued collateral during the reinvestment period result in lower residual cash flows available for equity tranches.
Community Funding 2018, LLC (“CF 2018”). As of December 31, 2023, the Company has invested $14.7 million in the interests of CF 2018, representing all of the outstanding securities of CF 2018. We may be deemed to “control” and be an “affiliate” of CF 2018, as such terms are defined under the Investment Company Act, because we are the sole member of CF 2018. CF 2018 is a structured financing vehicle that finances, originates and services loans to FDIC-insured community banks or savings institutions or their respective holding companies (“Obligors”). Such loans are pledged as collateral to secure loans made to CF 2018 by one more insurance companies (“Lender”) under a credit and security agreement with a final maturity date in July 2028. The Obligors are generally not publicly rated by any rating agency. The loans held by CF 2018 may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated. These loans are not deposits and are not insured by the FDIC or any government agency or instrumentality thereof. The Company purchased its interests in CF 2018 with an initial contribution of cash and securities and subsequent cash contributions. The CF 2018 Interests are unsecured equity interests that do not bear a stated rate of interest but entitle us to receive distributions on each payment date solely to the extent of excess interest proceeds and/or principal proceeds, if any. This means that we can only lose the amount that we invested in CF 2018, we are not liable for the liabilities of CF 2018, and we will not receive distributions from CF 2018 for a period until CF 2018 pays its interest and principal payments to the Lender for that period.
CF 2018 has retained StoneCastle Investment Management, LLC (the “Servicer”) to perform certain administrative functions pursuant to a servicing agreement dated February 7, 2018 (the “Servicing Agreement”). Pursuant to the terms of the Servicing Agreement, the Servicer, among other things, monitors and services CF 2018’s collateral loans, provides to the CF 2018’s lenders, collateral administrator and administrative agent certain information and reviews the reports prepared pursuant to the credit agreement. Under the terms of the Servicing Agreement, Servicer is entitled to a fee payable in arrears in an amount equal to 0.30% per annum of the sum of the aggregate principal balance of the collateral loans (excluding any ineligible, defaulted or defaulted loans). This fee is paid directly by CF 2018 to the Servicer. The Servicer has agreed to remit its fees received under the Servicing Agreement to us so long as we continue to hold all of the interests of CF 2018.
8
We believe that securitizations such as CF 2018 enable us to deploy our capital efficiently and to increase our capacity to generate income from providing financing to community banks.
Leverage
We have borrowed funds and expect to continue to borrow to fund our investment activities, which is also known as utilizing leverage. While we may enter into borrowing arrangements with banks or other lenders that are unsecured, we currently fund a portion of our investments with a secured debt facility. We will operate with leverage through recourse and non-recourse collateralized financings, private or public offerings of debt, warehouse facilities, secured and unsecured bank credit facilities, reverse repurchase agreements and other borrowings. Additionally, we may create one or more wholly-owned special purpose subsidiaries to facilitate secured borrowing structures.
We have borrowed to fund a portion of our assets and limit our overall borrowing to meet the limitations set forth under the Investment Company Act. Accordingly, we will limit (i) leverage from debt securities to one-third of our total assets, including the proceeds of such borrowings, at the time such borrowings are calculated and (ii) the total aggregate liquidation value and outstanding principal amount of any preferred stock and debt securities to 50% or less of the amount of our total assets (including the proceeds of debt securities and preferred stock) less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by our debt securities and preferred stock, each in accordance with the requirements of the Investment Company Act. Although we have no present intention to do so, we may also operate with leverage by issuing preferred stock.
We seek a leverage ratio, based on a variety of factors including market conditions and our Adviser’s market outlook, where the rate of return, net of applicable expenses, on the Company’s investment portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage.
As of December 31, 2023, we incurred leverage through borrowings under the Credit Facility that permitted the Company to borrow up to $70 million as of that date of which $45.0 million was committed and drawn. Our asset coverage ratio as of December 31, 2023, was 439%. See “Leverage—Effects of Leverage” for a description of our credit agreement.
Following the completion of the offering, we may increase the amount of leverage outstanding. We may incur additional borrowings in order to maintain our desired leverage ratio of 30%. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the common stock than if leverage was not used. Interest on borrowings may be at a fixed or floating rate, and the interest at a floating rate generally will be based on short-term rates. The costs associated with our use of leverage, including the issuance of such leverage and the payment of dividends or interest on such leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common stock. As long as the rate of return, net of our applicable expenses, on our investment portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage, we will generate more return or income than will be needed to pay such costs. In this event, the excess will be available to pay higher dividends to holders of common stock. Conversely, if the return on such assets is less than the cost of leverage and our other expenses, the return to the holders of our common stock will diminish. To the extent that we use leverage, the NAV and market price of our common stock and the yield to holders of common stock will be more volatile. Our leveraging strategy may not be successful. Our Adviser’s fee is based on “Managed Assets”, which means our total assets (including cash and cash equivalents and any assets purchased with or attributable to any borrowed funds). Because our Adviser’s fee is based on Managed Assets, our Adviser’s fee will be higher if we utilize leverage. See “Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage.”
In order to reduce the interest rate and credit risks associated with our investments and use of leverage, we expect to utilize derivatives including interest rate swaps, caps, floors and forward transactions and credit default swaps, total return swaps and credit-linked notes. In addition, we may utilize futures and warrants in order to hedge against changes in market prices of the securities of the publicly-traded banks in which we invest.
Conflicts of Interest
Our Adviser is subject to certain conflicts of interest in our management. These conflicts arise primarily from the involvement of our Adviser and its affiliates in other activities that may conflict with our activities. Our Adviser and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, they may engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests and the interest of the holders of our common stock. Other present and future activities of our Adviser and its affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest which may have a negative impact on us and the holders of our common stock.
Our Adviser’s compliance department, together with compliance personnel and resources of ArrowMark Partners, oversees the Adviser’s policies and procedures which are designed to ensure compliance with the securities laws and to mitigate potential conflicts of interest. The Adviser’s policies and procedures system emphasize the principle of fair and equitable allocation of appropriate opportunities to our Adviser’s clients over time. As a result of our Adviser’s allocation policies, we may not be able to invest in all opportunities that are appropriate for us and this may have the effect of reducing our potential earnings. Although our Adviser has agreed with us that it will allocate opportunities among its clients pursuant to its written policies and procedures, there is no assurance that these policies and procedures will work as intended or that we will be allocated our fair share of investment opportunities over time.
9
Corporate and Adviser Information
Our principal executive offices and the offices of our Adviser are located at 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, CO 80206. Our telephone number is (212)-468-5441.
Who May Want to Invest
Investors should consider their investment goals, time horizons and risk tolerance before investing in our securities. An investment in our securities is not appropriate for all investors, and our securities are not intended to be a complete investment program. Our securities are designed as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. Our securities may be an appropriate investment for investors who are seeking:
● | potential recurring dividend and interest cash flow; |
● | an investment company focused primarily on the bank sector; |
● | an investment company whose capital structure may be significantly leveraged; |
● | an investment company that will invest in preferred equity, subordinated debt, regulatory capital securities, convertible securities and common equity; |
● | an investment company that may be suitable for retirement or other tax-exempt accounts; and |
● | professional securities selection and active management by an experienced advisor. |
The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the costs and expenses that an investor in shares of our common stock will bear, directly or indirectly. Other expenses are estimated and may vary. Except where the context suggests otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or expenses paid by “you” or “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, stockholders will indirectly bear such fees or expenses. We caution you that certain of the indicated percentages in the table below indicating annual expenses are estimates and may vary.
Stockholder Transaction Expenses (as a percentage of offering price): | ||||
Sales Load | -- | (1) | ||
Offering Expenses | -- | (2) | ||
Dividend Reinvestment Plan Expenses | -- | (3) | ||
Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses | -- | (4) | ||
Annual Expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to common stock): | ||||
Management Fees(5) | 2.63 | % | ||
Interest payments on borrowed funds(6) | 3.71 | % | ||
Other Expenses (estimated for the current fiscal year)(7) | 2.01 | % | ||
Total Annual Expenses (8) | 8.35 | % |
(1) | In the event that the securities to which this prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters or agents, a corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable sales load. |
(2) | The related prospectus supplement will disclose the estimated amount of total offering expenses (which may include offering expenses borne by third parties on our behalf), the offering price and the offering expenses borne by us as a percentage of the offering price. |
(3) | The expenses associated with the administration of our dividend reinvestment plan are included in “Other Expenses.” Participants in the dividend reinvestment plan that instruct the plan administrator to sell shares obtained under the plan may be accessed a $15 transaction fee by the plan administrator and the proceeds of such sale will be net of brokerage commissions, fees and transaction costs. For more details about the plan, see “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” |
(4) | The related prospectus supplements with disclose the estimated amount of Total Stockholder Transaction Expenses. |
(5) | For the purposes of calculating our expenses, we have assumed the maximum contractual management fee of 1.75% of Managed Assets. See “Management—Management Agreement.” |
(6) | We entered into a revolving credit agreement on June 9, 2014. Interest expense assumes that leverage will represent approximately 30% of our Managed Assets (as defined under “Management—Management Agreement—Management Fee”) and charge interest or involve payment at a rate set by an interest rate transaction at an annual average rate of approximately 7.97% as of December 31, 2023. We have assumed for purposes of these expense estimates that we will utilize leverage for the entire year. |
(7) | Pursuant to the management agreement, our Adviser furnishes us, or arranges for the furnishing of office facilities and clerical and administrative services necessary for our operation (other than services provided by our custodian, accounting agent, administrator, dividend and interest paying agent and other service providers). We bear all expenses incurred in our operations, and we will bear the expenses related to any future offering. “Other Expenses” above includes all such costs not borne by our Adviser, which may include but are not limited to overhead costs of our business, commissions, fees and expenses connected with our investments and auditing, accounting and legal expenses. “Other Expenses” also includes Acquired Fund fees and expenses, which expenses are estimated to not exceed one basis point of our average net assets for the current fiscal year. |
10
(8) | Total Annual Expenses may not correlate to the ratio of expenses to average net assets disclosed in the Company’s annual and semi-annual reports to stockholders in the financial highlights table, which reflects operating expenses of the Company and does not include “Acquired Fund” fees and expenses. For the year ended December 31, 2023, the Adviser voluntarily reimbursed the Company $70,994 for expenses related to investor relations fees. |
Example
The following example demonstrates the hypothetical dollar amount of total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common stock. These amounts are based upon the assumption that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set forth in the table above and that the annual return on investments before fees and expenses is 5%.
1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return: | $ | 101 | $ | 254 | $ | 397 | $ | 714 |
The purpose of the table and example above is to assist you in understanding the various costs and expenses that an investor in any future offering will bear directly or indirectly. The example and the expenses in the tables above should not be considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual expenses may be greater or less than those shown.
Moreover, while the example assumes, as required by the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may result in a return greater or less than 5%. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at NAV, participants in our dividend reinvestment plan may receive common stock valued at the market price in effect at that time. This price may be at, above or below NAV. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.
The “Other Expenses” shown in the table and related footnote above are based on estimated amounts for our current fiscal year of operation unless otherwise indicated. If we issue fewer shares of common stock, all other things being equal, certain of these percentages would increase. For additional information with respect to our expenses, see “Management” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
The information in “Financial Highlights” of our most recent Annual Shareholder Report on Form N-CSR for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 is incorporated herein by reference.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT CONCERNING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
The matters discussed under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Distribution Policy,” “The Company” and elsewhere in this prospectus, as well as in future oral and written statements by our management, that are forward-looking statements are based on current management expectations that involve substantial risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results expressed in, or implied by, these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “targets,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. Important assumptions include our ability to originate new investments and achieve certain levels of return, the availability to us of additional capital and the ability to maintain certain debt to asset ratios. In light of these and other uncertainties, the inclusion of a forward-looking statement in this prospectus should not be regarded as a representation by us that our plans or objectives will be achieved. Statements regarding the following subjects are forward-looking by their nature:
● | our business strategy; |
● | our ability to use effectively the proceeds of any future offering and manage our anticipated growth; |
● | our ability to obtain future financing arrangements; |
● | estimates relating to, and our ability to make, future distributions; |
● | our ability to compete in the marketplace; |
● | market trends; |
● | projected capital and operating expenditures, including fees paid to our affiliates; and |
11
● | the impact of technology on our operations and business. |
Our beliefs, assumptions and expectations can change as a result of many possible events or factors, not all of which are known to us or are within our control. If a change occurs, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations may vary materially from those expressed in our forward-looking statements. You should carefully consider these risks before you make an investment decision with respect to our securities, along with the following factors that could cause actual results to vary from our forward-looking statements:
● | the factors referenced in this prospectus, including those set forth under the sections captioned “Risk Factors” and “The Company;” |
● | general volatility of the capital markets and the market price of our common stock; |
● | changes in our business strategy; |
● | availability, terms and deployment of capital; |
● | availability of qualified personnel; |
● | changes in the sectors in which we invest, interest rates or the general economy; |
● | increased rates of default and/or decreased recovery rates relating to our investments; |
● | changes in applicable laws, rules or regulations; |
● | our ability to continue to meet the requirements for treatment as a RIC; |
● | increased prepayments relating to our investments; and |
● | the degree and nature of our competition. |
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus. We are not obligated, and do not undertake an obligation, to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
TRADING AND NET ASSET VALUE INFORMATION
The following table sets forth, for the quarters indicated, the highest and lowest prices on the NASDAQ Global Select Market per share of common stock, and the NAV per share and the premium to or discount from NAV, on the date of each of the high and low market prices. The table also sets forth the number of Shares traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market during the respective quarters.
NAV per Share on Date of | NASDAQ Global Select | Premium/(Discount) to NAV | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Market Price(1) | Market Price Per Share(2) | on
Date of Market Price(1) | Trading | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
During Quarter Ended | High | Low | High | Low | High | Low | Volume(2) | |||||||||||||||||||||
June 30, 2024 | $ | 21.58 | $ | 21.76 | $ | 19.20 | $ | 17.91 | (11.0 | )% | (17.7 | )% | 1,037,351 | |||||||||||||||
March 31, 2024 | $ | 21.24 | $ | 21.32 | $ | 19.50 | $ | 17.81 | (8.2 | )% | (16.5 | )% | 925,364 | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2023 | $ | 21.43 | $ | 21.45 | $ | 19.15 | $ | 16.28 | (10.6 | )% | (24.1 | )% | 2,071,174 | |||||||||||||||
September 30, 2023 | $ | 21.59 | $ | 21.29 | $ | 18.75 | $ | 16.07 | (13.2 | )% | (24.5 | )% | 990,214 | |||||||||||||||
June 30, 2023 | $ | 21.16 | $ | 21.16 | $ | 19.26 | $ | 13.80 | (9.0 | )% | (34.8 | )% | 1,243,574 | |||||||||||||||
March 31, 2023 | $ | 20.12 | $ | 20.62 | $ | 19.37 | $ | 15.20 | (8.3 | )% | (26.3 | )% | 851,252 | |||||||||||||||
December 31, 2022 | $ | 20.79 | $ | 20.74 | $ | 18.16 | $ | 16.32 | (12.7 | )% | (21.3 | )% | 1,158,896 | |||||||||||||||
September 30, 2022 | $ | 21.10 | $ | 20.74 | $ | 20.23 | $ | 16.32 | (4.1 | )% | (21.3 | )% | 934,517 | |||||||||||||||
June 30, 2022 | $ | 21.44 | $ | 20.36 | $ | 21.94 | $ | 17.32 | 2.3 | % | (18.9 | )% | 753,477 |
(1) | Based on our computations. | |
(2) | Source: The NASDAQ Global Select Market. |
On June 30, 2024, our estimated per share NAV was $21.58 and our per share market price was $18.44, representing a -14.6% discount to NAV. As of July 16, 2024, our per share market price was $19.10, representing a -11.5% discount to such NAV.
12
We cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at a premium or discount to NAV in the future. Our issuance of common stock may have an adverse effect on prices for our common stock in the secondary market by increasing the number of common shares available, which may put downward pressure on the market price for our common stock.
Shares of closed-end funds frequently trade at a market price that is less than the value of the net assets attributable to those shares (a “discount”). The possibility that our shares will trade at a discount from NAV is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV will decrease. The risk of purchasing shares of a closed-end fund that might trade at a discount or unsustainable premium is more pronounced for investors who wish to sell their shares in a relatively short period of time after purchasing them because, for those investors, realization of a gain or loss on their investments is likely to be more dependent upon the existence of a premium or discount than upon portfolio performance. Our shares are not redeemable at the request of stockholders. We may repurchase our shares in the open market or in private transactions, although we have no present intention to do so. Stockholders desiring liquidity may, subject to applicable securities laws, trade their shares on the NASDAQ Global Select or other markets on which such shares may trade at the then current market value, which may differ from the then current NAV.
Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to use substantially all of the proceeds from a sale of our securities, net of expenses, for general corporate purposes, which may include, making investments in accordance with our investment objective and policies. We anticipate that the proceeds will be invested promptly as investment opportunities are identified, depending on market conditions and the availability of appropriate securities, and it is anticipated to take not more than approximately three to six months from the closing of any offering. Pending investment, the proceeds will be invested in short-term cash-equivalent instruments. Although we anticipate that a substantial portion of the proceeds from any offering will be invested pursuant to our investment objective and policies, some of the proceeds may be used to make capital gain distributions required to maintain our tax status as a RIC.
We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders in an amount, and on a timely basis, sufficient to obtain and maintain our status as a RIC; investment company taxable income includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, reduced by deductible expenses.
We have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a RIC. For federal income tax purposes, as a RIC we are required to distribute substantially all of our net investment income each year both to avoid federal income tax on our distributed income and to avoid a potential excise tax. If our ability to make distributions on our common stock is limited, such limitations could, under certain circumstances, impair our ability to maintain a qualification for taxation as a RIC, which would have adverse consequences for our stockholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
We will pay all dividends at the discretion of our board of directors, and the dividends we pay will depend on a number of factors, including:
● | distribution requirements under the Investment Company Act and to maintain our status as a RIC. |
● | our financial condition; general business conditions; actual results of operations; |
● | the timing of the deployment of our capital; debt service requirements; |
● | availability of cash distributions; |
● | our operating expenses; |
● | any contractual, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of distributions by us to our stockholders including debt covenants imposed by lenders to the Company; and |
● | other factors our board of directors in its discretion may deem relevant. |
If a stockholder’s common stock is registered directly with us or with a brokerage firm that participates in our dividend reinvestment plan, distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional common stock under the dividend reinvestment plan unless a stockholder elects to receive distributions in cash. If a stockholder elects to receive distributions in cash, payment will be made by check. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
ArrowMark Financial Corp. (originally, StoneCastle Financial Corp.) was organized on February 7, 2013 as a Delaware corporation, established to make investments in the banking sector throughout the United States. The Company invests in the banks and financial institutions including community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States and foreign and global money center banks.
13
We are focused on income generation, capital preservation, and providing risk-adjusted rates of return. We attempt to achieve our investment objective through investment in preferred equity, debt and subordinated debt, structured notes and securities, convertible securities, regulatory capital securities and common equity issued or structured by banks and financial institutions including community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States and foreign and global money center banks. (“banking-related securities”). See “Banking Sector Focus” and “Regulatory Capital Securities.” We make investments that will generally be expected to pay us dividends and interest on a current basis and generate capital gains over time. We may seek to enhance our returns through the use of warrants, options and other equity conversion features. We have a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in such banking-related securities.
In addition, as part of its investment strategy, the Company intends to provide current income from short-term gains earned through an option strategy that will normally consist of writing (selling) call options on bank equity securities in its portfolio (“covered calls”). We have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code.
Our Adviser
ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC (“ArrowMark”), an SEC-registered investment adviser dedicated to the banking sector, was formed on December 3, 2019, and manages our assets. Our Adviser is registered with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Advisers Act”). Our Adviser has access to investment professionals, including from its affiliates, which collectively manage a significant pool of assets across various sectors, including the banking sector. Our Adviser’s investment philosophy is grounded in disciplined, fundamental, bottom-up credit and investment analysis.
We intend to continue to use our Adviser’s existing banking infrastructure to identify attractive investment opportunities and to underwrite and monitor our investment portfolio. Our Adviser is wholly-owned by ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC (“ArrowMark Partners”). Founded in 2007, ArrowMark Partners is a 100% privately-owned and SEC-registered investment adviser based in Denver, Colorado. As of December 31, 2023 ArrowMark Partners managed $22.3 billion in assets on behalf of a broad array of institutional clients and professional asset allocators across alternative credit and capacity constrained equity strategies, as well as commercial real estate. ArrowMark Partner’s unique approach provides extensive insights across the capital structure of financial institutions. ArrowMark Partners has a skilled understanding of how to manage complex risk/reward tradeoffs through the firm’s process of Risk-First fundamental research. ArrowMark Partners’ team has collective experience navigating multiple economic climates and market cycles.
Our Adviser’s bank investment platform is consistent with the Company’s long-term strategy of aligning its investment capabilities to create value for shareholders. Since ArrowMark Partners’ inception, it has demonstrated a track record of identifying investment opportunities within and related to the banking sector. The ArrowMark Partners team has the advantage of banking relationships and expertise developed over decades in the investment industry. Certain members of the ArrowMark Partners team have had prior roles at global financial institutions and broad knowledge of financial services, banking, and investment management industries. ArrowMark Partners’ ability to continue successful execution of the Company’s investment goals and strategies is best demonstrated by ArrowMark Partners’ history of banking-related investments, including experience partnering with larger financial institutions to invest over $7.9 billion in regulatory capital transactions since 2010 and successful participation in the Federal Reserve’s Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility program, which was a funding facility that helped market participants meet the credit needs of households and small businesses by supporting the issuance of asset-backed securities.
Each of our Adviser’s investment decisions is reviewed and approved for us by our Adviser’s investment committee, the members of which may also act as the investment committee for other investment vehicles managed by our Adviser or its affiliates.
Our Adviser, in addition to its own resources, may access experienced investment professionals and senior investment personnel of ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates. Our Adviser intends to capitalize on the significant deal origination, credit underwriting, due diligence, investment structuring, execution, portfolio management and monitoring experience of ArrowMark Partners’ investment professionals. Biographical information for key members of our Adviser’s investment team is set forth below under “Management—Biographical Information.” As our investment adviser, our Adviser is obligated to allocate investment opportunities among us and its other clients in accordance with its allocation policy; however, there can be no assurance that our Adviser will allocate such opportunities to us fairly or equitably in the short-term or over time.
Banking Sector Focus
We intend to pursue our investment objective by taking advantage of a broad spectrum of available investment opportunities in the bank sector, including securities in U.S. community banks, larger U.S. domiciled regional, national and money center banks and global money center banks.
We intend to continue investing in public and privately-held community banks located throughout the United States. For the purpose of our investment objectives and this prospectus, we define “community bank” to mean banks, savings associations and their holding companies with less than $10 billion in consolidated assets that serve local markets. Community banks generally have simple, straight-forward business models and geographically concentrated credit exposure. Community banks typically do not have exposure to non-U.S. credit and are focused on lending to borrowers in their distinct communities. As a result, we believe that community banks frequently have a strong understanding of the local businesses they finance. Many of these community banks are well established, having been in business on average for more than 90 years and have survived many economic cycles, including the most recent financial crisis. We expect to continue to direct community bank investments in numerous issuers differentiated by asset sizes, business models and geographies.
14
We also invest in similar securities of larger U.S. domiciled banks, global money center banks. Additionally, we intend to continue utilizing regulatory capital securities in the portfolio consistent with our investment strategy, and may invest over 50% of our portfolio in regulatory capital securities. We typically invest in regulatory capital securities issued by larger, regulated U.S. and global money center banks that provide exposure to loans and other credits provided to a diverse range of corporate entities that were originated by the issuing bank and held on its balance sheet. Banks issue regulatory capital transactions to optimize capital ratios, reduce balance sheet concentrations and respond to regulatory changes. Through structure of the regulatory capital transaction, the issuing bank retains meaningful exposure to the underlying collateral pool which helps to promote alignment with investors and incentive to maintain discipline underwriting standards. Regulatory capital transactions are driven by long-term trusted relationships and only a relatively small group of financial institutions are known to participate. We intend to continue to direct investments into regulatory capital securities with high quality collateral and diversified exposure that has the potential to generate floating rate current income.
Market Opportunity
The Company was formed to support the ongoing capital needs of banks and banking-related institutions. We believe that the banking sector continues to offer a broad spectrum of available opportunities that are consistent with our investment objective.
We believe that the banking sector, including community banks, is attractive due to the strong long-term performance of community banks and the general lack of investment competition from institutional investors. We believe that the environment for investing in banks, including community banks is attractive for the following reasons:
● | Long-Term Resiliency of Community Banks. The community banking industry has a long history of resiliency and historically has exhibited a low rate of bank failure. Bank failure means the closing of a bank by a federal or state banking regulatory agency, generally because the bank is unable to meet its obligations to depositors and others. According to data as of December 31, 2023 from the FDIC, since 1934, FDIC insured banks and thrifts have failed at an annual rate of 0.34%, with peak cycle one-year failure rates of 3.32% in 1989 (S&L crisis), 2.05% in 2010 (Great Recession) and 0.54% in each of 1937 and 1938 (Great Depression). We believe that these figures are comparable with Baa and Ba Moody’s rated corporate bond default rates, which experienced an average annual default rate since 1920 of approximately 0.26% for Moody’s Baa-rated corporate bonds and 1.02% for Ba-rated bonds, with the highest one-year default rates of 1.99% and 11.71%, for Baa-rated and Ba-rated corporate bonds, respectively, as reported in an Annual Default study released on February 26, 2024. |
● | Robust Demand for Capital. Regulatory changes are requiring all banks to hold increased levels of capital. This requirement creates what we believe to be strong demand for capital in the form of preferred equity, subordinated debt, convertible securities and, to a lesser extent, common equity. Further, capital is needed to facilitate ongoing consolidation within the banking industry, including acquisitions of failed banks from the FDIC. Lastly, organic growth of well-positioned institutions also supports demand. Our Adviser estimates that the community banking sector will require billions of dollars of capital over the next several years to facilitate (i) compliance with heightened regulatory capital ratios, (ii) acquisition of competitors and failed banks and (iii) organic asset growth. This estimate is in part based on the size of the trust preferred CDO market and the phase out of trust preferred securities from the definition of Tier 1 capital. |
● | Sector Overlooked by Institutional Capital Providers. We believe that many investors historically have avoided investing in community banks due to the small size of these banks, their heavy regulation, the Bank Holding Company Act, which imposes ownership restrictions and the perception that community banks are riskier than larger financial institutions. In addition, many capital providers lack the necessary technical expertise to evaluate the quality of the small- and mid-sized privately-held community banks and lack a network of relationships to identify attractive opportunities. |
● | Opportunities for Investments in Larger Banks Through Regulatory Capital Securities. We intend to continue to direct investments into regulatory capital securities with high quality collateral and diversified exposure that has the potential to generate floating rate current income. Changing regulations and capital requirement needs cause typically larger, global money center banks to issue such securities. Successful investments in such securities often depends on long-term trusted relationships. We believe our experience and reputation in the banking industry will allow us to participate in such investments. |
Competitive Advantages
We believe that our significant focus on the banking sector provides us with a strong competitive advantage relative to non-specialized investors. We intend to pursue our investment objective by taking advantage of our considerable experience partnering with larger banks and global money center banks through regulatory capital transactions. We believe we are uniquely suited to capitalize on this market opportunity in the banking sector for the following reasons:
● | Differentiated Approach. With considerable experience investing in regulatory capital securities since 2010, we have refined a flexible investment process that continues to adapt as the market and opportunity set evolve allowing us to selectively pursue opportunities aligned with our investment objectives. |
15
● | Pronounced Sourcing Advantages. Relationships, scale and reputation developed by the team over decades in the banking industry and ten years of consistent participation in the asset class serve as a core component of our ability to access regulatory capital securities. Our extensive sourcing network and relationships with long-term issuers that have been cultivated through ongoing engagement are supportive of our highly selective investment process. |
● | Adept Structuring and Negotiation. Our team is experienced in developing customized transactions with unique terms that allow us to tailor security structures to a range of collateral types, issuers and regulatory guidelines. With a focus on mitigating risk, we believe in our ability to develop the optimal combination of structural attributes, collateral characteristics and issuer alignment when investing in regulatory capital securities. |
● | “Risk-First” Fundamental Research. We place equal emphasis on in-depth fundamental analysis of security structure, underlying collateral, and the issuer’s underwriting process to develop a proprietary assessment of collateral risk and the potential for losses. We utilize the appropriate resources with sector specialization and diverse expertise necessary to perform loan-level analysis of collateral pools. We have the unique advantage to draw upon the insights developed through years of regulatory capital investment experience that includes information from ongoing monitoring of underlying borrowers, transition rates, workouts and recoveries in historical investments. |
● | Disciplined Risk Management. We seek to mitigate unintended risks through thorough due diligence, conservative asset selection, investment discretion, and disciplined portfolio construction. Our dynamic investment approach enhances our ability to manage the potential for systemic and idiosyncratic risks by focusing on multi-layered diversification of collateral, counterparty, sectors and geographies. |
● | Experience in the Community Banking Sector. Since its inception, the Company has focused on investing in and engaging with the community banking sector. We have extensive experience with the community banking sector including sourcing, evaluating, executing and managing investments, including through the use of proprietary software that has been developed and refined over the past decade to enhance the Company’s investments in the community banking sector. |
● | ArrowMark Pipeline. Sourcing capital securities such as regulatory capital securities can be a barrier to entry for many investors, and requires a network of relationships with large bank issuers as, historically, capital securities such as regulatory capital securities have been acquired through privately negotiated bi-lateral transactions. ArrowMark Partners has been investing in capital securities similar to the regulatory capital securities since 2010 and, with approximately $7.9 billion invested on behalf of clients in such securities as of December 31, 2023, is an active investor in the sector. ArrowMark Partners has a pipeline of investment opportunities in Regulatory Capital Securities, a portion of which has been allocated to the Company. Given ArrowMark Partners’ investment pipeline, regulatory capital securities will likely constitute more than 50% of the Company’s portfolio. |
● | Experienced Management Team. Our investment team is comprised of professionals who have substantial expertise investing in community banks, and includes former senior bankers, credit officers, private equity investors, rating agency analysts, bank examiners, fixed income specialists and attorneys. |
● | Specialized/Proprietary Systems. The Adviser’s proprietary analytic systems/database that is dedicated to analyzing banks (the “RAMPART” systems) currently tracks and analyzes every bank in the United States and provides our investment professionals with significant operational leverage, allowing our team to sort through vast amounts of data to screen for potential investments. We believe that few institutional investors have developed infrastructure comparable to RAMPART. |
● | Disciplined Investment Philosophy and Risk Management. Our Adviser’s senior investment professionals have substantial experience structuring investments that balance the needs of banks with appropriate levels of risk control. Our Adviser’s investment approach for us emphasizes current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation through common equity, warrants, options and conversion features. Given that a significant portion of our investments to be fixed income-like (including preferred stock), preservation of capital is our priority and we seek to minimize downside risk by investing in banks that exhibit the potential for long-term stability (See “The Company—Investment Process and Due Diligence”). |
● | Few Organized Competitors. We believe that several factors render many U.S. investors and financial institutions ill-suited to lend to or invest in community banks. Historically, the relatively small size of individual community banks and certain regulatory requirements limiting control have deterred many institutional investors, including private equity investors, from making those investments. We believe that, as a consequence, few institutional investors have developed and possess the specialized skills and infrastructure to efficiently analyze and monitor investments in community banks on a large scale. Based on the experience of our management team, investing in community banks requires specialized skills and infrastructure, including: (i) the ability to analyze small community banking institutions and the local economies in which they do business; (ii) specialized systems to analyze and track vast amounts of bank performance data; (iii) a deep understanding and working relationship with state and federal regulators that oversee community banks; and (iv) brand awareness within the community banking industry and a strong reputation as a long-term partner that understands the needs of community banks to originate investment opportunities successfully. |
16
● | Extended Investment Horizon. Unlike private equity investors, we are not subject to standard periodic capital return requirements. These provisions often force private equity investors to seek returns on their investments through mergers, public equity offerings or other liquidity events more quickly than they otherwise might prefer, potentially resulting in a lower overall return to investors. We believe that our flexibility to make investments with a long-term view, and without the capital return requirements of traditional private investment funds, provides us with the opportunity to generate attractive returns on invested capital. |
Investments
We primarily invest in bank-related securities including those securities issued by community banks, other larger FDIC-insured institutions, and global money center banks. We invest in accordance with our Adviser’s investment policy in primarily the following assets:
Preferred and Common Equity Assets: We continue to receive capital requests from numerous community banks regarding potential investments initially in amounts ranging from approximately $1 million to $20 million per investment. Preferred stock may have fixed or variable dividend rates, which may be subject to rate caps and collars. In connection with our investments, we may also receive options or warrants to purchase common or preferred equity. We may also purchase common stock of companies listed on recognized exchanges, and may write call options (covered calls) on equity securities.
Regardless of the type of capital security, we intend to invest the majority of our portfolio in institutions that are currently paying dividends or interest on their securities, that our Adviser believes have the ongoing ability to pay dividends or interest on their securities, and that are not currently a party to any regulatory enforcement actions that would limit or hinder their ability to pay dividends or interest. While we do not intend to invest a significant portion of our funds in institutions that do not meet these criteria, we may invest in institutions that our Adviser believes have the ability to emerge from such conditions, pay any accrued interest or cumulative unpaid dividends at emergence and begin the normalized payment of interest or dividends in arrears and/or as frequently stipulated by the issuance in question.
From time to time, we may also invest in Tier 2 qualifying debt securities (long-term subordinated debt securities) and other debt securities or hybrid instruments issued by community banks or their holding companies. Additionally, we may invest in Tier 1 qualifying debt securities. These debt securities may have fixed or floating interest rates.
Regulatory capital regulations adopted in response to the Dodd-Frank Act and Basel III require banks to increase their Tier 1 capital and reduce their leverage ratios. These regulations also generally require that, in order to qualify as Tier 1 capital, preferred stock must be non-cumulative in nature (only TARP Preferred and certain securities issued by small bank holding companies, defined as holding companies with less than $500 million in consolidated assets, may be cumulative and qualify as Tier 1 capital). Non-cumulative means that dividends are discretionary and an issuer will have no obligation to pay dividends accrued for a dividend period after the dividend payment date for such period if the issuer has not declared such dividend for such period, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent dividend period. We expect that the majority of the new issue preferred stock in which we invest will be non-cumulative. While these existing and any future regulatory capital requirements may cause community banks to raise additional capital, these regulations may make some community banks less likely to pay dividends on preferred stock and common stock.
In addition, future changes in regulatory capital regulations may negatively or positively affect our investments and may subject us to additional pre-payment and capital redeployment risk.
Most of our assets are and, we expect, will be illiquid, and their fair value may not be readily determinable. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will be able to realize the value at which we carry such assets if we need to dispose of them. As a result, we can provide no assurance that any given asset could be sold at a price equal to the value at which we carry it. We believe that a majority of the investments we will make will not be rated by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”). If such investments were rated by a NRSRO, we believe they may be rated below investment grade.
Regulatory Capital Securities. We may invest in regulatory capital securities issued by various regulated banking institutions. Regulatory capital securities are generally securities that are issued by a regulated banking institution as an alternative to issuing common equity. The Company believes that the Regulatory Capital Securities offer a variety of benefits to issuers, including the absence of shareholder dilution, a reduction of credit risk and improved capital/profitability ratios. We believe that the Regulatory Capital Securities offer the opportunity for attractive returns relative to the risks taken and to other credit investments currently available. Given the Company’s investment objective of income and capital preservation, we believe that Regulatory Capital Securities are well suited for its long-term investment portfolio.
Covered Calls on Bank Equity Securities and Other Option Transactions. The Company intends to provide current income from short-term gains earned through an option strategy which will normally consist of writing (selling) call options on bank equity securities in its portfolio (“covered calls”). Any premiums received by the Company from writing options may result in short-term capital gains. Writing a covered call is the selling of an option contract entitling the buyer to purchase an underlying security that the Company owns. When the Company sells a call option, it generates current income from short-term gains in the form of the premium paid by the buyer of the call option, but the Company forgoes the opportunity to participate in any increase in the value of the underlying equity security above the exercise price of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period.
17
Convertible Securities: We may invest in convertible securities. Convertible securities include any debt securities or preferred stock which may be converted into common stock or which carry the right to purchase common stock.
Generally, convertible securities entitle us to exchange the securities for a specified number of shares of common stock, usually of the same company, at specified prices within a certain period of time. The terms of any convertible security determine its ranking in a company’s capital structure. In the case of subordinated convertible debentures, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of other creditors and are senior to the claims of preferred and common shareholders. In the case of convertible preferred stock, the holders’ claims on assets and earnings are subordinated to the claims of all creditors and are senior to the claims of common shareholders.
Convertible securities have characteristics similar to both debt and equity securities. Due to the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to move together with the market value of the underlying common stock. As a result, selection of convertible securities, to a great extent, is based on the potential for capital appreciation that may exist in the underlying stock. The value of convertible securities is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer, and any call provisions. In some cases, the issuer may cause a convertible security to convert to common stock. In other situations, it may be advantageous for us to cause the conversion of convertible securities to common stock. If a convertible security converts to common stock, we may hold such common stock in our portfolio even if we would not invest in the common stock of such issuer.
We may invest in contingent securities structured as contingent convertible securities also known as “CoCos”. Contingent convertible securities are typically issued by non-U.S. banks and are designed to behave like bonds in times of economic health yet absorb losses when a pre-determined trigger event occurs. A contingent convertible security is a hybrid debt security either convertible into equity at a predetermined share price or written down in value based on the specific terms of the individual security if a pre-specified trigger event occurs (the “Trigger Event”). Unlike traditional convertible securities, the conversion of a contingent convertible security from debt to equity is “contingent” and will occur only in the case of a Trigger Event. Trigger Events vary by instrument and are defined by the documents governing the contingent convertible security. Such Trigger Events may include a decline in the issuer’s capital below a specified threshold level, increase in the issuer’s risk weighted assets, the share price of the issuer falling to a particular level for a certain period of time and certain regulatory events.
Contingent convertible securities are subject to the credit, interest rate, high yield security, foreign security and markets risks associated with bonds and equities, and to the risks specific to convertible securities in general. Contingent convertible securities are also subject to additional risks specific to their structure including conversion risk. Because Trigger Events are not consistently defined among contingent convertible securities, this risk is greater for contingent convertible securities that are issued by banks with capital ratios close to the level specified in the Trigger Event. In addition, coupon payments on contingent convertible securities are discretionary and may be cancelled by the issuer at any point, for any reason, and for any length of time. The discretionary cancellation of payments is not an event of default and there are no remedies to require re-instatement of coupon payments or payment of any past missed payments. Coupon payments may also be subject to approval by the issuer’s regulator and may be suspended in the event there are insufficient distributable reserves. Due to uncertainty surrounding coupon payments, contingent convertible securities may be volatile and their price may decline rapidly in the event that coupon payments are suspended.
Contingent convertible securities typically are structurally subordinated to traditional convertible bonds in the issuer’s capital structure. In certain scenarios, investors in contingent convertible securities may suffer a loss of capital ahead of equity holders or when equity holders do not. Contingent convertible securities are also subject to extension risk. Contingent convertible securities are perpetual instruments and may only be callable at predetermined dates upon approval of the applicable regulatory authority. There is no guarantee that we will receive return of principal on contingent convertible securities. Convertible contingent securities are a newer form of instrument and the regulatory environment for these instruments continues to evolve. Because the market for contingent convertible securities is evolving, it is uncertain how the larger market for contingent convertible securities would react to a Trigger Event or coupon suspension applicable to a single issuer.
The value of contingent convertible securities is unpredictable and will be influenced by many factors such as: (i) the creditworthiness of the issuer and/or fluctuations in such issuer’s applicable capital ratios; (ii) supply and demand for contingent convertible securities; (iii) general market conditions and available liquidity; and (iv) economic, financial and political events that affect the issuer, its particular market or the financial markets in general.
Collateralized Loan Obligations and other Structured Securities. A CLO is a special purpose vehicle that is formed to finance a pool of loans which meet predefined investment criteria. It generally raises capital by issuing both debt and equity securities. Typically, a CLO will issue various classes, or “tranches,” of debt broadly categorized as senior and subordinate debt tranches as well as an equity tranche.
CLO securities receive cash flows generated by underlying collateral according to a defined payment waterfall. Principal and interest payments to CLO debt tranches are typically paid sequentially, with senior debt tranches receiving cash flows prior to subordinate debt tranches. The risk and return to CLO debt tranches vary depending upon each tranche’s right to collect cash flows generated by the underlying collateral. CLO debt tranches are generally rated, with ratings ranging from the highest investment grade to below investment grade, with coupons commensurate with the risk of each tranche. CLO debt tranches are also generally structured with covenants which, if violated, divert cash flows to the senior tranches prior to making any interest or principal payments to subordinate debt tranches or equity tranches.
18
Unlike debt securities issued by CLOs, CLO equity securities are not rated and do not have contractually stated payment schedules. At origination, the weighted average interest rate of all CLO debt tranches is generally lower than the weighted average interest earned by a CLO’s underlying collateral, resulting in an interest rate spread. CLO equity securities receive residual cash flows, or the interest spread, generated by the underlying collateral after obligated payments for CLO debt securities and other expenses of the CLO have been made. CLO equity tranches typically comprise approximately 10%-20% of total capital raised by a CLO.
CLO equity tranches can generate relatively front-end loaded cash flows. CLO equity cash flows are also highly dependent on the credit performance of their underlying collateral pool. If loans within the collateral pool default, the reduced amount of performing collateral leads to lower cash flows available for distribution through CLO waterfalls, resulting in lower residual cash flows available for equity tranches. Residual cash flows are also impacted by changes in portfolio spreads for CLO collateral. Declines in spreads on newly issued collateral during the reinvestment period result in lower residual cash flows available for equity tranches.
We believe that CLOs and other debt securitizations enable us to deploy our capital efficiently and to increase our capacity to provide financing to community banks.
Investment Selection
Our Adviser’s investment professionals are responsible for negotiating, structuring and managing our investments, and operate under the oversight of our board of directors and the Adviser’s investment committee. Some of our investment professionals may also be members of our board of directors, and may be subject to conflicts of interest. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Conflicts of Interest Within ArrowMark Partners.”
Current Yield Plus Growth Potential
We intend to focus on making investments in the bank sector that generate substantial current income in the form of dividends or interest. See “Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Operations.” In the case of investments with fixed dividends or interest, the continuity of these payments is paramount, and consequently we seek issuers that have business models that we believe will be stable over long periods of time. We also continue to seek to generate capital gains by investing in banks using various equity strategies, including common equity, warrants, convertible securities and options. We continue to seek to invest in equity-related instruments in circumstances where we believe a company has the potential to generate above average growth or is undervalued. To a lesser extent, we may also generate revenue in the form of commitment, origination or structuring fees.
Target Portfolio Company Characteristics
We have identified several quantitative, qualitative and relative value criteria that we believe are important in identifying and investing in prospective bank and banking-related securities. While these criteria provide general guidelines for our investment decisions, each prospective security in which we choose to invest may not meet all of these criteria. Generally, we intend to utilize our access to information generated by our Adviser’s investment professionals to identify prospective portfolio companies and to structure investments efficiently and effectively.
Qualified Management Team
We generally require that the community banks we invest in have management teams that are experienced in running banking businesses and managing risk. We seek management teams that have expertise in their market, thorough knowledge of the loans held by their institution and a track record of success. Further, we seek senior management teams with significant ties to their local communities. These management teams may have strong technical, financial, managerial and operational capabilities, established governance policies and incentive structures to encourage management to succeed while acting in the best long-term interests of their investors.
Sensitivity Analyses
We typically perform sensitivity analyses to determine the effects of changes in market conditions on any proposed investment. These sensitivity analyses may include, among other things, simulations of changes in interest rates, changes in unemployment rates, changes in home prices, changes in economic activity and other events that would affect the performance of our investment. In general, we do not commit to any proposed investment that will not provide at least a minimum return under any of these analyses and, in particular, the sensitivity analysis relating to changes in interest rates and unemployment rates.
Business Combinations
We seek to invest in community banks whose business models and expected future cash flows make them attractive business combination transaction candidates, either as buyer or seller. These companies include candidates for strategic acquisition by other industry participants and companies that may conduct an initial public offering of common stock.
Investment Process and Due Diligence
In conducting due diligence, our Adviser typically uses and intends to continue to use available public information, including “call reports” and other quarterly filings required by bank regulators, due diligence questionnaires and discussions with the management teams at the respective institutions. In many cases, our Adviser will also compile private information obtained pursuant to confidentiality agreements about the institution, its portfolio of loans and securities, its customers and related deposits, compliance information, regulatory information and any such additional information that could be necessary to complete its due diligence on the company. Although our Adviser may use research provided by third parties when available, primary emphasis is placed on proprietary analysis and valuation models conducted and maintained by our Adviser’s investment professionals.
19
The due diligence process followed by our Adviser’s investment professionals is highly detailed and follows a structure they have developed over the past decade. Our Adviser seeks to exercise discipline with respect to the pricing of its investments and institute appropriate structural protections in our investment agreements to the extent banking regulations permit. After our Adviser’s investment professionals undertake initial due diligence of a prospective investment, our Adviser’s investment committee determines whether to approve the initiation of more extensive due diligence. At the conclusion of the diligence process, our Adviser’s investment committee is informed of critical findings and conclusions. The due diligence process typically includes many of the following:
● | review of historical and prospective financial information; | |
● | review of regulatory filings and history of relevant regulatory actions or other legal proceedings against the institution; | |
● | review and analysis of financial models and projections; | |
● | analysis of historical underwriting processes and standards; | |
● | review of due diligence questionnaires that include detail on loans and other assets; | |
● | interviews with management and key employees of the prospective bank; | |
● | review of the prospective bank’s geographic footprint and competitive and economic conditions within the operating area; and | |
● | review of contingent liabilities. |
Additional due diligence with respect to any investment may be conducted on our behalf by our legal counsel and accountants, as well as by other outside advisors and consultants, as appropriate.
Upon the conclusion of the due diligence process, our Adviser’s investment professionals present a detailed investment proposal to our Adviser’s investment committee. The investment committee’s policy is that the consent of two of the three members is required to approve the committee’s decision to invest in a security and the consent of two of the three members is required to sell a security.
Investment Structure for Direct Investments in Banks
Once we have determined that a prospective community bank is suitable for a newly originated direct investment, we work with the management of that company to structure an investment that the parties believe is suitable from an economic and regulatory perspective.
We anticipate structuring our direct investments in a variety of forms to meet our investment criteria and to meet the capital needs of the community banks in which we invest. Banking is a highly regulated industry and investments in these institutions must be tailored to adhere to various regulatory standards, which change from time to time.
Typically, FDIC-insured banks are wholly-owned by a regulated holding company, and the primary asset of the holding company is the stock of the bank(s). We intend to invest in both community banks and their holding companies.
We anticipate structuring the majority of our direct investments as preferred equity, subordinated debt, convertible securities and common equity that pay cash dividends and interest on a recurring or customized basis. In conjunction with our preferred stock (and to a lesser extent, our debt investments), we intend to obtain warrants or equity conversion options by which we may increase our investments in banks. We do not intend to become regulated as a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company and intend to structure our investments such that they represent less than 24.9% of any portfolio bank’s equity capital and thereby avoid causing us to be deemed a bank holding company. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Banking Regulations Affecting Our Business.”
The types of securities in which we may invest include, but are not limited to, the following:
● | Preferred Stock. We anticipate structuring these investments as perpetual preferred stock to allow our portfolio company issuers to treat our investment in them as Tier 1 capital under current regulatory capital standards. We believe that nearly all newly issued preferred stock will be non-cumulative in order for it to qualify as Tier 1 capital of the applicable portfolio company. Such preferred stock may also include rights to convert the preferred stock into common stock under specified circumstances and on specified terms. While we do not intend to invest a significant portion of the proceeds of any future offering in the preferred stock of institutions that are not current in their dividends, we may invest in them to some extent if we believe their institutions have the ability to become current in their dividend payments in the future. |
● | Subordinated Debt. We anticipate structuring these investments as subordinated unsecured debt. Subordinated loans are expected to have maturities often years or longer with no amortization until loan maturity to allow our portfolio company borrowers to treat the investment as Tier 2-qualifying capital. Under current market conditions, the interest rate on subordinated loans ranges between 4% to 5.5%, excluding any equity warrants we may receive. |
20
● | Common Stock. We will also seek to make minority common equity investments in publicly-traded and select privately-held institutions. We will target internal rates of return between 15%-20%, including dividends. Under market conditions as of June 30, 2024, the dividend rate on common stock of community banks ranges between 1-3%. |
● | Warrants and Options. We may receive warrants or options to buy minority equity interests in connection with our direct subordinated debt and preferred equity investments. As a result, as a portfolio company appreciates in value, we may achieve additional investment return from these equity interests. We may structure such warrants to include provisions protecting our rights as a minority-interest holder. In many cases, we may also seek to obtain registration rights in connection with these equity interests, which may include demand and “piggyback” registration rights. |
Investments in Regulatory Capital Securities
The Company may make opportunistic investments in regulatory capital securities transactions entered into primarily with global money center banks and other deposit-taking institutions, the objective of which is generally to allow such banks and other deposit-taking institutions to reduce their risk-weighted asset calculations on portfolios of assets, or otherwise optimize the capital required to be held against such exposures, in order to manage their required capital.
● | Structure of Regulatory Capital Securities. Regulatory capital securities may be structured in a variety of ways and are highly bespoke to the needs of the bank or other deposit-taking institution involved. In many cases, the bank or other deposit-taking institution will establish a special purpose vehicle (an “SPV”), which will issue credit-linked notes or other debt instruments (the “notes”) to investors (and to the bank or deposit-taking institutions itself) for cash. The cash proceeds of the issue of notes to the investors will often be deposited by the SPV with the bank or other deposit-taking institution, but they can be deposited elsewhere particularly in situations where the creditworthiness of the bank or bank’s or other deposit-taking institution is weak. The bank or other deposit-taking institution will typically retain a portion of credit loss exposures of the collateral. The remainder of the credit loss exposures will mostly be held by external investors, such as the Company, via the notes. The bank or other deposit-taking institution makes periodic payments to the SPV of an amount sufficient for the SPV to pay the required interest and principal sums on the notes. The amount of interest and principal payable on the notes will be linked to the credit performance of the collateral. |
● | Regulatory capital securities may also be structured as securitizations, where the collateral is actually transferred to the SPV and the payments on the notes are derived directly from the cash flows arising from the collateral. Regulatory capital securities may also be structured as swaps or similar structure. In each case, the economics of the transaction are intended to transfer the risk of loss of the referenced credit exposures to the Company with the bank typically retaining certain exposures as described above. The structure of regulatory capital securities continues to evolve. |
● | In addition to the instruments described above, the Company may use derivatives instruments such as options, swaps, and index-related derivatives including both listed and over-the-counter instruments. The Company may invest cash balances in asset-backed securities, money market securities, mortgage-related securities, inflation protected and other index-linked securities. |
Valuation Process
We value our assets in accordance with U.S. GAAP and rely on multiple valuation techniques, reviewed on a quarterly basis by our board of directors. As most of our investments are not expected to have market quotations, our board of directors undertakes a multi-step valuation process each quarter, as described below and as described in more detail in “Net Asset Value” below:
● | Investment Team Valuation. Each investment will be valued by the investment professionals of our Adviser. |
● | Third Party Valuation. We have retained an independent valuation firm to provide a valuation report for each investment at least once per fiscal year. These reports are provided to our board of directors. |
● | Investment Committee. The investment committee of our Adviser will review the valuation report provided by the investment team and the independent valuation firm. |
● | Final Valuation Determination. Our board of directors discusses and reviews the valuations with our Adviser’s investment committee and, if they choose, with the independent valuation firm. Our board of directors then determines the fair value of each investment in our portfolio in good faith. |
21
Competition
Our primary competitors in providing financing and capital to community banks include public and private funds, commercial banks, investment banks, correspondent banks, commercial financing companies, high net worth individuals, private equity funds and hedge funds. In addition, some of our competitors may have higher risk tolerances or different risk assumptions, which could allow them to consider a wider variety of investments than us. Also, certain of our competitors may be better able to hedge against these risks due to having a more diversified portfolio or being registered as a commodity pool operator. We also believe that many of our competitors are established bank holding companies, which allows them to make investments that are in excess of 24.9% ownership interest, investments that are not feasible for us since we do not intend to become a bank holding company. Further, many of our competitors are not subject to the regulatory restrictions that the Investment Company Act imposes on us as an investment company or to the source-of-income, asset diversification and distribution requirements we intend to satisfy to qualify as a RIC.
Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices
Because we expect that most of the assets that we hold will be illiquid, we will generally acquire and dispose of our investments in privately negotiated transactions, and we may use brokers in the course of our business. Subject to policies established by our board of directors, we do not expect to execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but we will seek to obtain the best net results for us, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm, the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While we will generally seek reasonably competitive trade execution costs, we will not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal requirements, we may select a broker based partly on brokerage or research services provided to us. In return for such services, we may pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if we determine in good faith that such commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.
Staffing
The Company does not currently have or expect to have any employees. Employees of ArrowMark Partners or its affiliates provide the services necessary for our business. Our executive officers described under “Management” are employees or principals of our Adviser or ArrowMark Partners, the parent company of the Company’s prior investment manager, as indicated in the Statement of Additional Information.
Legal Proceedings
Neither Company or the Adviser is currently subject to any material legal proceedings, nor, to our knowledge, is any material legal proceeding threatened against the Company or the Adviser.
Portfolio Turnover
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, our portfolio turnover rate was 16% and 29%, respectively. Portfolio turnover rate is not considered a limiting factor in the execution of investment decisions for us. A higher turnover rate results in correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transactional expenses that we bear.
Use of Leverage
We intend to operate with leverage through recourse and non-recourse collateralized financings, private or public offerings of debt, warehouse facilities, secured and unsecured bank credit facilities, reverse repurchase agreements and other borrowings. We may also operate with leverage by issuing preferred stock. Under normal circumstances, we will not employ leverage above one-third of our total assets at time of incurrence.
The borrowing of money and the issuance of preferred securities represent the leveraging of our common stock. We do not use leverage unless our board of directors believes that leverage will serve the best interests of our stockholders. The principal factor used in making this determination is whether the potential return is likely to exceed the cost of leverage. Therefore, in making the determination whether to use leverage, we must rely on estimates of leverage costs and expected returns. Actual costs of leverage vary over time depending on interest rates and other factors, and actual returns vary depending on many factors. We do not anticipate using leverage where the estimated costs of using such leverage and the ongoing cost of servicing the payment obligations on such leverage exceed the estimated return on the proceeds of such leverage. Our board of directors will also consider other factors, including whether the current investment opportunities will help us achieve our investment objectives and strategies.
Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as potential for more gain, for our common stock than if leverage is not used. Leverage capital would have complete priority upon distribution of assets on liquidation or otherwise over common stock. We expect to invest the net proceeds derived from any use or issuance of leverage capital according to the investment objectives and strategies described in this prospectus. As long as our leverage capital is invested in securities that provide a higher rate of return than the dividend rate or interest rate of the leverage capital after taking its related expenses into consideration, the leverage will cause our common stockholders to receive a higher rate of income than if we were not leveraged. Conversely, if the return derived from such securities is less than the cost of leverage (including increased expenses to us), our total return will be less than if leverage had not been used, and, therefore, the amount available for distribution to our common stockholders will be reduced. In the latter case, our Adviser in its best judgment nevertheless may determine to maintain our leveraged position if it expects that the long term benefits to our common stockholders of so doing will outweigh the current reduced return. There is no assurance that we will be successful in enhancing the level of our total return. The NAV of our common stock will be reduced by the fees and issuance costs of any leverage capital. There is no assurance that outstanding amounts we borrow may allow prepayment by us prior to final maturity without significant penalty, but we do not expect any sinking fund or mandatory retirement provisions. Outstanding amounts would be payable at maturity or such earlier times as we may agree. We may be required to prepay outstanding amounts or incur a penalty rate of interest in the event of the occurrence of certain events of default. We may be expected to indemnify our lenders, particularly any banks, against liabilities they may incur related to their loan to us. Utilizing leverage may also restrict our ability to pay dividends, which could lead to a loss of our RIC status. We may also be required to secure any amounts borrowed from a bank by pledging our investments as collateral.
22
Leverage creates risk for holders of our common stock, including the likelihood of greater volatility of our NAV and the value of our shares, and the risk of fluctuations in interest rates on leverage capital, which may affect the return to the holders of our common stock or cause fluctuations in the distributions paid on our common stock. The fee paid to our Adviser is calculated on the basis of our Managed Assets, including proceeds from leverage capital. During periods in which we use leverage, the fee payable to our Adviser is and will be higher than if we did not use leverage. Consequently, we and our Adviser may have differing interests in determining whether to leverage our assets. Our board of directors monitors our use of leverage and this potential conflict.
Under the Investment Company Act, we are not permitted to issue preferred stock unless immediately after such issuance, the value of our total assets (including the proceeds of such issuance) less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities is at least equal to 200% of the total of the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness plus the aggregate liquidation value of the outstanding preferred stock. Stated another way, we may not issue preferred stock that, together with outstanding preferred stock and debt securities, has a total aggregate liquidation value and outstanding principal amount of more than 50% of the amount of our total assets, including the proceeds of such issuance, less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities. In addition, we are not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on our common stock, or purchase any of our shares of common stock (through tender offers or otherwise), unless we would satisfy this 200% asset coverage after deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or share purchase price, as the case may be. We may, as a result of market conditions or otherwise, be required to purchase or redeem preferred stock, or sell a portion of our investments when it may be disadvantageous to do so, in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Furthermore, if we redeem any preferred stock, it would result in a long-term decrease in cash available to be distributed to holders of our common stock in the form of dividends. Common stockholders would bear the costs of issuing preferred stock, which may include offering expenses and the ongoing payment of dividends. Under the Investment Company Act, we may only issue one class of preferred stock.
Under the Investment Company Act, we are not permitted to issue debt securities or incur other indebtedness constituting senior securities unless, immediately thereafter, the value of our total assets (including the proceeds of the indebtedness) less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities is at least equal to 300% of the amount of the outstanding indebtedness. Stated another way, we may not issue debt securities in a principal amount of more than one-third of the amount of our total assets, including the amount borrowed, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities. We also must maintain this 300% asset coverage for as long as the indebtedness is outstanding. The Investment Company Act provides that we may not declare any cash dividend or other distribution on common or preferred stock, or purchase any of our shares of stock (through tender offers or otherwise), unless we would satisfy this 300% asset coverage after deducting the amount of the dividend, other distribution or share purchase price, as the case may be. If the asset coverage for indebtedness declines to less than 300% as a result of market fluctuations or otherwise, we may be required to redeem debt securities, or sell a portion of our investments when it may be disadvantageous to do so. Under the Investment Company Act, we may only issue one class of senior securities representing indebtedness.
Assuming the utilization of our maximum available leverage in the amount of 31.1% of our total assets and an annual interest rate of 7.94% payable on such leverage (based on market rates as of June 30, 2024), the additional income that we must earn (net of debt-related expenses) in order to cover such leverage is approximately $5,635,194. Our actual costs of leverage may be higher or lower than that assumed in the previous example.
Following the completion of the offering, we may increase the amount of leverage outstanding. We may incur additional borrowings in order to maintain our desired leverage ratio of 30%. Leverage creates a greater risk of loss, as well as a potential for more gain, for the common stock than if leverage was not used. Interest on borrowings may be at a fixed or floating rate, and the interest at a floating rate generally will be based on short-term rates. The costs associated with our use of leverage, including the issuance of such leverage and the payment of dividends or interest on such leverage, will be borne entirely by the holders of common stock. As long as the rate of return, net of our applicable expenses, on our investment portfolio investments purchased with leverage exceeds the costs associated with such leverage, we will generate more return or income than will be needed to pay such costs. In this event, the excess will be available to pay higher dividends to holders of common stock. Conversely, if the return on such assets is less than the cost of leverage and our other expenses, the return to the holders of our common stock will diminish. To the extent that we use leverage, the NAV and market price of our common stock and the yield to holders of common stock will be more volatile. Our leveraging strategy may not be successful. Because our Adviser’s fee is based on total assets (including any assets acquired with the proceeds of leverage), our Adviser’s fee will be higher if we utilize leverage. See “Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage.”
23
Senior Securities
The following table is designed to illustrate the annual rate of interest on the senior securities. Information in the table below has been audited by Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, the Company's independent registered public accounting firm. The Company did not have any senior securities outstanding prior to June 9, 2014. Borrowings under the Credit Facility for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, 2021, 2020, 2019, 2018, 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 were as follows:
Total
Amount Outstanding(b) | Asset
Coverage Per Unit(c) | Average Market Value excludes Bank Loans) |
|||||||||
Credit Facility | |||||||||||
Fiscal 2013 (as of December 31, 2013) | N/A | (d) | N/A | (d) | N/A | (d) | |||||
Fiscal 2014 (as of December 31, 2014) | $ | 22,500,000 | $ | 7,317 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2015 (as of December 31, 2015) | $ | 25,000,000 | $ | 6,631 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2016 (as of December 31, 2016) | $ | 61,500,000 | $ | 3,253 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2017 (as of December 31, 2017) | $ | 25,750,000 | $ | 6,478 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2018 (as of December 31, 2018) | $ | 51,000,000 | $ | 3,753 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2019 (as of December 31, 2019) | $ | 17,700,000 | $ | 9,090 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2020 (as of December 31, 2020) | $ | 43,000,000 | $ | 4,274 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2021 (as of December 31, 2021) | $ | 60,000,000 | $ | 3,558 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2022 (as of December 31, 2022) | $ | 55,600,000 | $ | 3,656 | N/A | ||||||
Fiscal 2023 (as of December 31, 2023) | $ | 45,000,000 | $ | 4,387 | N/A |
(a) | On June 9, 2014, the Company entered into the Credit Facility, a revolving credit agreement which had an initial aggregate principal amount of up to $45,000,000 and stated maturity date of June 9, 2019. The interest rate applicable to borrowings thereunder was generally LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 2.85%. The Credit Facility’s commitment was increased to $70 million on January 16, 2015.The Credit Facility was further amended in May 2017 to reflect a single lender, Texas Capital Bank, N.A., a reduced rate of LIBOR +2.35% and a maximum borrowing amount of $62 million. In May 2022, the Credit Facility was further amended to reflect the addition of two lenders, a new rate of SOFR +2.61% and a maximum borrowing amount of $70 million. See "Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage" for a description of our revolving credit agreement. | |
(b) | Total amount of each class of senior securities outstanding at the end of the period. | |
(c) | The asset coverage ratio for senior securities representing indebtedness is calculated as our consolidated total assets, less all consolidated liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, divided by senior securities representing indebtedness. This asset coverage ratio is multiplied by $1,000 to determine the Asset Coverage Per Unit. | |
(d) | No credit facility was in place in 2013. The credit facility was put in place during 2014. See (a). |
Effects of Leverage
The following table is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on the return to a holder of our common stock in the amount of approximately 31.1% of our total assets, assuming a cost of leverage of 7.94% and hypothetical annual returns of our portfolio of minus 10% to plus 10%. As the table shows, leverage generally increases the return to holders of common stock when portfolio return is positive and greater than the cost of leverage and decreases the return when the portfolio return is negative or less than the cost of leverage. The figures appearing in the table are hypothetical and actual returns may be greater or less than those appearing in the table. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage.”
Assumed Portfolio Return (Net of Expenses) | ||||||||||||||||||||
(10%) | (5%) | 0% | 5% | 10% | ||||||||||||||||
Corresponding Common Stock Return | -17.7 | % | -10.5 | % | -3.4 | % | 3.7 | % | 10.9 | % |
Derivative Transactions
Interest Rate Derivative Transactions. We may use interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, forwards, swaptions and rate-linked notes to attempt to reduce the interest rate risk arising from our investments and use of leverage or to provide exposure to the same types of investments that we make in community banking companies. The use of interest rate transactions is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. In an interest rate swap, we would agree to pay to the other party to the interest rate swap (known as the “counterparty”) a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to us a variable rate payment intended to approximate our variable rate payment obligation on any variable rate borrowings. The payment obligations would be based on the notional amount of the swap. An interest rate “swaption” is an option to enter into an interest rate swap. In an interest rate cap, we would pay a premium to the counterparty up to the interest rate cap and, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate of interest, would receive from the counterparty payments equal to the difference based on the notional amount of such cap. In an interest rate floor, we would be entitled to receive, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling the interest rate floor. In a forward rate agreement, we would be entitled to receive (or be obligated to pay) the difference between the interest rate on the amount specified in the forward rate agreement and the interest rate on such amount on the date the agreement expires. A fixed-rate note is a type of debt instrument with a fixed rate of interest (known as the “coupon rate”) that is payable at specified times before maturity. A floating-rate note will pay us a variable amount on the principal amount of the note but the note’s value rises when interest rates rise (as opposed to bonds, which decrease in value when interest rates rise).
24
Depending on the state of interest rates in general, our use of interest rate transactions could affect our ability to make required interest payments on any outstanding fixed income securities or preferred stock. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate transactions could decline. If the counterparty to an interest rate transaction defaults, we would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the interest rate transaction to offset our cost of financial leverage. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Operations—Derivatives transactions may limit our income or result in losses.”
We have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (“CEA”), pursuant to Regulation 4.5 under the CEA. So long as we maintain this exclusion, we will not be deemed a commodity pool operator under the CEA, and we anticipate that neither we nor our Adviser will be subject to regulation or registration as a commodity pool operator or commodity trading advisor under the CEA. Although we do not currently intend to, if we use commodity futures, commodity option contracts futures or swaps other than for bona fide hedging purposes, as defined under the CEA regulations, our aggregate initial margin and premiums on these positions (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions and excluding the amount by which options that are “in-the-money” at the time of purchase) will not exceed 5% of our NAV. Furthermore, the aggregate net notional value of commodity futures, commodity option contracts futures and swaps other than for bona fide hedging purposes will not exceed 100% of our NAV (after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). If, however, we exceed either of these thresholds, we will no longer qualify for this exclusion and will need to register as a commodity pool operator (“CPO”) under the CEA. If we were required to register as a CPO, the disclosure and operations of the Company would need to comply with all applicable regulations governing commodity pools and CPOs. Additionally, if required to register as a CPO, we would be required to become a member of the National Futures Association (“NFA”) and be subject to the NFA’s rules and bylaws. Compliance with these additional registration and regulatory requirements would increase the Company’s operating expenses.
Credit Derivative Transactions. We may utilize credit derivatives, such as credit default swaps, total return swaps or credit-linked notes to “buy” credit protection, in which case we would attempt to mitigate the risk of default or credit quality deterioration in all or a portion of our portfolio of bank securities to hedge against changes in the market price of bank securities in which we invest. We may also utilize total return swaps or credit-linked notes to provide exposure to the same types of investments that we make in community banking companies. A credit default swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange the credit risk of a particular issuer or reference entity. The Company does not “sell” credit default swaps. In a credit default transaction, we as buyer would pay periodic fees in return for payment by the seller which is contingent upon an adverse credit event occurring with respect to the underlying issuer or reference entity. The seller collects periodic fees from us and profits if the credit of the underlying issuer or reference entity remains stable or improves while the swap is outstanding, but the seller would be required to pay an agreed upon amount to us as buyer (which may be the entire notional amount of the swap) in the event of an adverse credit event in the issuer or reference entity. A credit-linked note is structured as a security with an embedded credit-default swap. Total return swap agreements are contracts in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to another party based on the change in market value of the assets underlying the contract, which may include a specified security, basket of securities or securities indices during the specified period, in return for periodic payments based on a fixed or variable interest rate or the total return from other underlying assets.
Equity Derivative Transactions. We may engage in equity derivatives transactions, including the use of futures, options and warrants to hedge against changes in the market prices of bank equity securities in which we invest or to provide exposure to and focus on the same types of investments that we make in community banking companies. Options, futures and warrants are contracts involving the right to receive or the obligation to deliver assets or money depending on the performance of one or more underlying assets, instruments or a market or economic index. An option gives its owner the right, but not the obligation, to buy (“call”) or sell (“put”) a specified amount of a security at a specified price within a specified time period. We may purchase or sell options on the publicly traded bank equity securities in which we may invest. When we purchase an over-the-counter option, it increases our credit risk exposure to the counterparty. Futures are standardized, exchange-traded contracts that obligate a purchaser to take delivery, and a seller to make delivery, of a specific amount of an asset at a specified future date at a specified price. No price is paid upon entering into a futures contract. Rather, upon purchasing or selling a futures contract, we would be required to deposit collateral (“margin”) equal to a percentage (generally less than 10%) of the contract value. Each day thereafter until the futures position is closed, we will pay additional margin representing any loss experienced as a result of the futures position the prior day or be entitled to a payment representing any profit experienced as a result of the futures position the prior day. Warrants are securities that entitle the holder to buy the underlying stock of the issuing company at a fixed exercise price until the expiration date of the warrant.
The banks in which we invest may include, as part of the consideration of our investment in such banks’ equity or debt securities, a grant of warrants, options and other equity conversion features by which we may increase our investment in such banks over time. While we may or may not exercise our rights under such instruments, we may trade in these warrants, options and other equity conversion features or otherwise use them to leverage our capital. In instances where our derivative transactions may be deemed to create leverage under the Investment Company Act, we will separately segregate with our custodian cash or high quality liquid investments having a value, at all times through exercise, at least equal to our potential payment obligations under such derivative transactions or otherwise ensure that the amount of such obligations together with our other leverage obligations, does not exceed 33% of our total assets. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Operations.”
Currency Hedging Techniques. We may use currency hedging techniques, including (a) purchasing and selling currency futures contracts and options thereon, (b) purchasing and selling currency forward contracts, and (c) engaging in foreign currency exchange transactions on a spot (i.e., cash) basis at the spot rate prevailing in the foreign currency exchange market. For example, the Company may enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts to help protect its holdings against unfavorable changes in currency exchange rates. A forward foreign currency exchange contract is an agreement to buy or sell a country’s currency at a specific price on a specific date, usually 30, 60 or 90 days in the future. In other words, the contract guarantees an exchange rate on a given date.
25
Our board of directors provides the overall supervision and review of our affairs. Management of our portfolio is the responsibility of our Adviser’s investment committee. Our Adviser’s investment committee is composed of Sanjai Bhonsle, Karen Reidy, and Kaelyn Abrell. Our Adviser’s investment team, led by Mr. Bhonsle, a partner of ArrowMark Partners, will be responsible for negotiating, structuring and managing our investments. The investment professionals of our Adviser and its affiliates have significant experience sourcing, analyzing, investing and managing investments in the banking sector. For the background of our investment professionals, see “Investment Committee.”
We expect to continue to focus our securities portfolio on making long-term, passive, non-control investments in the bank sector and banking-related securities. We intend to continue to direct investments in numerous issuers differentiated by asset sizes, business models and geographies to create a more stable, long-term portfolio of assets. Our Adviser monitors our portfolio companies and market concentrations and may adjust its underwriting criteria based on market conditions and portfolio concentrations. Our Adviser’s monitoring operations include sensitivity analyses to determine the effects of changes in market conditions on our asset portfolio. These analyses may include simulations of changes in interest rates, changes in economic activity and other events that would affect the forecasted performance of our assets.
Directors and Officers
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Accordingly, our board of directors provides broad supervision over our affairs, including supervision of the duties performed by our Adviser. Our Adviser is responsible for our day-to-day operations.
Investment Committee
Management of our portfolio is the responsibility of our Adviser’s investment committee. Our Adviser’s investment committee is currently comprised of Sanjai Bhonsle, Karen Reidy, and Kaelyn Abrell. The investment committee’s policy is that the consent of two of the three members is required to approve the committee’s decision to invest in a security and the consent of two of the three members is required to sell a security. Biographical information about each member of our Adviser’s investment committee is set forth below. See the accompanying Statement of Additional Information for more information about our investment committee members’ compensation, other accounts managed, and each investment committee member’s ownership of our securities.
The names, ages and addresses of the members of our Adviser’s investment committee, together with their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, are set forth below.
Members of our Investment Committee
Name | Age | Position(s) Held
with Company |
Principal
Occpation(s) Last 5 Years |
Other
Directorships Last 5 Years | ||||
Sanjaj Bhonsle | 53 | Class III Director; Chairman of the Board & Chief Executive Officer; Investment Committee Member | Partner and Portfolio Manager at ArrowMark Partners from 2012-Present | Brown RI Management, LLC and Affiliates from 2018-Present | ||||
Karen Reidy | 56 | Class I Director; Investment Committee Member | Partner and Portfolio Manager at ArrowMark Partners from 2008-Present | Brown RI Management, LLC and Affiliates from 2018-Present | ||||
Kaelyn Abrell | 48 | Investment Committee Member | Partner and Portfolio Manager at ArrowMark Partners from 2008-Present | None |
Biographical Information
The following sets forth certain biographical information for our investment committee members:
Sanjai Bhonsle. Mr. Bhonsle joined ArrowMark in October 2012 and serves as Partner and Portfolio Manager for ArrowMark's leveraged loan investments and CLO funds. Prior to joining ArrowMark, he founded MB Consulting Partners in 2009, where he specialized in financial and operational restructuring advisory to stressed and distressed middle-market companies. With more than 10 years of restructuring experience, he has led several assignments across various industries. Mr. Bhonsle was a Senior Portfolio Manager at GSO Capital Partners, a subsidiary of The Blackstone Group, and member of the Investment and Management Committee (2005-2009). Prior to joining GSO Capital Partners, Mr. Bhonsle was an Assistant Portfolio Manager for RBC Capital Partners' debt investment group and was a member of the Investment Committee (2001-2005). He also led the group's restructuring efforts related to distressed investments and represented the firm's interests on creditor committees. From 1999-2001, Mr. Bhonsle was a Senior Investment Analyst at Indosuez Capital Partners. Mr. Bhonsle received a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Wisconsin — Madison and an MBA from the Eli Broad Graduate School of Management at Michigan State University.
Karen Reidy. Ms. Reidy is a founding Partner and co-manages ArrowMark's collateralized loan obligation and specialty finance investments and research analyst team. Prior to founding ArrowMark, Ms. Reidy served as Executive Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Janus capital, managing $10 billion for two strategies: Janus Balanced Fund and Janus Core Equity Fund, as well as institutional separate accounts (2000-2005). Ms. Reidy was also the Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Janus Fund (1998-2000). She joined Janus Capital as an equity analyst in 1995. Prior to Janus Capital Group, she worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC in the audit and mergers and acquisitions departments. Ms. Reidy graduated from the University of Colorado with a bachelor's degree and holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
26
Kaelyn Abrell. Ms. Abrell is a Partner and Portfolio Manager of ArrowMark’s private credit funds and separately managed accounts and leads the firm’s fixed income efforts in securitized investments, including regulatory capital relief since 2010. Ms. Abrell was also the lead analyst for the firm’s participation in the Term Asset-Backed Securities Loan Facility (“TALF”) program. Prior to joining ArrowMark in 2008, she was an analyst at Janus Capital Group where her areas of focus included residential and commercial mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities, and interest rates (2004-2008). Previously, Ms. Abrell worked at Great-West Life where she was Assistant Portfolio Manager of $5.5 billion in separate account, general account and total return assets with a focus on high quality fixed income securities (1998-2004). Ms. Abrell graduated from Illinois State University with a bachelor’s degree in Economics and earned an MBA from Indiana University.
Management Agreement
Management Services
ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC, an investment adviser that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC, serves as our investment adviser, subject to the overall supervision and review of our board of directors. Pursuant to a management agreement, our Adviser provides us with investment research, advice and supervision and furnishes us continuously with an investment program, consistent with our investment objective and policies. Our Adviser also determines from time to time what securities we shall purchase, and what securities shall be held or sold, what portions of our assets shall be held uninvested as cash or in other qualified short-term investments or liquid assets, maintains books and records with respect to all of our transactions and will report to our board of directors on our investments and performance. Our Adviser was formed in December 2019. Our Adviser’s affiliate, ArrowMark Partners, is a registered investment adviser formed in 2007.
Our Adviser has no full-time employees and relies on the officers, employees and resources of its affiliated entities. All of the members of the investment committee of our Adviser are affiliates of, but not employees of, our Adviser, and may have other significant responsibilities with ArrowMark Partners and its subsidiaries.
Our Adviser’s services to us under the management agreement will not be exclusive, and while it is not currently contemplated, our Adviser is free to furnish the same or similar services to other entities, including businesses which may directly or indirectly compete with us, so long as our Adviser’s services to us are not impaired by the provision of such services to others. Our Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities in a fair and equitable manner consistent with our investment objectives and strategies so that we will not be disadvantaged in relation to any other client of the Adviser.
Administration Services
Pursuant to the management agreement, our Adviser also furnishes us, or arranges for the furnishing of office facilities and clerical and administrative services necessary for our operation (other than services provided by our custodian, accounting agent, administrator, dividend and interest paying agent and other service providers). Our Adviser is authorized to cause us to enter into agreements with third parties to provide such services. To the extent we request, our Adviser:
● | oversees the performance and payment of the fees of our service providers and makes reports and recommendations to our board of directors such matters as the parties deem desirable; |
● | responds to inquiries and otherwise assists such service providers in the preparation and filing of regulatory reports, proxy statements and stockholder communications, and the preparation of materials and reports for our board of directors; |
● | establishes and oversees the implementation of borrowing facilities or other forms of leverage authorized by our board of directors; and |
● | supervises any other aspect of our administration as may be agreed upon by us and our Adviser. |
Management Fee
Pursuant to the management agreement, we have agreed to pay our Adviser a fee for the management and administration services described above. The management fee is 0.4375% (1.75% annualized) of our Managed Assets, calculated and paid quarterly in arrears within fifteen days of the end of each calendar quarter. The term “Managed Assets” as used in the calculation of the management fee means our total assets (including cash and cash equivalents and any assets purchased with or attributable to any borrowed funds). The management fee for any partial quarter will be appropriately prorated. Our Adviser is not paid an incentive fee and does not participate in our profits in its capacity as Adviser.
The Advisor may from time to time waive its advisory fee and such waivers may include the ability of the Advisor to recoup such fees subject to certain conditions, including that no amounts may be recouped more than three years from the date of the waiver or reimbursement. Management fees paid to the Adviser fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 were $3,468,767, $3,634,271 and $3,545,165, respectively. See, “Duration and Termination”.
27
Payment of Our Expenses
ArrowMark serves as our investment adviser in accordance with the terms of the management agreement. Subject to the overall supervision of our board of directors, our Adviser manages our day-to-day operations and provides us with investment management services. Under the terms of the management agreement, ArrowMark does and will:
● | determine the composition of our portfolio, the nature and timing of the changes therein and the manner of implementing such changes; |
● | identify, evaluate and negotiate the structure of the investments we make (including performing due diligence on our prospective portfolio companies); |
● | close, monitor and administer the investments we make, including the exercise of any voting or consent rights; and |
● | provide us with such other investment advisory, research and related services as we may, from time to time, reasonably require for the investment of our assets. |
We bear all expenses not specifically assumed by our Adviser and incurred in our operations, and we will bear the expenses related to any future offering. We will reimburse our Adviser to the extent our Adviser pays these expenses. The compensation and allocable routine overhead expenses of all investment professionals of our Adviser, when and to the extent engaged in providing us investment advisory services, will be provided and paid for by our Adviser and not us, although we will reimburse our Adviser an amount equal to our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its administrative obligations under the management agreement. The fees and expenses borne by us may include, but are not limited to, the following:
● | other than as provided under “Management Fee” above, expenses of maintaining and continuing our existence and related overhead, including, to the extent such services are provided by personnel of our Adviser or its affiliates in performing it administrative obligations, including without limitation furnishing office space and facilities and administrative and compliance personnel compensation, training and benefits; |
● | the fees, expenses and disbursements of any third party administrator or compliance firm retained by the Company or the Adviser to provide any of the administrative services referenced above, to the extent not provided by personnel of the Adviser or its affiliates; |
● | commissions, spreads, fees and other expenses connected with the acquisition, holding, monitoring and disposition of securities and the Company’s other investments, including placement and similar fees in connection with direct placements entered into by or on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary thereof, and travel or other expenses incurred in connection with performing due diligence on its prospective portfolio companies or monitoring and overseeing its existing portfolio companies; |
● | auditing, accounting and legal expenses; |
● | taxes and interest; governmental fees; |
● | expenses of listing our shares with a stock exchange, and expenses of issue, sale, repurchase and redemption (if any) of our securities, including expenses of conducting tender offers for the purpose of repurchasing our securities; |
● | expenses of registering and qualifying us and our securities under federal and state securities laws and of preparing and filing registration statements and amendments for such purposes; |
● | expenses of communicating with stockholders, including website expenses and the expenses of preparing, printing and mailing press releases, reports and other notices to stockholders and of meetings of stockholders and proxy solicitations therefor; |
● | expenses of preparing and filing reports to governmental officers and commissions, including, without limitation, our periodic report preparation and filing obligations with the SEC; |
● | insurance expenses; |
● | association membership dues; |
● | fees, expenses and disbursements of custodians and subcustodians for all services to us (including without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities and other investments, keeping of books, accounts and records and determination of NAVs); |
● | fees, expenses and disbursements of transfer agents, dividend and interest paying agents, stockholder servicing agents and registrars for all services to us; |
28
● | fees, expenses and disbursements, including travel expenses, incurred in connection with the marketing and promotion of the Company, including the fees, expenses and disbursements of any person with whom the Company (or the Adviser on behalf of the Company) enters into an endorsement relationship; |
● | compensation and expenses of the Company’s Independent Directors; |
● | pricing, valuation and other consulting, due diligence or analytical services employed in considering and valuing our actual or prospective investments; |
● | all expenses incurred in leveraging of our assets through a line of credit or other indebtedness or issuing and maintaining preferred stock; |
● | all expenses incurred in connection with our organization and any offering of common or preferred shares, including underwriting discounts and commissions; and |
● | such non-recurring items as may arise, including expenses incurred in litigation, proceedings and claims and our obligation to indemnify our directors, officers and stockholders with respect thereto. |
Expenses that are reimbursable to our Adviser are submitted to the independent members of our board of directors for their approval prior to reimbursement thereof.
Allocation Policy
Our Adviser and its affiliates allocate investment opportunities among client accounts on a fair and consistent basis, and do not favor any one client or account over any other. In certain cases, investment opportunities may be made by our Adviser other than on a pro rata basis. In determining to which accounts our Adviser will allocate investment opportunities, and in determining the shares to allocate to a particular account, our Adviser and its affiliates do not consider:
● | the levels of fees earned from accounts or the fact that certain accounts may pay performance-based fees; |
● | different compensation payable to portfolio managers based on the performance of certain accounts; |
● | the ability of particular clients to send business to or otherwise benefit our Adviser in exchange for allocations; |
● | the identity of account holders (including the fact that certain accounts may be proprietary or maintained on behalf of investment vehicles that our Adviser sponsors); |
● | in the case of allocations of initial public offerings, market movement generally or the performance of the shares since the execution of the order in question; |
● | the prior performance of accounts; or |
● | whether an account is new to our Adviser. |
Duration and Termination
The management agreement with our Adviser initially became effective on February 12, 2020. A discussion regarding the basis for the board’s most recent continuation of the management agreement is available in the Company’s Annual Report to stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which is publicly filed with the SEC. The management agreement with our Adviser may be terminated at any time, without payment or penalty, by vote of our board of directors, by vote of a majority of our voting securities, or by our Adviser, in each case on not less than 60 days’ written notice. As required by the Investment Company Act, the management agreement with our Adviser will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
Liability of Adviser and Indemnification
The management agreement provides that our Adviser will not be liable to us in any way for any default, failure or defect in any of the securities comprising our portfolio if it has satisfied the duties and the standard of care, diligence and skill set forth in the management agreement. The management agreement further states that we will indemnify the Adviser for any losses, damages, claims, costs, charges, expenses or liabilities except to the extent such amounts result from our Adviser’s willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of its duties or by reason of the reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under the management agreement or as otherwise prohibited by applicable law. As a result, our Adviser may not be liable to us for breaches of its duty of care, diligence or skill.
29
An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before investing in our securities. In connection with the forward-looking statements that appear in this prospectus, you should also carefully review the cautionary statement referred to above under “Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements.”
Risks Related to Investing in Banking Sector
Our assets will be concentrated in the banking industry, potentially exposing us to greater risks than companies that invest in multiple sectors.
Companies in the group of industries related to banks and diversified financials are often subject to extensive governmental regulation and intervention, which may adversely affect the scope of their activities, the prices they can charge and the amount of capital they must maintain. Governmental regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the group of industries related to banks and diversified financials, including effects not intended by such regulation. The impact of recent or future regulation in various countries on any individual financial company or on the industries as a whole cannot be predicted. A focus on community banks may make the Company more economically vulnerable in the event of a downturn in the banking industry. Community banks may face heightened risks of failure during times of economic downturns than larger banks. Community banks may also be subject to greater lending risks than larger banks.
Certain risks may impact the value of investments in the group of industries related to banks and diversified financials more severely than those of investments outside these industries, including the risks associated with companies that operate with substantial financial leverage. Companies in the group of industries related to banks and diversified financials may also be adversely affected by increases in interest rates and loan losses, decreases in the availability of money or asset valuations, credit rating downgrades and adverse conditions in other related markets.
The group of industries related to banks and diversified financials is also a target for cyber attacks and may experience technology malfunctions and disruptions. In recent years, cyber attacks and technology failures have become increasingly frequent and have caused significant losses.
Risks specific to the bank and diversified financial group of industries also may include:
Asset quality and credit risk. When financial institutions loan money, commit to loan money or enter into a letter of credit or other contract with a counterparty, they incur credit risk, or the risk of losses if their borrowers do not repay their loans or their counterparties fail to perform according to the terms of their contract. The companies in which the Company will invest offer a number of products which expose them to credit risk, including loans, leases and lending commitments, derivatives, trading account assets and assets held-for-sale. Financial institutions allow for and create loss reserves against credit risks based on an assessment of credit losses inherent in their credit exposure (including unfunded credit commitments). This process, which is critical to their financial results and condition, requires difficult, subjective and complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions and how these economic predictions might impair the ability of their borrowers to repay their loans. As is the case with any such assessments, there is always the chance that the financial institutions in which the Company invests will fail to identify the proper factors or that they will fail to accurately estimate the impacts of factors that they identify. Failure to identify credit risk factors or the impact of credit factors may result in increased non-performing assets, which will result in increased loss reserve provisioning and reduction in earnings. Poor asset quality can also affect earnings through reduced interest income which can impair a bank’s ability to service debt obligations or to generate sufficient income for equity holders. Bank failure may result due to inadequate loss reserves, inadequate capital to sustain credit losses or reduced earnings due to non-performing assets. The Company will not have control over the asset quality of the financial institutions in which the Company will invest, and these institutions may experience substantial increases in the level of their non-performing assets which may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s investments.
Capital risk. A bank’s capital position is extremely important to its overall financial condition and serves as a cushion against losses. U.S. banking regulators have established specific capital requirements for regulated banks. Federal banking regulators proposed amended regulatory capital regulations in response to the Dodd-Frank Act and the international capital and liquidity requirements set forth by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel III”) protocols which would impose even more stringent capital requirements. In the event that a regulated bank falls below certain capital adequacy standards, it may become subject to regulatory intervention including, but not limited to, being placed into a FDIC-administered receivership or conservatorship. The regulatory provisions under which the regulatory authorities act are intended to protect depositors. The deposit insurance fund and the banking system are not intended to protect shareholders or other investors in other securities issued by a bank or its holding company. The effect of inadequate capital can have a potentially adverse consequence on the institution’s financial condition, its ability to operate as a going concern and its ability to operate as a regulated financial institution and may have a material adverse impact on the Company’s investments.
Earnings risk. Earnings are the primary means for financial institutions to generate capital to support asset growth, to provide for loan losses and to support their ability to pay dividends to shareholders. The quantity as well as the quality of earnings can be affected by excessive or inadequately managed credit risk that may result in losses and require additions to loss reserves, or by high levels of market risk that may unduly expose an institution’s earnings to volatility in interest rates. The quality of earnings may also be diminished by undue reliance on extraordinary gains, nonrecurring events, or favorable tax effects. Future earnings may be adversely affected by an inability to forecast or control funding and operating expenses, net interest margin compression improperly executed or ill-advised business strategies, or poorly managed or uncontrolled exposure to other risks. Deficient earnings can result in inadequate capital resources to support asset growth or insufficient cash flow to meet the financial institution’s near-term obligations. Under certain circumstances, this may result in the financial institution being required to suspend operations or the imposition of a cease-and-desist order by regulators which could potentially impair the Company’s investments.
30
Management risk. The ability of management to identify, measure, monitor and control the risks of an institution’s activities and to ensure a financial institution’s safe, sound and efficient operation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations are critical. Depending on the nature and scope of an institution’s activities, management practices may need to address some or all of the following risks: credit, market, operating, reputation, strategic, compliance, legal, liquidity and other risks. The Company will not have direct or indirect control over the management of the financial institutions in which the Company will invest and, given the Company’s long-term investment strategy, it is likely that the management teams and their policies may change. The inability of management to operate their financial institution in a safe, sound and efficient manner in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, or changes in management of financial institutions in which the Company invests, may have an adverse impact on the Company’s investment.
Litigation risk. Financial institutions face significant legal risks in their businesses, and the volume of claims and amount of damages and penalties claimed in litigation and regulatory proceedings against financial institutions remain high. Substantial legal liability or significant regulatory action against the companies in which the Company invests could have material adverse financial effects or cause significant reputational harm to these companies, which in turn could seriously harm their business prospects. Legal liability or regulatory action against the companies in which the Company invests could have material adverse financial effects on the Company and adversely affect the Company’s earnings and book value.
Market risk. The financial institutions in which the Company will invest are directly and indirectly affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk generally represents the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with the operations and activities including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt, trading account assets and liabilities and derivatives of the financial institutions in which the Company will invest. Market risk includes, but is not limited to, fluctuations in interest rates, equity and futures prices, and changes in the implied volatility of interest rates, equity and futures prices and price deterioration or changes in value due to changes in market perception or actual credit quality of the issuer. Accordingly, depending on the instruments or activities impacted, market risks can have wide ranging, complex adverse effects on the operations and overall financial condition of the financial institutions in which the Company will invest as well as adverse effects on the Company’s results from operations and overall financial condition.
Monetary policy risk. Monetary policies have had, and will continue to have, significant effects on the operations and results of financial institutions. There can be no assurance that a particular financial institution will not experience a material adverse effect on its net interest income in a changing interest rate environment. Factors such as the liquidity of the global financial markets, and the availability and cost of credit may significantly affect the activity levels of customers with respect to the size, number and timing of transactions. Fluctuation in interest rates, which affect the value of assets and the cost of funding liabilities, are not predictable or controllable, may vary and may impact economic activity in various regions.
Competition. The group of industries related to banks and diversified financials, including the banking sector, is extremely competitive, and it is expected that the competitive pressures will increase. Merger activity in the financial services industry has resulted in and is expected to continue to result in, larger institutions with greater financial and other resources that are capable of offering a wider array of financial products and services. The group of industries related to banks and diversified financials has become considerably more concentrated as numerous financial institutions have been acquired by or merged into other institutions. The majority of financial institutions in which the Company will invest will be relatively small with significantly fewer resources and capabilities than larger institutions; this size differential puts them at a competitive disadvantage in terms of product offering and access to capital. Technological advances and the growth of e-commerce have made it possible for non-financial institutions and non-bank financial institutions to offer products and services that have traditionally been offered by banking and other financial institutions. It is expected that the cross-industry competition and inter-industry competition will continue to intensify and may be adverse to the financial institutions in which the Company invests.
Regulatory risk. Financial institutions, including community banks, are subject to various state and federal banking regulations that impact how they conduct business, including but not limited to how they obtain funding, their ability to operate and the value of the Company’s investments. Changes to these regulations could have an adverse effect on their operations and operating results and the Company’s investments. The Company expects to make long-term investments in financial institutions that are subject to various state and federal regulations and oversight. Congress, state legislatures and the various bank regulatory agencies frequently introduce proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the banking industry in response to the Dodd-Frank Act, Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) rulemaking or otherwise. The likelihood and timing of any proposals or legislation and the impact they might have on the Company’s investments in financial institutions affected by such changes cannot be determined and any such changes may be adverse to the Company’s investments. Ownership of the stock of certain types of regulated banking institutions may subject the Company to additional regulations. Investments in banking institutions and transactions related to the Company’s investments may require approval from one or more regulatory authorities. If the Company were deemed to be a bank holding company or thrift holding company, bank holding companies or thrift holding companies that invest in the Company would be subject to certain restrictions and regulations.
31
We may invest in equity and debt securities issued by banks, subjecting us to unique risks.
We expect to invest in securities issued by banks that qualify as Tier 1 or Tier 2 capital for regulatory capital purposes. These investments may consist primarily of preferred equity as well as subordinated debt, convertible securities and, to a lesser extent, common equity.
Equity, unlike debt securities, does not have a stated maturity and it is uncertain when, if ever, we will receive our invested amounts or expected returns on such investments. During our holding period, the only source of investment income on such common equity securities may be dividend income or valuation gains. New financial products continue to be developed, and we may invest in any products that may be developed to the extent that such investment is consistent with our business plan.
Certain of these securities, particularly debt securities and certain hybrid capital instruments, may be long-dated in nature and may contain provisions that enable the issuing institution to defer payment of interest or dividends without resulting in bankruptcy or default. Furthermore, even though an institution has the financial capacity to make such payments, regulatory approval may be withheld to make such payment, and in the absence of such approval, the issuing institution will not be able to make such interest or dividend payment to us. The longer-term nature of these instruments limits the liquidity of these instruments and may increase the risk of holding these investments.
Investments in holding companies generally subject investors to increased risks because holding companies generally hold all their assets in their subsidiaries and are dependent on distributions from their subsidiaries to service their interest obligations and for ultimate principal repayment. In the event of a default or a bankruptcy, holders of securities issued by holding companies may suffer from increased losses or lower recoveries and may be subordinated to securities issued directly by the holding company’s subsidiaries.
All of our investments are subject to liquidity risk, but we may face higher liquidity risk if we invest in debt obligations and other securities that are unrated and issued by banks that have no corporate rating.
All of our investments are subject to liquidity risk, however, we are likely to invest in debt obligations that are unrated and that are issued by banks that have no corporate rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organization. In such cases, there may not be an active market for these securities and our investments may be subject to significant liquidity risk in the event we are required to sell such investments. The assets in which we invest may not be publicly rated by any rating agency, and may have greater credit and liquidity risks than investment-grade corporate obligations that are publicly rated.
We expect to manage a portfolio of securities, focused on the banking sector, which would make us more economically vulnerable in the event of a downturn in the banking industry.
Our portfolio normally consists of preferred equity, subordinated debt, regulatory capital securities, debt securities, credit-linked notes and common equity investments in U.S. and foreign domiciled banks. These investments are subject to the risk factors affecting the banking industry, and that could cause a general market decline in the value of bank stocks. Individual banks, as well as the banking industry in general, may be adversely affected by negative economic and market conditions throughout the United States or in the local economies in which banks operate, including negative conditions caused by recent disruptions in the financial markets. In addition, changes in trade, monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, may have an adverse impact on banks’ loan portfolios and allowances for loan losses. As a result, we may experience higher rates of default with respect to our bank investments in the event of a downturn in the banking industry. Also, losses could occur in individual investments held by us because of specific circumstances related to each bank. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
A large number of banks may fail during times of significant economic stress.
According to data from the FDIC, since 1934, banks and thrifts have failed at an annual rate of 0.34%, with peak cycle one-year failure rates of 3.32% in 1989 (S&L crisis), 2.05% in 2010 (Great Recession) and 0.54% in each of 1937 and 1938 (Great Depression). Bank failure means the closing of a bank by a federal or state banking regulatory agency, generally because the bank is unable to meet its obligations to depositors and others. However, despite the low percentage of banks that have failed compared to the number of banks in the U.S. during the relevant time period, during periodic times of significant economic stress, bank earnings decline and a significant number of banks may fail. For instance, during the savings and loan crisis during the 1980s through 1992, there were a total of 2,870 failures out of 14,364 FDIC-insured banks in existence on December 31, 1980. From January 1, 2008 through December 9, 2020, which includes the most recent financial crisis, there were 549 failures, most of which were community banks, out of approximately 8,534 FDIC-insured banks in existence on December 31, 2007, with the highest one-year failure rate of 3.32% in 1989 for the savings and loan crisis and 2.05% in 2010 for the most recent financial crisis. The number of failed community banks since 2007 was highest in certain regions in which real estate values declined disproportionately more than the national average, including Florida, Georgia, Illinois and California.
According to the FDIC Quarterly Banking Profile dated March 31, 2024, 63 of 4,672 FDIC-insured banks were included on the FDIC’s list of “Problem Institutions.” While historically, only a small fraction of banks on the list of “Problem Institutions” fail and only 8 FDIC-insured banks failed in 2017, as of December 31, 2017 (representing an approximate annualized failure rate of only 0.14%, which is similar to the average annual rate of default for Baa3 Corporate Credit since 1934), some level of additional bank failure is likely. We intend to invest the majority of our portfolio in institutions that are currently paying dividends or interest on their securities, that have the ability to pay dividends or interest on the securities they issue, and/or that are not a party to regulatory enforcement actions that would limit or hinder their payment of dividends or interest or otherwise demonstrate that they are in troubled condition. We believe that such institutions are unlikely to be included in the FDIC’s list of “Problem Institutions” and are less likely to fail than many of their peers. Nevertheless, it is possible that some portion of the community banks in which we invest may fail, particularly if the U.S. economy stagnates or another financial crisis occurs. If we invest in banks that fail, we are likely to lose most or all of our investment in such institutions.
32
We expect to manage a portfolio of securities, focused on the bank market, with investments in community banks whose business is subject to greater lending risks than larger banks.
Community banks have different lending risks than larger banks. They provide services to their local communities. Their ability to diversify their economic risks is limited by their own local markets and economies. They lend primarily to small to medium-sized businesses, professionals and individuals which may expose them to greater lending risks than those of banks that are lending to larger, better-capitalized businesses with longer operating histories. They manage their credit exposure through careful monitoring of loan applicants and loan concentrations in particular industries, and through loan approval and review procedures. They have established evaluation processes designed to determine the adequacy of their allowances for loan losses. Although these evaluation processes use historical and other objective information, the classification of loans and the establishment of loan losses is an estimate based on experience, judgment and expectations regarding their borrowers, the economies in which they and their borrowers operate, as well as the judgment of their regulators. We cannot assure you that their loan loss reserves will be sufficient to absorb future loan losses or prevent a material adverse effect on their business, financial condition or results of operations.
Risks Related to Banking Regulations and Banking Investments Affecting Our Business
The following summary does not purport to be a comprehensive description of all of the federal and state statutes and regulations which govern U.S. banking institutions that may be relevant to a decision to invest in the Company. The statutes or regulations discussed are only brief summaries of those provisions which are, in their entirety, complex and subject to interpretation. Further, the statutes or regulations governing the U.S. banking system and the interpretation thereof are subject to change. In addition, it does not purport to deal with all of the consequences applicable to investors in regulated financial institutions. Each prospective investor is strongly urged to consult its own legal advisors with respect to the consequences under applicable regulatory regimes governing banking institutions and investors therein of the purchase and ownership of common stock in the Company.
The banking institutions in which we will invest are subject to substantial regulations that could adversely affect their ability to operate and the value of our investments.
We invest substantially all of our assets in banks and their holding companies and therefore our portfolio investments are subject to existing and potential new regulations that may be adverse to them. Banking institutions, including banks and savings and loan associations, holding companies thereof, and their subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, “banking institutions”) are highly regulated entities that are subject to extensive regulatory and legal restrictions and limitations and to supervision, examination and enforcement by state and federal regulatory authorities. In addition, the banking crisis in the United States that began in 2007 has resulted in increased regulations, and we anticipate that further regulations will be implemented in the future. The laws and regulations affecting banks, and the interpretations thereof, are subject to material changes, and any such changes may adversely impact portfolio investments and could result in the Company facing material losses or having to divest some or all of its investments under adverse market conditions. As a result of the extensive federal and state restrictions and limitations, supervision and enforcement, banking institutions have less operational flexibility and are generally subject to greater regulatory risks than companies in other industries that are less regulated.
Numerous and Extensive Regulations. There are various federal statutes that regulate U.S. banking institutions, including, the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Federal Reserve Act, the National Bank Act, the Home Owners’ Loan Act of 1933 (the “HOLA”), the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), the Investment Advisers Act and the Investment Company Act. These federal statutes have been amended, often materially, over the years and may continue to be amended in the future, and the consequences of such future amendments may be materially adverse to the Company’s investments or the financial services industry in general. In addition to these various federal statutes, federal regulatory agencies, including among others the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”), the FDIC and the CFPB, together in certain cases with state banking regulatory agencies (individually, a “Regulatory Agency” or, collectively, the “Regulatory Agencies”), have adopted regulations and guidelines which are subject to interpretation, and which continue to be amended and revised and such amendments and revisions or a change in interpretation of existing regulations or guidelines may be materially adverse to the Company’s portfolio companies or the financial services industry in general. Much of the regulatory framework that has been developed is intended to protect depositors, the FDIC and the banking system in general and, as such, stockholders in such regulated institutions may be disadvantaged, in some cases materially, by amendments and revisions to such statutes, regulations or guidelines, or interpretations thereof, or by the enforcement of such statutes and regulations by Regulatory Agencies.
Adverse consequences, including without limitation civil penalties, fines, suspension or termination of deposit insurance, may result in the event that any banking institution fails to comply with applicable rules or regulations. These rules and regulations are complex and are subject to interpretation and may be subject to change, which imposes compliance risk on the entities that are subject to these rules and may be adverse to the Company.
In addition, banking institutions are subject to various quantitative judgments by Regulatory Agencies, which may include subjective judgments regarding credit risk, interest rate and liquidity risk, operational risk and other factors, including subjective judgments on the “safety” or “soundness” of an institution.
33
Capital Adequacy Requirements and Regulatory Capital Securities.
Capital Adequacy Requirements. Banking institutions are required to meet certain capital adequacy guidelines or rules that involve assessments of their assets and liabilities, including contingent and off-balance sheet items and other items which may be based on subjective inputs, as determined by the Regulatory Agencies. The Federal Reserve Board has established minimum capital adequacy requirements that are calculated in relation to assets and various off-balance sheet exposures. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes more stringent capital requirements on bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies by, among other things, applying consolidated capital requirements to savings and loan holding companies, imposing leverage ratios on bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies and prohibiting new trust preferred issuances from counting as Tier 1 capital. In addition, in response to the Dodd-Frank Act requirements and the Basel III protocols, the Regulatory Agencies have proposed more stringent capital requirements that, if adopted in their current form, would apply to community banks. These restrictions may significantly limit the future capital strategies of community banks.
Non-compliance with capital adequacy requirements may result in limitations on operations or other orders, which may be materially adverse to the financial institutions in which we invest. If a depository institution fails to meet certain capital adequacy standards or requirements (such institution is referred to as an “undercapitalized institution” if it is not well capitalized or adequately capitalized), the appropriate Regulatory Agency may be required by law to take one or more actions with respect to such undercapitalized institution. These actions may include requiring the institution to issue new shares, merge with another depository institution, restrict the rates of interest such institution pays on deposits, restrict asset growth, terminate certain activities or forcing it to divest of certain or all of its subsidiaries, dismiss certain directors or officers, place the depository institution into an FDIC-administered receivership or conservatorship or take any other action that, in the Regulatory Agency’s judgment, will resolve the problems of the institution at the least possible loss to the FDIC.
Regulatory Capital Securities Risk. The Company’s investments in regulatory capital securities are subject to several risks. Where regulators feel the scale, scope of spirit of a bank’s regulatory capital relief strategy has become overly aggressive, they might enforce stricter regulation that makes the strategy more costly or impractical for the bank. Under the terms governing the Company’s investments or potential investments in regulatory capital securities, it is expected that adverse regulatory developments may result in the bank being able to terminate the Company’s regulatory capital securities investments early, which subjects the Company to reinvestment risk. Another risk relates to the inherent information asymmetry in such regulatory capital securities investments, whereby the bank selling the regulatory capital securities normally would have better knowledge of those assets than the Company and, as result, may only make higher risk assets available for investment. Finally, there is a risk of deterioration of the loan portfolio due to poor underwriting of the bank or extrinsic factors such as weak economic conditions that could adversely affect the value of the regulatory capital securities.
We may become subject to adverse current or future banking regulations.
We will seek to structure our investments to avoid being regulated by various banking authorities. Therefore, we do not currently expect to be regulated by any state or federal banking regulatory bodies and will have significant flexibility with respect to the manner in which we operate. However, if we are deemed to have acquired control of one or more banking institutions, we would become a bank holding company subject to the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations thereunder or a savings and loan holding company subject to the HOLA and the regulations thereunder. While the rules for bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies vary, the Federal Reserve Board will generally find that we control a banking institution if we own 25% or more of any class of voting securities or 33% or more of the total equity (voting or non-voting) of a banking institution; or if we own 10% or more of the voting stock of the banking institution and we have representation on the board of directors of the banking institution or other indicia of control (such as control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the regulator that we have the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the banking institution). There is a presumption of non-control if we own or control less than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities. If we are deemed to have acquired control of one or more banking institutions:
● | we would become subject to supervision and examination by the applicable Regulatory Agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board; |
● | the Federal Reserve Board would subject us to periodic reporting requirements applicable to bank holding companies or savings and loan holding companies; and |
● | we would become subject to restrictions on non-banking activities (i.e. any activity other than banking or managing or controlling banks or performing services for its subsidiaries) applicable to bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies, including restrictions on acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of any class of voting securities of any company engaged in non-bank activities. We would only be permitted to engage in, or acquire an interest in companies that engage in, activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be incidental to the activity of banking or managing or controlling banks to a limited extent. These restricted activities include, among other activities, owning and operating a savings association, escrow company, trust company or insurance agency; acting as an investment or financial advisor, or providing securities brokerage services; and, in the case of a financial holding company or unitary savings and loan holding company, activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity, such as lending activities, insurance and underwriting equity securities. In addition to restrictions on permissible activities and investments, bank holding companies, financial holding companies, and their subsidiary banks are prohibited from entering into certain tying arrangements in connection with extension of credit, lease, sale of property or provision of any services should the Federal Reserve Board find the arrangement resulting in anti-competitive practices. |
34
In addition, if we were deemed to be in control of a bank which is not “well capitalized” or not “well managed” as defined by the relevant Regulatory Agency, the Federal Reserve Board and certain other Regulatory Agencies would have the authority to impose various limitations or regulatory actions on us, including:
● | limitations on our ability to pay dividends or distributions to our stockholders; |
● | forced divestiture of certain of our investments deemed by such Regulatory Agency as in danger of becoming insolvent and as posing significant risk to the undercapitalized institution; |
● | requiring us to provide financial support to the portfolio bank under the Federal Reserve Board’s “source of strength” doctrine when we would otherwise be disinclined to do so or when we would consider itself unable to do so, which could force us to satisfy such obligation through divesture of other assets or through raising additional funds from existing stockholders or third-party investors; and |
● | the imposition by the FDIC of “cross-guarantee” liability upon any commonly controlled insured depository institutions for deposit insurance losses incurred by the FDIC. A depository institution’s liability under the cross-guarantee provision is generally senior to (i) obligations to stockholders or (ii) any obligation or liability owed to any affiliate of such depository institution. Thus, portfolio companies that are insured depository institutions may be subject to such cross-guarantee liability with respect to other portfolio companies that are also insured depository institutions. |
Ownership of our stock by certain types of regulated institutions may subject us to additional regulations.
If a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholder is deemed to control us, we would be subject to the “umbrella” supervision of the Federal Reserve Board and potentially other regulatory agencies and such supervision may expose us to the regulatory burdens discussed above and to additional expenses or limitations in carrying out its investment objective, which may be materially adverse to the holders of our common stock. In the event that a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholder is deemed to control us, it would have to obtain prior approval or non-objection of the Federal Reserve Board whenever the Company acquires, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of any class of voting securities of a U.S. bank or of a non-bank financial company (unless, in the case of a non-bank financial company, such bank holding company stockholders is a financial holding company). In the event that a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholder controls us, we could not, without prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, acquire more than 5% of any class of voting securities of any non-financial company, unless the bank holding company stockholder that controls us is a financial holding company; however, if each bank holding company stockholder that controls us is a financial holding company, we could make any investment in any non-financial company (but not in a bank or non-bank financial company) pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. If a bank holding company stockholder or savings and loan holding company controls us, then any direct or indirect investment by us in more than 5% of any class of voting securities of a foreign company (including a foreign bank) would have to comply with the provisions promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board.
Investments in banking institutions and transactions related to our portfolio investments may require approval from one or more regulatory authorities.
We would be required to seek prior approval from the Federal Reserve Board in order to acquire control of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or 25% or more of the total equity (voting and non-voting) or other controlling interests of a bank, bank holding company or financial holding company. In addition, bank holding companies (but, not financial holding companies) are required to obtain approval prior to purchasing 25% or more of the total equity of a non-bank financial company.
We would be required to seek prior approval from the Federal Reserve Board or the OCC if we proposed to acquire control of a savings and loan association or a savings and loan holding company.
If we were deemed to be a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, bank holding companies or savings and loan holding companies that invest in us will be subject to certain restrictions and regulations.
If we were deemed to be a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company, a bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholder could acquire less than 5% of any class of our stock, and less than 25% of our total equity, without Federal Reserve Board approval, provided that such bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholder does not control us. If we made controlling investments, directly or indirectly in a U.S. bank, then any bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholder that acquires more than 5% of any class of voting interests or 25% of our total equity would be required to receive prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board before acquiring such interests. Bank holding company or savings and loan holding company stockholders that are not financial holding companies may be required to obtain prior approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to acquiring more than 5% of any class of voting interests or 25% of our total equity if we make non-controlling or controlling investments in non-bank financial companies.
35
Each prospective investor that is or may become a bank holding company or financial holding company or savings and loan holding company is strongly urged to consult its own legal advisors with respect to the consequences under applicable regulatory regimes regarding banking institutions and investors therein of the purchase and ownership of our shares.
New FASB CECL regulations may create volatility in our earnings and the level of our allowance for credit losses.
The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, has issued a new credit impairment model, the Current Expected Credit Loss, or CECL model, which must be implemented by banks and certain other companies beginning in 2021. Under the CECL model, entities subject to the model will be required to present certain financial assets carried at amortized cost, such as loans held for investment and held-to-maturity debt securities, at the net amount expected to be collected. The measurement of expected credit losses is to be based on information about past events, including historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts that affect the collectability of the reported amount. This measurement will take place at the time the financial asset is first added to the balance sheet and periodically thereafter. This differs significantly from the "incurred loss" model, which delays recognition until it is probable a loss has been incurred. CECL may create more volatility in the companies in which we invest, and this in turn could affect the value of our portfolio.
Risks Related to Our Investments
Our investments will be subject to dividend and interest rate fluctuations, and we may incur interest rate risk.
Our investments are likely to include preferred stock with variable dividend rates and may include debt or hybrid instruments with floating interest rates, credit-linked notes and equity and junior debt tranches issued by a CLO or similar issuer. Variable rate and floating rate investments earn interest at rates that adjust from time to time (typically monthly) based upon an index. The amount of income we receive from our investments may fluctuate based upon changes in interest rates and, in a declining and/or low interest rate environment, these investments will produce less income, which will impact our operating performance. Fixed dividend rate and interest rate investments, however, do not have adjusting rates and the relative value of the fixed cash flows from these investments may decrease as prevailing interest rates rise or increase as prevailing interest rates fall, causing potentially significant changes in our NAV. We may employ various hedging strategies to limit the effects of changes in interest rates (and in some cases credit spreads), including engaging in interest rate swaps, caps, floors and other interest rate derivative products. No strategy can completely insulate us from the risks associated with interest rate changes, and there is a risk that our strategies may provide no protection at all and will potentially compound the impact of changes in interest rates. Hedging transactions involve certain additional risks such as counterparty risk, leverage risk, the legal enforceability of hedging contracts, the early repayment of hedged transactions and the risk that unanticipated and significant changes in interest rates may cause a significant loss of basis in the instrument and a change in current period expense. We cannot assure you that we will be able to enter into hedging transactions or that such hedging transactions will adequately protect us against the foregoing risks.
Most of our assets will be illiquid, and their fair value may not be readily determinable.
It is expected that a substantial portion of the securities and instruments in which the Company invests will not trade on any exchange and will be illiquid. The Company may also invest in restricted securities. Investments in restricted securities could have the effect of increasing the amount of the Company’s assets invested in illiquid securities if qualified institutional buyers are unwilling to purchase these securities.
Illiquid and restricted securities may be difficult to dispose of at a fair price at the times when the Company believes it is desirable to do so. The market price of illiquid and restricted securities generally is more volatile than that of more liquid securities, which may adversely affect the price that the Company pays for or recovers upon the sale of such securities. Illiquid and restricted securities are also more difficult to value, especially in challenging markets. The Adviser’s judgment may play a greater role in the valuation process. Investment of the Company’s assets in illiquid and restricted securities may restrict the Company’s ability to take advantage of market opportunities. To dispose of an unregistered security, the Company, where it has contractual rights to do so, may have to cause such security to be registered. A considerable period may elapse between the time the decision is made to sell the security and the time the security is registered, thereby enabling the Company to sell it. Contractual restrictions on the resale of securities vary in length and scope and are generally the result of a negotiation between the issuer and acquiror of the securities. In either case, the Company would bear market risks during that period.
Certain fixed-income instruments are not readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. Fixed-income instruments may not be listed on any national securities exchange and no active trading market may exist for certain of the fixed-income instruments in which the Company will invest. Where a secondary market exists, the market for some fixed-income instruments may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods. In addition, dealer inventories of certain securities are at historic lows in relation to market size, which indicates a potential for reduced liquidity as dealers may be less able to “make markets” for certain fixed-income securities.
Our investments in regulatory capital securities subject us to the risks of underlying bank assets.
We invest in “regulatory capital securities” which are securities issued or structured by banks seeking capital that is treated more favorably under banking regulations than other types of capital, acquisitions and other refinancing activities. Regulatory capital securities are issued or structured by a bank to maintain or reduce its regulatory capital requirements by transferring certain credit risks to investors. Regulatory capital securities may be in the form of structured notes (e.g., credit-linked notes), contingent convertible securities, and other structured products or transactions. We invest in credit-linked notes which are unsecured notes linked to loans or other assets held by a bank or other financial institution on its balance sheet. Although the credit-linked notes are tied to the underlying performance of the assets held by the bank, such credit-linked notes may not be secured by such assets and we have no direct or indirect ownership of the underlying assets. Thus, as a holder of such credit-linked notes, we would be subject to counterparty risk of the bank which issues the credit-linked notes (in addition to the risk associated with the assets themselves). To the extent the relevant bank experiences an insolvency event or goes into receivership, we may not receive payments on the credit-linked notes, or such payments may be delayed.
36
Risks of Credit-linked Notes.
A credit-linked note is a security structured and issued by an issuer, which may be a bank, broker or special purpose vehicle. The performance and payment of principal and interest is tied to that of a reference asset which may be a particular pool of loans, security, basket of securities, credit default swap, basket of credit default swaps, or index. The reference asset may be denominated in foreign currency. Risks of credit-linked notes include those risks associated with the underlying reference asset including but not limited to market risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, default risk and foreign currency risk. In the case of a credit-linked notes created with credit default swaps, the structure will be “funded” such that the par amount of the security will represent the maximum loss that could be incurred on the investment and no leverage is introduced. An investor in a credit-linked note also bears counterparty risk or the risk that the issuer of the credit-linked note will default or become bankrupt and not make timely payment of principal and interest of the structured security. Should the issuer default or declare bankruptcy, the credit-linked note holder may not receive any compensation. In return for these risks, the credit linked note holder receives a higher yield. As with most derivative instruments, valuation of a credit-linked note may be difficult due to the complexity of the security and the reference asset.
The Company currently invests in credit-linked notes that are structured as unsecured notes linked to loans or other assets held by a bank or other financial institution on its balance sheet. Although the credit-linked notes are tied to the underlying performance of the assets held by the bank, such credit-linked notes may not be secured by such assets and we have no direct or indirect ownership of the underlying assets. Thus, as a holder of such credit-linked notes, we would be subject to counterparty risk of the bank which issues the credit-linked notes (in addition to the risk associated with the assets themselves). To the extent the relevant bank experiences an insolvency event or goes into receivership, we may not receive payments on the credit-linked notes, or such payments may be delayed.
Risks of Collateralized Loan Obligations (“CLOS”) and Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOS”).
CLOs and CDOs are typically privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws, which means less information about the security may be available as compared to publicly offered securities and only certain institutions may buy and sell them. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Company as illiquid securities. An active dealer market may exist for CDOs that can be resold in Rule 144A transactions, but there can be no assurance that such a market will exist or will be active enough for the Company to sell such securities. In addition to the typical risks associated with fixed-income securities and asset-backed securities, CDOs carry other risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the risk that the collateral may default, decline in value or quality, or be downgraded by a rating agency; (iii) the Company may invest in tranches of CDOs that are subordinate to other tranches, diminishing the likelihood of payment; (iv) the structure and complexity of the transaction and the legal documents could lead to disputes among investors regarding the characterization of proceeds; (v) risk of forced “fire sale” liquidation due to technical defaults such as coverage test failures; and (vi) the CDO’s manager may perform poorly.
Additional Risks Related to Investments in CLOs. The CLOs and other CDOs in which the Company may invest are Structured Products. Holders of Structured Products bear risks of the underlying assets and are subject to counterparty risk.
The Company may have the right to receive payments only from the structured product, and generally does not have direct rights against the issuer or the entity that sold the assets to be securitized. While certain Structured Products enable the investor to acquire interests in a pool of securities without the brokerage and other expenses associated with directly holding the same securities, investors in Structured Products generally pay their share of the structured product’s administrative and other expenses. Although it is difficult to predict whether the prices of assets underlying Structured Products will rise or fall, these prices (and, therefore, the prices of Structured Products) will be influenced by the same types of political and economic events that affect issuers of securities and capital markets generally. If the issuer of a structured product uses shorter-term financing to purchase longer-term securities, the issuer may be forced to sell its securities at below-market prices if it experiences difficulty in obtaining short-term financing, which may adversely affect the value of the Structured Products owned by the Company.
Certain structured products may be thinly traded or have a limited trading market. Structured Products are typically privately offered and sold. As a result, investments in Structured Products may be characterized by the Company as illiquid securities. In addition to the general risks associated with fixed-income securities discussed herein, Structured Products carry additional risks, including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the possibility that the investments in Structured Products are subordinate to other classes or tranches thereof; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
In the event of a bankruptcy or insolvency of an issuer or borrower of a loan that we hold or of an underlying asset held by a CLO or other vehicle in which we invest, a court or other governmental entity may determine that our claims or those of the relevant CLO are not valid or not entitled to the treatment we expected when making our initial investment decision.
Various laws enacted for the protection of debtors may apply to the underlying assets in our investment portfolio. The information in this and the following paragraph represents a brief summary of certain points only, is not intended to be an extensive summary of the relevant issues and is applicable with respect to U.S. issuers and borrowers only. The following is not intended to be a summary of all relevant risks. Similar avoidance provisions to those described below are sometimes available with respect to non-U.S. issuers or borrowers, and there is no assurance that this will be the case which may result in a much greater risk of partial or total loss of value in that underlying asset.
37
If a court in a lawsuit brought by an unpaid creditor or representative of creditors of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, such as a trustee in bankruptcy, were to find that such issuer or borrower did not receive fair consideration or reasonably equivalent value for incurring the indebtedness constituting such underlying assets and, after giving effect to such indebtedness, the issuer or borrower (1) was insolvent; (2) was engaged in a business for which the remaining assets of such issuer or borrower constituted unreasonably small capital; or (3) intended to incur, or believed that it would incur, debts beyond our ability to pay such debts as they mature, such court could decide to invalidate, in whole or in part, the indebtedness constituting the underlying assets as a fraudulent conveyance, to subordinate such indebtedness to existing or future creditors of the issuer or borrower or to recover amounts previously paid by the issuer or borrower in satisfaction of such indebtedness. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of an issuer or borrower of underlying assets, payments made on such underlying assets could be subject to avoidance as a “preference” if made within a certain period of time (which may be as long as one year under U.S. Federal bankruptcy law or even longer under state laws) before insolvency.
Foreign Securities and Currency Risk.
The adoption of new international banking and insurance guidelines may cause uncertainty or disruptions in the global banking industry. Adverse conditions in the global banking industry and credit markets may adversely impact the value of our investments to the extent we make investments in global financial institutions. Investments in securities of foreign issuers involve special risks not usually associated with investing in securities of U.S. companies, including political and economic considerations, such as greater risks of expropriation and nationalization, confiscatory taxation, the potential difficulty of repatriating funds, social, political and economic instability and adverse diplomatic developments; the possibility of the imposition of withholding or other taxes on dividends, interest, capital gain or other income; the small size of the securities markets in such countries and the low volume of trading, resulting in potential lack of liquidity and in price volatility; fluctuations in the rate of exchange between currencies and costs associated with currency conversion; and certain government policies that may restrict the Company’s investment opportunities. In addition, there may be different types of, and lower quality, information available about a foreign company than a U.S. company. There is also less regulation, generally, of the securities markets in many foreign countries than there is in the United States, and such markets may not provide the same protections available in the United States. Corporate governance standards may be lower in foreign markets. With respect to certain countries there may be the possibility of political, economic or social instability, the imposition of trading controls, import duties or other protectionist measures, various laws enacted for the protection of creditors, greater risks of nationalization or diplomatic developments which could materially adversely affect the Company’s investments in those countries. The Company’s investment in foreign countries may also be subject to withholding or other taxes, which may be significant and may reduce the Company’s returns.
Brokerage commissions, custodial services and other costs relating to investment in international securities markets may be more expensive than in the United States. In addition, clearance and settlement procedures may be different in foreign countries and, in certain markets, such procedures have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, thus making it difficult to conduct such transactions.
Derivatives transactions may limit our income or result in losses.
The Company’s derivative investments have risks, including the imperfect correlation between the value of such instruments and the underlying asset, rate or index, which creates the possibility that the loss on such instruments may be greater than the gain in the value of the underlying asset, rate or index; the loss of principal; the possible default of the other party to the transaction; and illiquidity of the derivative investments. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Company may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding, or may not recover at all. In addition, in the event of the insolvency of a counterparty to a derivative transaction, the derivative contract would typically be terminated at its fair market value. If the Company is owed this fair market value in the termination of the derivative contract and its claim is unsecured, the Company will be treated as a general creditor of such counterparty, and will not have any claim with respect to the underlying security. Certain of the derivative investments in which the Company may invest may, in certain circumstances, give rise to a form of financial leverage, which may magnify the risk of owning such instruments. The ability to successfully use derivative investments depends on the ability of the Adviser to predict pertinent market movements, which cannot be assured. In addition, amounts paid by the Company as premiums and cash or other assets held in margin accounts with respect to the Company’s derivative investments would not be available to the Company for other investment purposes, which may result in lost opportunities for gain.
The derivative instruments and techniques that the Company may principally use include:
Futures. A futures contract is a standardized agreement to buy or sell a specific quantity of an underlying instrument at a specific price at a specific future time. The value of a futures contract tends to increase and decrease in tandem with the value of the underlying instrument. Depending on the terms of the particular contract, futures contracts are settled through either physical delivery of the underlying instrument on the settlement date or by payment of a cash settlement amount on the settlement date. A decision as to whether, when and how to use futures involves the exercise of skill and judgment and even a well-conceived futures transaction may be unsuccessful because of market behavior or unexpected events. In addition to the derivatives risks discussed above, the prices of futures can be highly volatile, using futures can lower total return, and the potential loss from futures can exceed the Company’s initial investment in such contracts.
38
Covered Calls on Bank Equity Securities and Other Option Transactions. There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given covered call option transaction not to achieve its objectives. A decision as to whether, when and how to use covered calls (or other options) on bank equity securities involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful because of market behavior or unexpected events. The use of options may require the Company to sell portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices other than current market values, may limit the amount of appreciation the Company can realize on an investment, or may cause the Company to hold a security it might otherwise sell. As the writer of a covered call option on bank equity securities, the Company forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the exercise price of the call option, but has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. Although such loss would be offset in part by the option premium received, in a situation in which the price of a particular bank equity security on which the Company has written a covered call option declines rapidly and materially or in which prices in general on all or a substantial portion of the stocks on which the Company has written covered call options decline rapidly and materially, the Company could sustain material depreciation or loss in its net assets to the extent it does not sell the underlying securities (which may require it to terminate, offset or otherwise cover its option position as well). The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price.
There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Company seeks to close out an option position. Reasons for the absence of a liquid secondary market for exchange-traded options include the following: (i) there may be insufficient trading interest; (ii) restrictions may be imposed by an exchange on opening transactions or closing transactions or both; (iii) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions may be imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options; (iv) unusual or unforeseen circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange; (v) the trading facilities of an exchange or the Options Clearing Corporation (the “OCC”) may not be adequate to handle current trading volume; or (vi) the relevant exchange could, for economic or other reasons, decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options). If trading were discontinued, the secondary market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would cease to exist. However, outstanding options on that exchange that had been issued by the OCC as a result of trades on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms. The Company’s ability to terminate OTC options may be more limited than with exchange-traded options and may involve the risk that counterparties participating in such transactions will not fulfill their obligations. If the Company were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a bank equity security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise.
The hours of trading for options may not conform to the hours during which the underlying securities are traded. To the extent that the options markets close before the markets for the underlying securities, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets. Call options are marked to market daily and their value will be affected by changes in the value of and dividend rates of the underlying common stocks, an increase in interest rates, changes in the actual or perceived volatility of the stock market and the underlying common stocks and the remaining time to the options’ expiration. Additionally, the exercise price of an option may be adjusted downward before the option’s expiration as a result of the occurrence of certain corporate events affecting the underlying bank equity security, such as extraordinary dividends, stock splits, merger or other extraordinary distributions or events. A reduction in the exercise price of an option would reduce the Company’s capital appreciation potential on the underlying security.
Limitation on Covered Call Writing Risk. The number of covered call options on bank equity securities the Company can write is limited by the number of shares of the corresponding common stock the Company holds. Furthermore, the Company’s covered call options on bank equity securities and other options transactions will be subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities on which such options are traded. These limitations govern the maximum number of options in each class which may be written or purchased by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options are written or purchased on the same or different exchanges, boards of trade or other trading facilities or are held or written in one or more accounts or through one or more brokers. As a result, the number of covered call options on bank equity securities that the Company may write or purchase may be affected by options written or purchased by it and other investment advisory clients of the Adviser. An exchange, board of trade or other trading facility may order the liquidation of positions found to be in excess of these limits, and it may impose certain other sanctions.
39
Swaps. A swap contract is an agreement between two parties pursuant to which the parties exchange payments at specified dates on the basis of a specified notional amount, with the payments calculated by reference to specified securities, indexes, reference rates, currencies or other instruments. Most swap agreements provide that when the period payment dates for both parties are the same, the payments are made on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out, with only the net amount paid by one party to the other). The Company’s obligations or rights under a swap contract entered into on a net basis will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the agreement, based on the relative values of the positions held by each counterparty. Swap agreements are particularly subject to counterparty credit, liquidity, valuation, correlation and leverage risk. Certain standardized swaps are now subject to mandatory central clearing requirements and others are now required to be exchange-traded. While central clearing and exchange-trading are intended to reduce counterparty and liquidity risk, they do not make swap transactions risk-free. Swaps could result in losses if interest rate or foreign currency exchange rates or credit quality changes are not correctly anticipated by the Company or if the reference index, security or investments do not perform as expected. The Company’s use of swaps may include those based on the credit of an underlying security, commonly referred to as “credit default swaps.” Where the Company is the buyer of a credit default swap contract, it would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract only in the event of a default or similar event by a third party on the debt obligation. If no default occurs, the Company would have paid to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract and received no benefit from the contract. When the Company is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay an amount equal to the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation upon the default or similar event of that obligation. The use of credit default swaps can result in losses if the Company’s assumptions regarding the creditworthiness of the underlying obligation prove to be incorrect. The Company will “cover” its swap positions by segregating an amount of cash and/or liquid securities as required by the 1940 Act and applicable SEC interpretations and guidance from time to time. In cases where the Company is the writer, or seller, of a swap agreement, the segregated amount will be equal to the full, un-netted amount of the Company’s contractual obligation (the “notional amount”).
Risks Related to Our Use of Leverage
We will continue to operate with leverage, which may adversely affect our return on our assets and may reduce cash available distribution.
We will continue to operate with leverage, which we may incur in the form of recourse and non-recourse collateralized financings, private or public offerings of debt, warehouse facilities, secured and unsecured bank credit facilities, repurchase agreements or other borrowings.
We currently have a bank loan to finance investments as a form of leverage. We also have authority to issue preferred stock or engage in reverse repurchase agreements to finance investments. Leverage exaggerates the effects of market downturns or upturns on the NAV and market value of our common stock, as well as on distributions to holders of common stock. Leverage can also increase the volatility of the Company’s NAV, and expenses related to leverage can reduce the Company’s income. In the case of leverage, if our assets decline in value so that applicable asset coverage requirements for any borrowings or preferred stock would not be met, the Company may be prevented from paying distributions, which could jeopardize its qualification for pass-through tax treatment, make it liable for excise taxes and/ or force it to sell portfolio securities at an inopportune time.
As noted above, the Company utilizes a revolving credit agreement with Texas Capital Bank, N.A. (“Texas Capital Bank”) and two additional lenders (the “Credit Facility”). The terms of the Credit Facility were last amended in May 2022, to provide for a maximum borrowing amount of $70 million and a fee of Secured Overnight Funding Rate (“SOFR”) + 2.61%, with a maturity date of May 27, 2025 (which may be extended until May 27, 2026). The Credit Facility contains customary covenants, negative covenants and default provisions, including covenants that limit our ability to incur additional debt or consolidate or merge into or with any person, other than as permitted, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer, directly or indirectly, all or substantially all of its assets. Prior to the May 2022 amendment, the Credit Facility had been with a syndicate of financial institutions that was led by Texas Capital Bank, it had a five-year term maturing in May 2022, was priced at a term of LIBOR +2.35%, and permitted us to borrow up to $62 million. As of December 31, 2023, $45.0 million was committed and drawn on the Credit Facility.
Although we have no present intention to do so, we may also operate with leverage by issuing preferred stock. Any form of leverage may include contractual terms that are unfavorable to our stockholders, including limitations on our ability to declare and distribute dividends. Such terms will likely also contain restrictive covenants that impose asset coverage requirements, voting right requirements and restrictions on the composition of our assets, and limit the use of our investment techniques and strategies, any or all of which may have an adverse effect on us and our ability to pay dividends. If we are unable to repay or refinance maturing debt on the date it is due, we may be forced to seek other sources of capital to repay the maturing debt that may be expensive or dilutive to existing stockholders. To the extent that we are unable to find additional financing or extend or refinance our debt when it becomes due and we do not have sufficient cash to redeem such debt, we may be required to liquidate assets that are illiquid and difficult to sell for fair value and the sale of assets may occur at a time when it would not otherwise be desirable to do so. Failure to meet any contractual term set forth by our lenders, including maturity, may result in a default, a forced sale of assets or reduced operational flexibility, or a significant loss or complete loss for our stockholders.
Leverage is a speculative technique that may adversely affect our earnings or book value. If the return on assets acquired with borrowed funds or other leveraged proceeds does not exceed the cost of the leverage and our cost of operations, the use of leverage could cause us to lose money.
Successful use of leverage depends on our Adviser’s ability to predict or hedge correctly cash flows generated by our assets, which depends upon default rates, interest rates, refinancing and prepayment rates, timing of recoveries and various other factors. Our actual use of leverage may vary depending on our ability to obtain credit facilities and the lender’s and rating agencies’ estimate of the stability of our cash flows. The return on our assets and cash available for distribution to our stockholders may be reduced by changes in market conditions that cause the cost of these financings to increase relative to the income that can be derived from our assets. Defaults and lower than expected recoveries, as well as delays in recoveries on defaults, could rapidly erode our equity. Debt service payments will reduce cash flow available for distributions to stockholders. In addition, lenders from whom we may borrow money or holders of our debt securities will have claims on our assets that are superior to the claims of our common stockholders, and we may grant a security interest in our assets when we undertake leverage. In the case of a liquidation event, those lenders or note holders would receive proceeds before our common stockholders.
Financing arrangements with lenders or preferred stockholders may limit our ability to make dividend payments to our stockholders.
We depend on the ability of our operations to generate positive cash-flow measured as the positive difference between the yield on our assets and the cost of our funds. Because we use leverage to increase our return on equity, we may be subject to contractual operational limitations, including limitations on our ability to make dividends to our stockholders. If, as a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we are unable to generate sufficient funds for distributions from our assets or we are not in compliance with the terms of our debt agreements or any new series of preferred stock, we may not be able to make expected dividend payments.
40
Risks Related to Our Operations
We depend upon key personnel of our Adviser, ArrowMark Partners and their affiliates
We are an externally managed investment company, and therefore we do not have any internal management capacity or employees. We depend on the diligence, expertise and business relationships of the senior management of our Adviser and its affiliates to achieve our investment objective. We expect that our Adviser will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our investments in accordance with the terms of the management agreement.
Our Adviser is an affiliate of ArrowMark Partners and, in turn, depends upon access to the investment professionals and other resources of ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates to fulfill its obligations to us under the management agreement. Our Adviser also depends upon ArrowMark Partners to obtain access to deal flow generated by the professionals of ArrowMark Partners. ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates also provide our Adviser with resources necessary to fulfill these obligations, including by making available to the Adviser experienced investment professionals and access to the senior investment personnel of ArrowMark Partners for purposes of evaluating, negotiating, structuring, closing and monitoring our investments.
We depend upon the senior professionals of ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates to maintain relationships with potential sources of investment opportunities, and we intend to rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. We cannot assure you that these individuals will continue to directly or indirectly provide investment advice to us. If these individuals, including the members of our investment committee, do not maintain their existing relationships with our affiliates, maintain existing relationships or develop new relationships with other sources of investment opportunities, we may not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom the senior professionals of ArrowMark Partners or its affiliates have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities. Therefore, we cannot assure you that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.
Our Adviser may rely on assumptions that prove to be incorrect.
We will employ strategies which depend upon the reliability, accuracy and analyses of our Adviser’s analytical models. To the extent such models (or the assumptions underlying them) do not prove to be correct, we may not perform as anticipated, which could result in material losses. All models ultimately depend upon the judgment of the investment professionals and the assumptions embedded in the models. To the extent that, with respect to any investment, the judgment or assumptions are incorrect, we can suffer material losses. The models that our management team uses to assess and control our risk exposures reflect assumptions about the degrees of correlation or lack thereof among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators, and in times of market stress or other unforeseen circumstances previously uncorrelated indicators may become correlated, or conversely previously correlated indicators may move in different directions. These types of market movements may at times limit the effectiveness of any hedging strategies that we may employ and cause us to incur material losses.
Our Adviser and its affiliates may serve as investment adviser to other funds, investment vehicles and investors, which may create conflicts of interest not in the best interest of us or our stockholders.
As of December 31, 2023, our Adviser and its affiliates managed $7.9 billion in assets on behalf of a broad array of institutional clients and professional asset allocators across alternative credit and capacity constrained equity strategies, as well commercial real estate. Our Adviser may advise clients in addition to us in the future. Our Adviser and its affiliates intend to allocate investment opportunities and collective expenses among their respective clients fairly and equitably and in accordance with their allocation policies.
We may generate low or negative rates of return on capital, and we may not be able to execute our business plans as quickly as expected, if at all.
We anticipate that it may take up to six months to utilize fully the net proceeds received from any future offering; however, we may take longer to utilize such proceeds fully. This six-month period and any additional delay may result from a lack of attractive investment opportunities or from competition with other market participants for investments in the banking sector. We may initially invest the proceeds from any future offering in cash, cash equivalents, securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its instrumentalities or agencies, high-quality, short-term money market instruments, short-term debt securities, certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and other bank obligations, commercial paper or other liquid fixed income securities. Because these temporary investments may generate lower projected returns than our core business strategy, we may experience lower returns during this period, which may result in low distributions in this initial period, or possibly no distributions at all.
Our business model depends to a significant extent upon strong referral relationships, and our inability to maintain or develop these relationships, as well as the failure of these relationships to generate investment opportunities, could adversely affect our business.
41
We expect that our Adviser and its affiliates will maintain their relationships with intermediaries, financial institutions, investment bankers, commercial bankers, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants, consultants and other individuals within their networks, and we will rely to a significant extent upon these relationships to provide us with potential investment opportunities. If our Adviser fails to maintain its existing relationships or develop new relationships with sources of investment opportunities, we will not be able to grow our investment portfolio. In addition, individuals with whom our Adviser and its affiliates have relationships are not obligated to provide us with investment opportunities, and, therefore, there is no assurance that such relationships will generate investment opportunities for us.
If we are unable to source investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our Adviser’s ability to identify, evaluate and invest in suitable securities that meet our investment criteria. Accomplishing this result on a cost-effective basis is largely a function of our Adviser’s marketing capabilities, management of the investment process, ability to provide efficient services and access to financing sources on acceptable terms. Failure to manage our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our results may fluctuate from period to period.
We could experience fluctuations in our operating results from one fiscal period to the next due to a number of factors, including the return on our investments expenses, variations in and the timing of the recognition of realized and unrealized gains or losses, the degree to which we encounter competition in our markets and general economic conditions. Restrictions and provisions in any future credit facilities, debt securities or other leverage instruments may also limit our ability to make distributions. As a result of these factors, results for any period should not be relied upon as being indicative of performance in future periods.
We make distributions to our stockholders on a quarterly basis.
If the amount of any distribution exceeds our net investment income or capital gains, then all or a portion of such distribution could constitute a return of capital to stockholders rather than dividend income for tax purposes. A return of capital distribution has the effect of lowering stockholders’ basis in their shares, which will result in higher tax liability when the shares are sold, even if such shares have not increased in value or have, in fact, lost value. In addition to the tax consequences, such a distribution is a return of a shareholder’s own investment, but distributed net of Company expenses, and will decrease the funds available for investment by the Company.
If our Adviser is unable to manage our investments effectively, we may be unable to achieve our investment objective.
Our ability to achieve our investment objective depends on our ability to manage and grow our business. This depends, in turn, on our Adviser’s ability to identify, invest in and monitor companies that meet our investment criteria. The achievement of our investment objectives on a cost-effective basis will depend upon our Adviser’s execution of our investment process, its ability to provide competent, attentive and efficient services to us and our access to leverage on acceptable terms. Our Adviser has substantial responsibilities under the management agreement. Our future success will depend on the continued service of the senior management team of our Adviser and the personnel of its affiliates who are made available to our Adviser. These persons are engaged in other business activities, which could distract them, divert their time and attention or otherwise cause them not to dedicate a significant portion of their time to our investments, which could slow our rate of investment. Any failure to manage our business and our future growth effectively could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. In addition, to the extent that our assets continue to grow, our Adviser may have to source additional personnel, and to the extent it is unable to source qualified individuals, our growth may be adversely affected.
We may not replicate the historical results achieved by other entities managed or sponsored by members of our investment committee or by ArrowMark Partners or its affiliates.
Our primary focus in making investments generally differs from that of many of the investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of our investment committee or sponsored by ArrowMark Partners or its affiliates. In addition, investors in our common stock do not acquire an interest in any such investment funds, accounts or other investment vehicles that are or have been managed by members of our investment committee or sponsored by ArrowMark Partners or its affiliates. We cannot assure you that we will replicate the historical results achieved by members of the investment committee, and we caution you that our investment returns could be substantially lower than the returns achieved by them in prior periods. Additionally, all or a portion of the prior results may have been achieved in particular market conditions which may never be repeated. Moreover, current or future market volatility and regulatory uncertainty may have an adverse impact on our future performance.
Our investment portfolio is recorded at fair value, with our board of directors having final responsibility for overseeing, reviewing and approving, in good faith, our estimate of fair value and, as a result, there is uncertainty as to the value of our investments.
Unlike publicly traded common stock which trades on national exchanges, there is no central place or exchange for some of the Company’s investments to trade. Due to the lack of centralized information and trading, the valuation of loans or fixed-income instruments may carry more risk than that of common stock. Uncertainties in the conditions of the financial market, unreliable reference data, lack of transparency and inconsistency of valuation models and processes may lead to inaccurate asset pricing. In addition, other market participants may value securities differently than the Company. As a result, the Company may be subject to the risk that when an instrument is sold in the market, the amount received by the Company is less than the value of such loans or fixed income instruments carried on the Company’s books.
42
Stockholders should recognize that valuations of illiquid assets involve various judgments and consideration of factors that may be subjective. As a result, the NAV of the Company, as determined based on the fair value of its investments, may vary from the amount ultimately received by the Company from its investments.
The Company will determine fair value of its assets and liabilities in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by its Board of Directors. The Company may utilize the services of one or more regionally or nationally recognized independent valuation firms to help it determine the value of each investment for which a market price is not available. Our Board of Directors will also review valuations of such investments provided by the Adviser. To the extent we invest in securities for which market quotations are readily available, such market value will be used to value those securities. If a market value cannot be obtained or if the Adviser determines that the value of a security as so obtained does not represent a fair value as of the measurement date (due to a significant development subsequent to the time its price is determined or otherwise), fair value shall be determined pursuant to the methodologies established by the Board of Directors. In making these determinations, the Company may engage an independent valuation firm from time to time to assist in determining the fair value of our investments. The methods for valuing these investments may include fundamental analysis, discounts from market prices of similar securities, purchase price of securities, subsequent private transactions in the security or related securities, or discounts applied to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities, as well as a combination of these and other factors.
We may compete with a number of other prospective investors for desirable investment opportunities.
While we believe that there is presently a general lack of investment competition for investment opportunities in the community banking sector from institutional investors including publicly traded investment companies, hedge funds and private equity funds, such investors do exist. In addition, competition among institutional investors and investment managers for any bank related investments may increase significantly. While the competitive landscape for investors in regulatory capital securities has broadened modestly over the last ten years, the core investor base remains relatively concentrated due to the relatively high barriers to entry facing new investors. In addition to established competitors, new competitors may be established at any time. Increasing competitive conditions may adversely impact our ability to meet our business objectives, which in turn could adversely impact our ability to meet debt service obligations or make dividend payments to our stockholders. Some of our competitors may have a lower cost for borrowing funds than us or greater access to funding sources not available to us.
We may, in certain circumstances permitted by law, change our business strategy and operational policies without stockholder consent, which may result in a determination to pursue riskier business activities.
With majority consent of our board of directors, we may change our business strategy for how we invest in bank sector opportunities at any time without the consent of our stockholders (unless stockholder consent is specifically required by the Investment Company Act), which could result in our acquiring subsidiaries or assets that are different from, and possibly riskier than, the strategy described in this prospectus. For example, we could change our strategy to focus to a greater extent on investing in common stock rather than preferred stock, subordinated debt and convertible securities. However, we will endeavor to notify investors of any such material change in business strategy and operational policies no later than our subsequent semi-annual or annual report, as applicable, filed with the SEC. A change in our business strategy may increase our exposure to interest rate, mark to market risks or other risks. Our board of directors will determine our operational policies and may amend or revise our policies, including our policies with respect to our investments, operations, indebtedness, capitalization and distributions or approve transactions that deviate from these policies, without a vote of, or notice to, our stockholders (unless stockholder consent is specifically required by the Investment Company Act). Operational policy changes could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to make distributions to our stockholders.
Laws and regulations may prohibit the banks in which we invest from paying interest and/or dividends to us.
Dividend payments by banks are subject to legal and regulatory limitations imposed by applicable state and federal bank regulatory agencies. For instance, banks will be prohibited from paying cash dividends to their stockholders or holding company parents to the extent that any such payment would reduce the bank’s capital below required capital levels. To the extent these regulatory capital requirements are increased, banks may find it more difficult to declare and pay dividends on the preferred stock they have issued and, to the extent that such preferred stock is non-cumulative, may be more reluctant to declare such dividends. Regulatory approval may also be required for a bank to declare a dividend if the total of all dividends declared by it in any calendar year exceeds the total of the bank’s net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock. The ability of banks to pay dividends will also depend upon other factors, including their debt and equity structure, earnings and financial condition, need for capital, and other factors, including economic conditions, and tax considerations. To the extent we invest in the holding companies of banks, the only funds available for the payment of dividends on the capital stock of the holding company may be the cash and cash equivalents held by the holding company, dividends paid by the bank to the holding company and borrowings. The banks in which we invest may be constrained in their ability to pay dividends by these factors.
Legal and regulatory changes could occur that may adversely affect us.
U.S. and non-U.S. government agencies and other regulators regularly adopt new regulations and legislatures enact new statutes that affect the investments held by the Company, the strategies used by the Company or the level of regulation or taxation that applies to the Company. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, among other things, significantly changed the taxation of business entities (including by significantly lowering corporate tax rates), the deductibility of interest expense, and the timing in which certain income items are recognized (potentially including, in certain cases, income from debt and other financial instruments). These statutes and regulations may impact the investment strategies, performance, costs and operations of the Company or the taxation of its shareholders.
43
Changes in government legislation, regulation and/or intervention may change the way the Adviser or the Company is regulated, affect the expenses incurred directly by the Company and the value of its investments and limit and/or preclude the Company’s ability to implement, or increase the Company’s costs associated with implementing, its investments strategies. Changes to tax laws and regulations may also result in certain tax consequences for the Company and/or investors. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences. Moreover, government regulation may have unpredictable and unintended effects. In addition to exposing the Company to potential new costs and expenses, additional regulation or changes to existing regulation may also require changes to the Company’s investment practices. The Adviser cannot predict the effects of any new governmental regulation that may be implemented, and there can be no assurance that any new governmental regulation will not adversely affect the Company’s ability to achieve its respective investment objective.
We may be required to register as a commodity pool operator.
We have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” pursuant to Regulation 4.5 under the CEA with respect to the Company. While we currently expect that our activities will remain within the scope of the exclusion, if we change our hedging and risk management strategies, we may be required to register under the CEA as a commodity pool operator, and the Adviser may be required to register under the CEA as a commodity trading adviser, each of which would increase our regulatory and compliance costs and expenses.
Market fluctuations caused by force majeure, terrorism or certain other events may adversely affect our performance.
In addition to historic market risks, our performance may be adversely affected by market fluctuations resulting from certain risks which are unprecedented in nature or magnitude and therefore not amenable to existing risk management techniques which are based on modeling past events and assigning probabilities to the recurrence of those events. Such events include, without limitation, catastrophic acts of terror, imposition or declaration of martial law, mass disruption of telecommunications facilities, pandemics resulting from bio-terror attacks or outbreaks of fatal disease, cyber-terror and terrorist attacks on financial markets, exchanges and payments systems and acts of providence.
Changes in interest rates may affect our net investment income, reinvestment risk and the probability of defaults of our investments.
Rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. The value of longer-term securities generally changes more in response to changes in interest rates than shorter-term securities. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, securities may exhibit additional volatility and may lose value.
Risks Related to Our Adviser and/or its Affiliates
Our performance is dependent on our Adviser, and we may not find a suitable replacement if the management agreement is terminated.
Some of our executive officers are also executive officers of our Adviser or its affiliates. We have no separate facilities, employees or management and rely on our Adviser, which has significant discretion as to the implementation of our operating policies and strategies. We will depend on our Adviser and its affiliates for certain services including administrative and business advice. We are subject to the risk that our Adviser will terminate the management agreement and that no suitable replacement will be found. Investors who are not willing to rely on our Adviser or ArrowMark Partners should not invest in our common stock. The employees, systems and facilities of our Adviser and ArrowMark Partners may be utilized by other funds and companies advised by them or their affiliates. Our Advisor may not have sufficient access to such employees, systems and facilities in order to comply with its obligations under the management agreement. We believe that our success depends to a significant extent upon the experience of the executive officers, portfolio managers and employees of ArrowMark or its affiliates, whose employment is not guaranteed.
The departure or death of any of the members of senior management of our Adviser or ArrowMark Partners may adversely affect our ability to achieve our business objective; our management agreement does not require the availability to us of any particular individuals.
We depend on the diligence, skill and network of business contacts of the employees of our Adviser and ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates, whose investment professionals will evaluate, negotiate, structure, close and monitor our assets. Our future success depends on the continued service of the management team of the Adviser and ArrowMark Partners and its affiliates, and that continued service is not guaranteed. The management agreement does not obligate that any particular individual’s services be made available to us. The departure, death or disability of any of the members of the management of the Adviser or ArrowMark Partners could have a material adverse effect on our ability to achieve our business objective.
If our Adviser ceases to be our manager under our management agreement, financial institutions that provided our credit facilities may not provide future financing to us.
The financial institutions that will finance our investments pursuant to credit facilities or reverse repurchase agreements arranged by our Adviser may require that our Adviser serve as our manager as a condition to making continued advances to us under these credit facilities. Additionally, if our Adviser ceases to be our adviser, each of these financial institutions under these credit facilities may terminate their facility and their obligation to advance funds to us in order to finance our future investments. If our Adviser ceases to be our manager for any reason and we are not able to obtain financing under these credit facilities, our growth maybe limited and our earnings and book value may be adversely affected.
44
Our Adviser’s liability is limited under our management agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify our Adviser against certain liabilities.
Pursuant to our management agreement with our Adviser, its affiliates and their officers, directors, managing members, members and employees will not be liable to us, our directors, or our stockholders for acts performed in accordance with and pursuant to our management agreement, except by reason of acts constituting willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence, or as otherwise required by applicable law.
Pursuant to our management agreement, we will indemnify our Adviser, its affiliates and their officers, directors, managing members, members, employees and certain other parties against all losses, expenses and costs or damages arising out of or in connection with actions of such indemnified party or failure to act on the part of such indemnified party all in connection with our investment activities or in respect of our management agreement or the services provided by our manager or ArrowMark Partners to us, in the absence of willful misfeasance, gross negligence or bad faith. See “Management— Management Agreement.”
There may be potential conflicts of interest between our management or Adviser, on one hand, and the interest of our common stockholders, on the other.
Our Adviser is subject to certain conflicts of interest in our management. These conflicts will arise primarily from the involvement of our Adviser and its affiliates in other activities that may conflict with our activities. Our Adviser and its affiliates engage in a broad spectrum of activities. In the ordinary course of their business activities, they may engage in activities where their interests or the interests of their clients may conflict with our interests and the interests of the holders of our common stock. Other present and future activities of our Adviser and its affiliates may give rise to additional conflicts of interest which may have a negative impact on us.
Our Adviser’s compliance department and legal department will oversee its conflict-resolution system. The program places particular emphasis on the principle of fair and equitable allocation of appropriate opportunities and of common fees and expenses to our Adviser’s clients over time. As a result of our Adviser’s allocation policies, we may not be able to invest in all opportunities that are appropriate for us and this may have the effect of reducing our potential earnings. Although our Adviser has agreed with us that it will allocate opportunities, fees and expenses among its clients pursuant to its written policies and procedures, there is no assurance that these policies and procedures will work as intended or that we will be allocated our fair share of investment opportunities over time or appropriately allocated the fees and expenses of the Adviser.
We are limited in our ability to conduct transactions with affiliates.
The Investment Company Act imposes restrictions on transactions we can conduct with our affiliates. These restrictions prohibit us from buying or selling any security directly from or to any portfolio company of a registered investment company or private equity fund managed by ArrowMark, ArrowMark Partners or any of their respective affiliates. These restrictions also prohibit certain “joint” transactions with certain of our affiliates, which could include investments in the same portfolio company (whether at the same or different times). These limitations may limit the scope of investment opportunities that would otherwise be available to us.
Our Adviser’s investment committee is not independent from its management.
Our Adviser’s investment committee is comprised exclusively of our affiliated persons, and they are the same individuals who manage our assets. The individuals comprising our Adviser’s investment committee may have inherent conflicts of interest with the holders of common stock, since they also advise other investment companies affiliated with us. We cannot guarantee that the investment opportunities provided to us will have better results than investment opportunities provided to our affiliates.
We may compete with our Adviser’s current and future investment vehicles for access to capital and assets.
Our Adviser and its affiliates may sponsor or manage additional investment funds in the future. Although these funds may have different business objectives and operate differently than we do, we may nonetheless compete with these funds for capital or assets or for access to the benefits that we expect our Adviser to provide to us.
There may be other conflicts of interest in our relationship with our Adviser and/or its affiliates that could negatively affect our earnings.
Our Adviser and/or its affiliates manage, sponsor and invest in other secured borrowings via special purpose vehicles, investment funds, hedge funds and separate accounts and may in the future sponsor additional investment funds and other investments in community banks, commercial loans, municipal debt and other targeted assets in the community banking sector, and some of the members of our board of directors and officers or members of our Adviser’s investment committee may serve as officers and/or directors of these other entities. This may give rise to conflicts of interest, including that certain assets appropriate for us may also be appropriate for one or more of these entities, and our Adviser may decide to allocate a particular opportunity other than to us. Our Adviser will often make asset purchase and sale decisions for us and any subsidiaries at the same time as asset purchase and sale decisions are being made for other affiliated entities for which our Adviser or one of our Adviser’s affiliates is the investment adviser, in which case our Adviser will face conflicts in the allocation of business opportunities. Our Adviser and/or its affiliates may also engage in additional management and investment opportunities in the future which may compete with us for business opportunities.
45
The restrictive covenants that would govern our potential secured borrowings may have greater limitations on the disposition and reinvestment of assets than do other accounts managed by our Adviser. This may result in dispositions and reinvestments not being able to be made on as advantageous a basis as our Adviser may be able to achieve for such other accounts and such other dispositions and reinvestments may adversely affect the price at which such assets can be sold or purchased on our behalf.
Our Adviser’s management of our business is subject to the oversight of our board of directors, but our board of directors will not approve each business decision made by our Adviser.
Our Adviser is authorized to follow a very broad business approach, including the selection of the amount and form of leverage we will employ. Our policies do not impose any limitations on the types of investments within the banking sector and, as a result, we cannot predict with any certainty the percentage of our assets that will be in each category. We may change our business strategy and policies for how we invest in banking-related securities without a vote of stockholders. Our board of directors will periodically review our business approach and our assets. However, our board of directors will not review each proposed purchase. In addition, in conducting periodic reviews, our board of directors will rely primarily on information provided to it by our Adviser.
Our Adviser may be incentivized to incur additional leverage, up to the extent permitted by regulations.
Our Adviser’s management fee is based on our gross assets at the end of each quarter, not net of any leverage that we incur. Our Adviser therefore may be incentivized to increase our leverage within regulatory limits in order to increase our asset value.
Additional leverage may pose risks that could adversely affect our results of operations and our ability to declare and pay dividends. See “Leverage” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to our Operations.”
Our Adviser can resign on not less than 60 days’ notice, and we may not be able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our financial condition, business and results of operations.
Our Adviser has the right, under the management agreement, to resign at any time upon not less than 60 days’ written notice, whether we have found a replacement or not. If our Adviser resigns, we may not be able to find a new investment adviser or hire internal management with similar expertise and ability to provide the same or equivalent services on acceptable terms within 60 days, or at all. If we are unable to do so quickly, our operations are likely to experience a disruption, our financial condition, business and results of operations as well as our ability to pay distributions are likely to be adversely affected and the market price of our shares may decline. In addition, the coordination of our internal management and investment activities is likely to suffer if we are unable to identify and reach an agreement with a single institution or group of executives having the expertise possessed by our Adviser and its affiliates. Even if we are able to retain comparable management, whether internal or external, the integration of such management and their lack of familiarity with our investment objective may result in additional costs and time delays that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Risks Related to Offerings
The price for our common stock may be volatile.
The trading price of our common stock following any future offering may fluctuate substantially. The price of our common stock that will prevail in the market after any future offering may be higher or lower than the price you pay and the liquidity of our common stock may be limited, in each case depending on many factors, some of which are beyond our control and may not be directly related to our operating performance. These factors include the following:
● | changes in the value of our portfolio of investments; | |
● | price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market from time to time; | |
● | significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of securities of similar investment companies; our dependence on the banking sector and changes in conditions relating to that sector; our inability to deploy or invest our capital; | |
● | fluctuations in interest rates; | |
● | any shortfall in revenue or net income or any increase in losses from levels expected by investors or securities analysts; | |
● | operating performance of companies comparable to us; | |
● | changes in regulatory policies with respect to investment companies; | |
● | our ability to borrow money or obtain additional capital; | |
● | losing RIC status under the Code; | |
● | actual or anticipated changes in our earnings or fluctuations in our operating results or changes in the expectations of securities analysts; | |
● | general economic conditions and trends; | |
● | departures of key personnel; and | |
● | exchange-related technological disruptions. |
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade at a discount to their net asset value.
46
We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade. Although our common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, an active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the offering price or our NAV.
Shares of closed-end investment companies have in the past frequently traded at discounts to their NAV and our common stock may also be discounted in the market. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that our NAV could decrease as a result of our investment activities and may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of any future offering. We cannot assure you whether our common stock will trade above, at or below our NAV. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of our common stock will depend entirely upon whether the market price of our common stock at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for our common stock. Because the market price of our common stock is affected by factors such as NAV, distribution levels (which are dependent, in part, on expenses), supply of and demand for our common stock, stability of distributions, trading volume of our common stock, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict whether our common stock will trade at, below or above NAV or at, below or above the offering price. In addition, if shares of our common stock trade below their NAV, we will generally not be able to issue additional shares of common stock at their market price without first obtaining the approval of our stockholders and our independent directors to such issuance.
Future offerings of debt securities or preferred stock, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, and future offerings of equity securities, which would dilute our existing stockholders and may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividend and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the market value of our common stock.
If you purchase our common stock in any future offering, the price that you pay will be greater than the NAV per share of common stock immediately following any future offering. This discrepancy is in large part due to the expenses we will incur in connection with the consummation of any future offering. In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by making offerings of debt or additional offerings of equity securities, including offerings of preferred stock, the terms of which may be determined in the discretion of our board of directors. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and holders of our preferred stock and lenders with respect to other borrowings will receive a distribution of our available assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Additional equity offerings may dilute the holdings of our existing stockholders or reduce the market price of our common stock, or both. Our preferred stock, if issued, could have a preference on liquidating distributions or a preference on dividend payments that could limit our ability to make a dividend distribution to the holders of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, holders of our common stock bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market value of our common stock and diluting their holdings of shares in us.
Risks Related to Taxation
We may not be able to meet the requirements to maintain RIC status.
In order to qualify as a RIC, we must be registered as a management company under the Investment Company Act at all times during each taxable year and meet an income test, a diversification/asset test and certain distribution requirements. Failure to meet the income test and the diversification/asset test requirements could result in the discontinuance of our treatment as a RIC, which would increase our tax expense and could adversely affect our NAV, results of operations and ability to distribute dividends.
We will be subject to corporate-level federal income tax on all of our income if we are unable to maintain RIC status under Subchapter M of the Code.
If we fail to qualify for or maintain RIC status for any reason, and we do not qualify for certain relief provisions under the Code, we would be subject to corporate-level federal income tax (and any applicable state and local taxes) and our stockholders would be subject to the federal income tax rules that apply to stockholders in a regular, or “C,” corporation. The conversion from a RIC to a regular, or “C,” corporation could have a materially adverse tax impact on us and our stockholders in the taxable year in which RIC status is lost and in future taxable years. Further, if we seek to re-establish RIC status after operating as a regular, or “C,” corporation, because we will have operated as a regular corporation, we would have to distribute to our stockholders our pre-election earnings and may also be taxed on the gain in appreciated assets that we hold when we re-elect to be a RIC.
Whether an investment in a RIC is appropriate for a Non-U.S. Stockholder will depend upon the Non-U.S. Stockholder’s particular circumstances.
Code section 871(k) provides certain “look-through” treatment to Non-U.S. Stockholders (as defined in “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations”), permitting interest-related dividends and short-term capital gains not to be subject to U.S. withholding tax. It should also be noted that withholding would still apply (generally at a 30% rate or lower applicable treaty rate) to the extent that distributions are from the Company’s dividend income, interest income from non-U.S. sources or foreign currency gains. We strongly urge you to review carefully the discussion under “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” and to seek advice based on your particular circumstances from an independent tax advisor.
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
We will determine and publish the NAV of our common stock on at least a quarterly basis and at such other times as our board of directors may determine. Our NAV equals the value of our total assets (the value of the securities held plus cash or other assets, including interest accrued but not yet received, dividends declared but not yet received), less: all of our liabilities and including (i) accrued expenses; (ii) accumulated and unpaid dividends on any outstanding preferred stock; (iii) the aggregate liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock; (iv) accrued and unpaid interest payments on any outstanding indebtedness; (v) the aggregate principal amount of any outstanding indebtedness; and (vi) any distributions payable on our common stock. The NAV per share of common stock equals our NAV divided by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.
47
The Company will determine fair value of its assets and liabilities in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by its Board of Directors. The Company may utilize the services of one or more regionally or nationally recognized independent valuation firms to help it determine the value of each investment for which a market price is not available. Our Board of Directors will also review valuations of such investments provided by the Adviser. To the extent we invest in securities for which market quotations are readily available, such market value will be used to value those securities. If a market value cannot be obtained or if the Adviser determines that the value of a security as so obtained does not represent a fair value as of the measurement date (due to a significant development subsequent to the time its price is determined or otherwise), fair value shall be determined pursuant to the methodologies established by the Board of Directors. In making these determinations, the Company may engage an independent valuation firm from time to time to assist in determining the fair value of our investments. The methods for valuing these investments may include fundamental analysis, discounts from market prices of similar securities, purchase price of securities, subsequent private transactions in the security or related securities, or discounts applied to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities, as well as a combination of these and other factors.
● | The fair value for publicly-traded equity securities and equity-related securities will be determined by using readily available market quotations from the principal market, if available. For equity and equity-related securities that are freely tradable and listed on a securities exchange or over the counter market, fair value will be determined using the last sale price on that exchange or over-the-counter market on the measurement date. If the security is listed on more than one exchange, we will use the price of the exchange that we consider to be the principal exchange on which the security is traded. If a security is traded on the measurement date, then the last reported sale price on the exchange or OTC market on which the security is principally traded, up to the time of valuation, will be used. If there were no reported sales on the security’s principal exchange or OTC market on the measurement date, then the average between the last bid price and last asked price, as reported by the pricing service, will be used. We will obtain direct written broker-dealer quotations if a security is not traded on an exchange or quotations are not available from an approved pricing service. |
● | An equity security of a publicly traded company acquired in a private placement transaction is subject to restrictions on resale that can affect the security’s liquidity and fair value. Such securities that are convertible into publicly traded common stock or securities that may be sold pursuant to Rule 144 shall generally be valued based on the fair value of the freely tradable common stock counterpart, less an applicable discount. Generally, the discount will initially be equal to the discount at which we purchased the securities. To the extent that such securities are convertible or otherwise become freely tradable within a time frame that may be reasonably determined, an amortization schedule may be determined for the discount. |
● | The Company may utilize the services of one or more regionally or nationally recognized independent valuation firms to aid it in determining the fair value of these securities. The methods for valuing these securities may include: fundamental analysis (sales, income or earnings multiples, etc.), discounts from market prices of similar securities, purchase price of securities, subsequent private transactions in the security or related securities, or discounts applied to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities, as well as a combination of these and other factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of private securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time, and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value may differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities. |
● | Fixed income securities (other than the short-term securities as described below) are valued by (i) using readily available market quotations based upon the last updated sale price or a market value from an approved pricing service generated by a pricing matrix based upon yield data for securities with similar characteristics; or (ii) by obtaining a direct written broker-dealer quotation from a dealer who has made a market in the security. A fixed income security acquired in a private placement transaction without registration is subject to restrictions on resale that can affect the security’s liquidity and fair value. Among the various factors that can affect the value of a privately placed security are (i) whether the issuing company has freely trading fixed income securities of the same maturity and interest rate (either through an initial public offering or otherwise); (ii) whether the company has an effective registration statement in place for the securities; and (iii) whether a market is made in the securities. |
● | Short-term securities, including bonds, notes, debentures and other fixed income securities and money market instruments such as certificates of deposit, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances and obligations of domestic and foreign banks, with remaining maturities of 60 days or less, for which reliable market quotations are readily available are valued on an amortized cost basis at current market quotations as provided by an independent pricing service or principal market maker. Short-term securities normally will be valued at amortized cost unless market condition or other factors lead to a determination of fair value at a different amount. |
48
● | Other assets, including equity investments for which there is no market, will be valued at market value pursuant to written valuation procedures adopted by our board of directors, or if a market value cannot be obtained (including with respect to classes of investments noted above) or if our Adviser determines that the value of a security as so obtained does not represent a fair value as of the measurement date (due to a significant development subsequent to the time its price is determined or otherwise), fair value shall be determined pursuant to the methodologies established by our board of directors. In making these determinations, our board of directors has engaged an independent valuation firm to assist in determining the fair value of our investments. The methods for valuing these investments may include fundamental analysis, discounts from market prices of similar securities, purchase price of securities, subsequent private transactions in the security or related securities, or discounts applied to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities, as well as a combination of these and other factors. We intend for such a third-party valuation firm to provide valuation advice with respect to approximately 25% of our investment portfolio each quarter and 100% at fiscal year end. |
Valuations of public company securities determined pursuant to fair value methodologies will be presented to our board of directors or a designated committee thereof for approval at the next regularly scheduled board meeting. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Adviser and/or its Affiliates.”
We have a dividend reinvestment plan for our stockholders. Our plan is an “opt out” dividend reinvestment plan. As a result, if a stockholder’s shares are registered directly with us or with a brokerage firm that participates in our dividend reinvestment plan (the “Plan”) through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), and such stockholder’s account is coded for dividend reinvestment by such brokerage firm, all distributions are automatically reinvested for stockholders by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Plan agent (the “Plan Agent”), in additional common stock (unless a stockholder is ineligible or elects otherwise). If a stockholder opts out of the Plan, such stockholder’s account is not coded dividend reinvestment by such brokerage firm, and such stockholder receives distributions in cash. If a stockholder’s shares are registered with a brokerage firm that does not participate in the Plan through the facilities of DTC, a stockholder will need to ask its investment professional to determine what arrangements can be made to set up its account to participate in the Plan if desired, and, until such arrangements are made, a stockholder receives distributions in cash.
In the case that newly issued shares of our common stock are used to implement the Plan, the number of shares of common stock to be delivered to a participating stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividends payable to such stockholder by 97% of the average market prices per share of common stock at the close of regular trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (or such other exchange or quotation system on which the common stock is primarily traded) for the five trading days immediately prior to the valuation date fixed by our board of directors. In the case that shares repurchased on the open market are used to implement the Plan, the number of shares of common stock to be delivered to a participating stockholder is determined by dividing the total dollar amount of the dividends payable to such stockholder by the weighted average purchase price, without deduction for transaction processing fees such as brokerage commissions and other related costs, of all such shares purchased by the Plan Agent on the open market in connection with such distribution.
Stockholders who elect not to participate in the Plan will receive all distributions payable in cash paid by check mailed directly to the stockholder of record (or, if the shares are held in street or other nominee name, then to such nominee) by Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as dividend paying agent. Participation in the Plan is completely voluntary and may be terminated or resumed at any time without penalty by giving notice in writing to, or by calling, the Plan Agent. Stockholders may elect not to participate in the Plan by notifying the Plan Agent in writing so that it is received by the Plan Agent no later than 5 days prior to the applicable dividend record date. Any such election will remain in effect until the stockholder notifies the Plan Agent in writing of the withdrawal of such election, which withdrawal must be received by the Plan Agent no later than 5 days prior to the applicable dividend record date. A stockholder that holds its shares through a broker or other nominee must make any such election or termination through its broker or nominee.
Whenever we declare a distribution payable in cash, non-participants in the Plan will receive cash, and participants in the Plan will receive the equivalent in common stock.
We will use primarily newly-issued common stock to implement the Plan, whether our shares are trading at a premium or at a discount to NAV. However, we reserve the right to instruct the Plan Agent to purchase shares in the open market in connection with its obligations under the Plan. Such purchases may be effected through an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer as selected by the Plan agent. The broker-dealer may charge transaction processing fees such as brokerage commissions and other related costs in addition to any compensation received by the Plan Agent.
We cannot establish the number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to payment of the dividend or other distribution until the value per share at which additional shares will be issued has been determined and elections of our stockholders have been tabulated. Stockholders who do not elect to receive dividends in shares of common stock will experience dilution over time. The level of discount would depend on various factors, including the proportion of our stockholders who participate in the plan, the level of premium or discount at which our shares are trading and the amount of the dividend payable to a stockholder.
The Plan Agent will maintain all stockholders’ accounts in the Plan and will furnish written confirmation of each acquisition made for the participant’s account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days after the date thereof. Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form in the Plan Agent’s name or that of its nominee, and each stockholder’s proxy will include those shares purchased or received pursuant to the Plan. The Plan Agent will forward all proxy solicitation materials to participants and vote proxies for shares held pursuant to the Plan in accordance with the instructions of the participants.
49
There will be no brokerage charges with respect to shares issued directly by us as a result of distributions payable in shares. If the participant elects to have the Plan Agent sell part or all of his or her common stock and remit the proceeds, such participant will be charged his or her pro rata share of brokerage commissions, fees and transaction costs incurred for the transaction, and the Plan Agent is entitled to deduct a $15 transaction fee. The automatic reinvestment of distributions will not relieve participants of any federal, state or local income tax that may be payable (or required to be withheld) on such distributions. The Plan proceeds to non-U.S. persons may be subject to withholding tax. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, we reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan if in the judgment of our board of directors such a change is warranted. We may terminate the Plan upon notice in writing mailed to each participant at least 60 days prior to the effective date of the termination. Upon any termination, the Plan Agent will cause a certificate or certificates to be issued for the full shares held by each participant under the Plan and cash adjustment for any fraction of a share of common stock at the then current market value of the common stock to be delivered to him, her or it. If preferred, a participant may request the sale of all of the common stock held by the Plan Agent in his or her Plan account in order to terminate participation in the Plan. If such participant elects in advance of such termination to have the Plan Agent sell part or all of his or her shares, the Plan Agent is authorized to deduct from the proceeds the brokerage commissions, fees and transaction costs incurred for the transaction. If a participant has terminated his or her participation in the Plan but continues to have common stock registered in his or her name, he or she may re-enroll in the Plan at any time by notifying the Plan Agent in writing at the address below. The terms and conditions of the Plan may be amended by us at any time, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the SEC or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to each participant appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment shall be deemed to be accepted by each participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Plan Agent receives notice of the termination of the participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the Plan Agent of a successor Plan Agent, subject to the prior written approval of the successor Plan Agent by us.
All correspondence concerning the Plan should be directed to Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or series, up to $150 million of our common stock, preferred stock, debt securities or subscription rights to purchase shares of our common stock, in one or more underwritten public offerings, at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades, best efforts or a combination of these methods. We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders in a rights offering, through agents or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of the securities and the proceeds, if any, we will receive from the sale; any over-allotment options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed or paid to dealers; and any securities exchange or market on which the securities may be listed. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus supplement.
The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of our common stock, less any underwriting commissions or discounts, must equal or exceed the net asset value per share of our common stock at the time of the offering except (1) in connection with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (2) offerings completed within one year of the receipt of consent of the majority of our common stockholders or (3) under such circumstances as the SEC may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may represent a discount from prevailing market prices.
In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Our common stockholders will indirectly bear such fees and expenses as well as any other fees and expenses incurred by us in connection with any sale of securities. Underwriters may sell the securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus supplement. The maximum aggregate commission or discount to be received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority or independent broker-dealer will not be greater than 8% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.
50
Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through exercise of the over-allotment option or in the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the activities at any time.
We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, our agent will act on a best-efforts basis for the period of its appointment.
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement, each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no trading market. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any securities.
Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in the distribution of shares of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the ordinary course of business.
If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will authorize underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of our securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.
We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus supplement.
In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.
The following descriptions of our securities, certain provisions of Delaware law and certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are available from us upon request.
General
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors (without any further vote or action by our stockholders) may cause us to issue up to 40,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and up to 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share. As of June 30, 2024, there are 7,118,920 shares of common stock outstanding and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. All references to “stock” or “shares” herein refer to common stock, unless otherwise indicated. Each share of common stock has equal voting, dividend, distribution and liquidation rights. The shares outstanding are, and, when issued, the shares offered by this prospectus will be, fully paid and non-assessable. Shares are not redeemable and have no preemptive, conversion or cumulative voting rights. The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2023 was 7,112,453.
The following information regarding our authorized shares is as of June 30, 2024.
Amount Outstanding | ||||||||||||
Amount Held by | (Exclusive of Amount | |||||||||||
the Company for | Held by the Company | |||||||||||
Title of Class | Amount Authorized | its Account | for its Account) | |||||||||
Common Stock, par value $0.001 | 40,000,000 | 0 | 7,118,920 | |||||||||
Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 | 10,000,000 | 0 | 0 |
51
Common Stock
Voting Rights
The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders. Generally, except with respect to extraordinary corporate transactions, certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation, any amendment to our bylaws, liquidation and the election and removal of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality) of the votes cast by all common stock present in person or represented by proxy. Removal of directors for cause must be approved by at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by our stockholders generally in the election of directors. See “—Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws— Amendment of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws” for a discussion of approval rights with regard to such amendments.
Dividend Rights
Holders of common stock share ratably (based on the number of shares of common stock held) in any dividend declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any preferred stock we may issue in the future.
Preemptive Rights
No holder of common stock is entitled to preemptive, redemption or conversion rights, sinking fund or cumulative voting rights.
Liquidation Rights
Upon our dissolution, liquidation or winding up, after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all our remaining assets available for distribution.
Listing
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker symbol “BANX.”
Preferred Stock
Under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors (without any further vote or action by our stockholders) is authorized to provide for the issuance from time to time of up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock consisting of one or more classes or series of preferred stock. Unless required by law or by any stock exchange, if applicable, any such authorized preferred stock will be available for issuance without further action by our common stockholders. Our board of directors is authorized to fix the number of shares, the relative powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions applicable to each class or series thereof by resolution authorizing the issuance of such class or series. As of the date of this prospectus, no preferred stock is outstanding and we have no current plans to issue any preferred stock.
We may issue a series of preferred stock that could, depending on the terms of the series, impede or discourage an acquisition attempt or other transaction that some, or a majority, of holders of common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holders of common stock might receive a premium for their common stock.
The Investment Company Act requires that the total aggregate liquidation value and outstanding principal amount of all our preferred stock and debt securities not exceed 50% of the amount of our total assets (including the proceeds of preferred stock and debt securities) less liabilities and indebtedness not represented by our preferred stock and debt securities.
Subscription Rights
The following is a general description of the terms of the subscription rights we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any subscription rights we offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to such subscription rights. We will not offer transferable subscription rights to our stockholders at a price equivalent to less than the then current net asset value per share of common stock, taking into account underwriting commissions and discounts, unless we first file a post-effective amendment that is declared effective by the SEC with respect to such issuance and the common stock to be purchased in connection with the rights represents no more than one-third of our outstanding common stock at the time such rights are issued.
52
We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase common stock. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the subscription rights. In connection with any subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we may enter into a standby underwriting, backstop or other arrangement with one or more persons pursuant to which such persons would purchase any offered securities remaining unsubscribed for after such subscription rights offering. In connection with a subscription rights offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving subscription rights in such subscription rights offering. Our common stockholders will indirectly bear all of the expenses incurred by us in connection with any subscription rights offerings, regardless of whether any common stockholder exercises any subscription rights.
A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any subscription rights we may issue, including the following:
● | the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open longer than 120 days); | |
● | the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights; | |
● | the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof); | |
● | the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in which the price of such subscription rights may be payable; | |
● | if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with which the subscription rights are issued and the number of subscription rights issued with each such security or each principal amount of such security; | |
● | the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable rights, will require a minimum of three shares to be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an additional share); | |
● | the number of such subscription rights issued to each stockholder; | |
● | the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on which they may be traded if they are transferable; | |
● | the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire (subject to any extension); | |
● | if applicable, the minimum or maximum number of subscription rights that may be exercised at one time; | |
● | the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities and the terms of such over-subscription privilege; | |
● | any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights offering; | |
● | the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such subscription rights; | |
● | information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any; | |
● | the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the subscription rights; | |
● | the material terms of any standby underwriting, backstop or other purchase arrangement that we may enter into in connection with the subscription rights offering; | |
● | if applicable, a discussion of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; and | |
● | any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such subscription rights. |
Each subscription right will entitle the holder of the subscription right to purchase for cash or other consideration such amount of shares of common stock at such subscription price as shall in each case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus supplement beginning on the date specified therein and continuing until the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription rights will become void.
Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable, the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. If less than all of the rights represented by such subscription rights certificate are exercised, a new subscription certificate will be issued for the remaining rights. Prior to exercising their subscription rights, holders of subscription rights will not have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable upon such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the applicable prospectus supplement.
Debt Securities
We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities, you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement relating to that particular series. As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between us and a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf, described in the second paragraph under “—Events of Default—Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the trustee performs certain administrative duties for us with respect to our debt securities.
53
Under the Investment Company Act, we may only issue one class of senior securities representing indebtedness, which in the aggregate, may represent no more than 33 1/3% of our managed assets. A prospectus supplement and indenture (a summary of the expected terms of which is attached as Appendix A to the statement of additional information) relating to any debt securities will include specific terms relating to the offering. These terms are expected to include the following:
● | the form and title of the security; | |
● | the aggregate principal amount of the securities; | |
● | the interest rate of the securities; | |
● | the maturity dates on which the principal of the securities will be payable; | |
● | any changes to or additional events of default or covenants; | |
● | any optional or mandatory redemption provisions; | |
● | identities of, and any changes in trustees, paying agents or security registrar; and | |
● | any other terms of the securities. |
The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately available funds.
Interest
Unless otherwise stated in a prospectus supplement, debt securities will bear interest as generally determined by the Board of Directors, as more fully described in the related prospectus supplement. Interest on debt securities shall be payable when due as described in the related prospectus supplement. If we do not pay interest when due, it will trigger an event of default and we will be restricted from declaring dividends and making other distributions with respect to our common shares and preferred shares.
Limitations
Under the requirements of the Investment Company Act, immediately after issuing any senior securities representing indebtedness, we must have an asset coverage of at least 300%. Asset coverage means the ratio which the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness. Other types of borrowings also may result in our being subject to similar covenants in credit agreements.
Event of Default and Acceleration of Maturity of Debt Securities; Remedies
Unless stated otherwise in the related prospectus supplement, any one of the following events are expected to constitute an “event of default” for that series under the indenture:
● | default in the payment of any interest upon a series of debt securities when it becomes due and payable and the continuance of such default for 30 days; | |
● | default in the payment of the principal of, or premium on, a series of debt securities at its stated maturity; | |
● | default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of ours in the indenture, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after written notice has been given to us by the trustee; | |
● | certain voluntary or involuntary proceedings involving us and relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws; | |
● | if, on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the debt securities have an Investment Company Act asset coverage of less than 100%; or | |
● | any other “event of default” provided with respect to a series, including a default in the payment of any redemption price payable on the redemption date. |
Upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default, the holders of a majority in principal amount of a series of outstanding debt securities or the trustee may declare the principal amount of that series of debt securities immediately due and payable upon written notice to us. A default that relates only to one series of debt securities does not affect any other series and the holders of such other series of debt securities are not entitled to receive notice of such a default under the indenture. Upon an event of default relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws, acceleration of maturity occurs automatically with respect to all series. At any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to a series of debt securities has been made, and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt securities of that series, by written notice to us and the trustee, may rescind and annul the declaration of acceleration and its consequences if all events of default with respect to that series of debt securities, other than the non-payment of the principal of that series of debt securities which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and other conditions have been met.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to us or to our creditors, as such, or to our assets, or (b) any liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of assets and liabilities of ours, then (after any payments with respect to any secured creditor of ours outstanding at such time) and in any such event the holders of debt securities shall be entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all debt securities (including any interest accruing thereon after the commencement of any such case or proceeding), or provision shall be made for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of the debt securities, before the holders of any common or preferred stock of the Company are entitled to receive any payment on account of any redemption proceeds, liquidation preference or dividends from such shares. The holders of debt securities shall be entitled to receive, for application to the payment thereof, any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of ours being subordinated to the payment of the debt securities, which may be payable or deliverable in respect of the debt securities in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up event.
54
Unsecured creditors of ours may include, without limitation, service providers including our custodian, administrator, broker-dealers and the trustee, pursuant to the terms of various contracts with us. Secured creditors of ours may include without limitation parties entering into any interest rate swap, floor or cap transactions, or other similar transactions with us that create liens, pledges, charges, security interests, security agreements or other encumbrances on our assets.
A consolidation, reorganization or merger of the Company with or into any other company, or a sale, lease or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets in consideration for the issuance of equity securities of another company shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.
Voting Rights
Debt securities have no voting rights, except to the extent required by law or as otherwise provided in the Indenture relating to the acceleration of maturity upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default. In connection with any other borrowings (if any), the Investment Company Act does in certain circumstances grant to the lenders certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on or repayment of principal.
Market
Our debt securities are not likely to be listed on an exchange or automated quotation system. The details on how to buy and sell such securities, along with the other terms of the securities, will be described in a prospectus supplement. We cannot assure you that any market will exist for our debt securities or if a market does exist, whether it will provide holders with liquidity.
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
Unless otherwise stated in the related prospectus supplement, the debt securities will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more notes in registered global form. The global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depositary Trust Company (“DTC”) and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. DTC will maintain the notes in designated denominations through its book-entry facilities.
Under the expected terms of the indenture, we and the trustee may treat the persons in whose names any notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Therefore, so long as DTC or its nominee is the registered owner of the global notes, DTC or such nominee will be considered the sole holder of outstanding notes under the indenture. We or the trustee may give effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or its nominee.
A global note may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the global note may be transferred or exchanged for definitive securities in accordance with the rules and procedures of DTC. In addition, a global note may be exchangeable for notes in definitive form if:
● | DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depository and we do not appoint a successor within 60 days; |
● | we, at our option, notify the trustee in writing that we elect to cause the issuance of notes in definitive form under the indenture; or |
● | an event of default has occurred and is continuing. |
In each instance, upon surrender by DTC or its nominee of the global note, notes in definitive form will be issued to each person that DTC or its nominee identifies as being the beneficial owner of the related notes.
Under the expected terms of the indenture, the holder of any global note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including its participants and persons who may hold interests through DTC participants, to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under the indenture.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Organization and Duration
55
We were formed on February 7, 2013 as StoneCastle Financial Corp. and changed our name to ArrowMark Financial Corp. on February 22, 2022. We will remain in existence until dissolved in accordance with our certificate of incorporation.
Purpose
Under our certificate of incorporation, we are permitted to engage in any business activity that lawfully may be conducted by a corporation organized under Delaware law and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon us pursuant to the agreement relating to such business activity.
Duties of Officers and Directors
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, except as may otherwise be provided by the certificate of incorporation or by our bylaws, our property, affairs and business shall be managed under the direction of our board of directors. Pursuant to our bylaws, our board of directors has the power to elect or appoint our officers and such officers have the authority to exercise the powers and perform the duties specified in our bylaws or as may be specified by our board of directors or delegated by our chief executive officer.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that we indemnify our directors and officers for acts or omissions to the fullest extent permitted by law. Under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”), a corporation can only indemnify directors and officers for acts or omissions if the director or officer acted in good faith, in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the corporation and, in a criminal action, if the officer or director had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
Size and Election of Board of Directors
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors may be established, increased or decreased by our board of directors but may not be fewer than one. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors is divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three-year term. The initial members of the three classes have staggered terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified. Except as may be provided by our board of directors in setting the terms of any class or series of preferred stock, any and all vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.
Removal of Members of Our Board of Directors
The DGCL provides that directors may be removed, but only for cause, by an affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by our stockholders generally in the election of our directors. Our certificate of incorporation states that directors may be removed at any time, but only for cause, by at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by our stockholders generally in the election of our directors.
Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business
Our certificate of incorporation provides that special meetings of stockholders may only be called by our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors or our chief executive officer.
Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders may be made only (i) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of our board of directors or the chairman of the board of directors or (iii) by any stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that with respect to special meetings of our stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting. Nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made only (i) pursuant to our notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of our board of directors or (iii) provided that our board of directors has determined that directors shall be elected at the meeting, by any stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and has complied with the advance notice procedures set forth in our bylaws.
The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. The advance notice procedures also permit a more orderly procedure for conducting our stockholder meetings.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Our Directors and Officers
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our directors will not be liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. Our bylaws provide that our directors, officers, employees and agents, as well as persons serving as a director, officer, partner, trustee, member, manager, employee or agent of another enterprise at our request, will be indemnified, and may have their expenses of defense advanced, in each case to the full extent permitted under the DGCL.
56
The DGCL empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if
(i) | such person acted in good faith, (ii) in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and | |
(ii) | with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful. |
The DGCL further empowers a corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation, and except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court deems proper.
To the extent a present or former director or officer is successful in the defense of any action, suit or proceeding noted above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person will be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding. We are further authorized to pay expenses incurred by an officer or director in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding upon our receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advance will be made, to repay the advances if it is ultimately determined that he or she was not entitled to indemnification.
Amendment of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Amendments to our certificate of incorporation may be proposed only by or with the consent of our board of directors. To adopt a proposed amendment, our board of directors is required to seek written approval of the holders of the number of shares required to approve the amendment or call a meeting of our stockholders to consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Generally, an amendment must be approved by at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by our stockholders generally in the election of directors and, in general, to the extent that such amendment would have a material adverse effect on the holders of any class or series of shares, by the holders of a majority of the holders of such class or series. Amendments pertaining to removal of directors, indemnification of directors or amendment of certain provisions of the certificate of incorporation or any provision of the bylaws, however, require the approval of the holders of two-thirds of our voting stock then outstanding.
Our board of directors has the power to adopt, alter or repeal our bylaws. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders may adopt, alter or repeal our bylaws upon approval of at least two-thirds of the common stock then outstanding.
Merger, Sale or Other Disposition of Assets
Our board of directors is generally prohibited, without the prior approval of at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by our stockholders generally in the election of directors, from causing us to, among other things, sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, provided that our board of directors may mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of our assets without the approval of any stockholder.
Termination and Dissolution
Our existence is perpetual unless we are dissolved as provided by the DGCL.
Books and Reports
We are required to keep appropriate books of our business at our principal offices. The books will be maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes a basis that permits the preparation of financial statements in accordance with US GAAP. For financial reporting purposes and tax purposes, our fiscal year and our tax year are the calendar year, unless otherwise determined by our board of directors in accordance with the Code.
57
We are required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. This information will be available at the SEC’s public reference room in Washington, D.C. and on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The following is a summary of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the interests held by stockholders.
Authorized but Unissued Stock
Our certificate of incorporation provides for authorized but unissued shares that our board of directors may use without the approval of any holders of our shares. Future issuances of common and preferred stock may be utilized for a variety of purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. Our ability to issue additional shares and other equity securities could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control over us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Delaware Business Combination Statute—Section 203
Some provisions of the DGCL law may delay or prevent a transaction that would cause a change in our control. Section 203 of the DGCL, which restricts certain business combinations with interested stockholders in certain situations, generally applies to a corporation unless otherwise set forth in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation. We have not opted out of Section 203. In general, this statute prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction by which that person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of Section 203, a business combination includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior, did own, 15% or more of voting stock.
Classified Board of Directors
Our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of only one of the three classes expiring each year. A classified board of directors may render a change in control of us or removal of our incumbent management more difficult. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of our board of directors. We believe, however, that the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified board of directors helps to ensure the continuity and stability of our management and policies.
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies
Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be set only by our board of directors in accordance with our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that a majority of our entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. Under the DGCL, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our certificate of incorporation does not), directors on a classified board of directors such as our board of directors may be removed only for cause by a majority vote of our stockholders. Under our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office. The limitations on the ability of our stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it more difficult for a third-party to acquire, or discourage a third-party from seeking to acquire, control of us.
Advance Notice Bylaw
Our bylaws provide that, in order for any matter to be considered properly brought before a meeting or for a stockholder to nominate a candidate for director, a stockholder must comply with requirements regarding advance notice to us, including the timing of such notice and the information that such notice must contain. Our certificate of incorporation provides that stockholders may not act by written consent without a meeting of stockholders. These provisions could delay until the next stockholders’ meeting stockholder actions which are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities. These provisions may also discourage another person or entity from making a tender offer for our common stock, because such person or entity, even if it acquired a majority of our outstanding voting securities, would be able to take action as a stockholder (such as electing new directors or approving a merger) only at a duly called stockholders meeting, and not by written consent. Furthermore, stockholders do not have the ability to call a special meeting.
Amendment of Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The DGCL generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws requires a greater percentage. Under our certificate of incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 66 2/3% of the shares of our capital stock entitled to vote will be required to amend or repeal any of the provisions of our bylaws or certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation. In addition, our certificate of incorporation permits our board of directors to amend or repeal our bylaws by a majority vote of the board of directors.
58
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following is a general summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the acquisition, holding and disposition of our common stock. For purposes of this section, under the heading “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations,” references to “we,” “us” or “our” mean only ArrowMark Financial Corp. and not any subsidiaries or other lower-tier entities that we may organize or invest in, except as otherwise indicated. This summary is based upon the Code, the regulations promulgated by the U.S. Treasury Department (“Treasury regulations”), current administrative interpretations and practices of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect and all of which may be subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No advance ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this summary. Therefore, no assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. This summary does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation to us or stockholders and in particular does not discuss those issues that may be important to stockholders subject to special tax rules, such as:
● | former U.S. citizens or long-term residents subject to Code section 877 or section 877A; | |
● | entities subject to the U.S. anti-inversion rules; | |
● | non-U.S. Stockholders; | |
● | persons who mark-to-market our common stock; | |
● | subchapter S corporations; | |
● | U.S. Stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. Dollar; | |
● | financial institutions; | |
● | insurance companies; | |
● | broker-dealers; | |
● | trusts and estates; | |
● | holders who receive our common stock through the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation; | |
● | holders who hold our common stock through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), a 401(k) plan account or other qualified retirement account); | |
● | persons holding our common stock as part of a “straddle,” “hedge,” “conversion transaction,” “synthetic security” or other integrated investment; and | |
● | tax-exempt organizations. |
If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of such partnership. A partner of a partnership holding our common stock should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.
This summary assumes that stockholders will hold our common stock as capital assets, which generally means as property held for investment. This discussion addresses only the U.S. income tax consequences of an investment by U.S. Stockholders, and therefore, does not address U.S. estate and gift tax rules, U.S. state or local taxation, the alternative minimum tax, excise taxes, transfer taxes or foreign taxes.
This summary does not discuss the consequences of an investment in our preferred stock, subscription rights or debt securities. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of such an investment will be discussed in a relevant prospectus supplement.
For purposes of the following discussion, a “U.S. Stockholder” is a stockholder that is (i) a citizen or individual resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation) created or organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if (a) a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. A “Non-U.S. Stockholder” is a person that is neither a U.S. Stockholder nor an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX TREATMENT OF OUR STOCKHOLDERS DEPENDS IN SOME INSTANCES ON DETERMINATIONS OF FACT AND INTERPRETATIONS OF COMPLEX PROVISIONS OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAW. IN ADDITION, THE TAX CONSEQUENCES OF HOLDING OUR COMMON STOCK TO ANY PARTICULAR STOCKHOLDER WILL DEPEND ON THE STOCKHOLDER’S PARTICULAR TAX CIRCUMSTANCES. YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO YOU, IN LIGHT OF YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES, OF HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.
Qualification as a RIC
We have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify as a RIC, we must be registered as a management company under the Investment Company Act at all times during each taxable year and meet (i) an income test, and (ii) a diversification/asset test. By qualifying as a RIC, we generally will not be subject to tax on that portion of our investment company taxable income and net realized capital gain provided we meet certain distribution requirements. Failure to meet the income test or the diversification/asset test would disqualify us from RIC tax treatment for the entire year. However, in certain situations we may be able to take corrective action which would allow us to remain qualified as a RIC.
59
The Income Test. At least 90% of our gross income in each taxable year must be derived from dividends; interest; payments with respect to securities loans; gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies; other income (including gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to our business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; or net income from a “qualified publicly traded partnership.”
The Diversification/Asset Test. At the end of each quarter of our taxable year, at least 50% of the value of our assets must be invested in cash and cash items (such as receivables); U.S. government securities; securities of other RICs; and securities of other issuers, provided that no investment in any such issuer exceeds 5% of the value of our assets or 10% of the issuer’s outstanding voting securities. In addition, at the end of each quarter of our taxable year, generally no more than 25% of the value of our assets may be invested in (i) the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, (ii) the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of any two or more issuers that we control (i.e., ownership of 20% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote) and that are engaged in the same or related trades or businesses or (iii) the securities of one or more qualified publicly traded partnerships.
Taxation of a RIC
RICs generally are not subject to U.S. corporate income tax on the part of their net ordinary income and net realized capital gains that they distribute to their stockholders, provided that they comply with the requirements to be a RIC and meet applicable distribution requirements.
Distribution Requirements. In any fiscal year in which we distribute at least 90% of the sum of (i) our investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and other taxable income, other than any net capital gain (excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid, and (ii) our net tax-exempt interest, if any (the excess of our gross tax-exempt interest over certain disallowed deductions), we generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our investment company taxable income and net capital gains that we timely distribute to our stockholders; instead, our stockholders will be taxed on such distributions as more fully described herein. To the extent that we retain any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, we will be subject to U.S. federal income tax. We may choose to retain our net capital gains for investment and pay the associated federal corporate income tax.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax at the RIC level. To avoid the tax, we must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of our taxable ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year, (ii) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of our capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending on the last day of our taxable year (or October 31st, if applicable) and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from the prior year on which we paid no U.S. federal income tax. While we intend to distribute any income and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of our taxable income and capital gain will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, we will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which we do not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital gains over realized net long-term capital losses). If our expenses in a given year exceed our investment company taxable income, we would experience a net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years and such net operating losses do not pass through to its stockholders. In addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company taxable income, not net capital gain (excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss). A RIC may not use any net capital losses (that is, realized capital losses in excess of realized capital gains) to offset the RIC’s investment company taxable income, but may carry forward such losses, and use them to offset capital gains, indefinitely. Due to these limits on the deductibility of expenses and net capital losses, we could for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our stockholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net income we actually earned during those years.
Similarly, we may be required to recognize taxable income in circumstances in which we do not receive cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated under applicable tax rules as having original issue discount (such as debt instruments with payment-in-kind interest or, in certain cases, increasing interest rates or that were issued with warrants), we must include in income each year a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life of the obligation, regardless of whether cash representing such income is received by us in the same taxable year. Because any original issue discount accrued will be included in our investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may be required to make a distribution to our stockholders in order to satisfy the distribution requirements, even though we will not have received any corresponding cash amount.
Purchase of Our Stock. Prior to purchasing our stock, the impact of dividends or distributions which are expected to be or have been declared, but not paid, should be carefully considered. Any dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of our stock prior to the record date will have the effect of reducing the per share net asset value by the per share amount of the dividend or distribution, and to the extent the distribution consists of taxable income, the purchasing stockholder will be taxed on the taxable portion of the dividend or distribution received even though some or all of the amount distributed is effectively a return of capital. This is called “buying a dividend.” To avoid “buying a dividend,” check our distribution dates before you invest.
60
Taxation of a U.S. Stockholder
Distributions. Distributions by a RIC generally are taxable to U.S. Stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains.
Distributions of our “investment company taxable income” (which is, generally, our ordinary income plus net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses) will be taxable as ordinary income to U.S. Stockholders to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares of common stock. However, distributions to noncorporate stockholders attributable to dividends received by us from U.S. and certain foreign corporations will generally be eligible for the maximum federal capital gains tax rate of 20% applicable to qualified dividend income, as long as certain other requirements are met. For these lower rates to apply, the noncorporate stockholders must have owned our shares for at least 61 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and we must also have owned the underlying stock for this same period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date for the stock. The amount of our distributions that otherwise qualify for these lower rates may be reduced as a result of our securities lending activities or a high portfolio turnover rate and may also be reduced as a result of certain derivative transactions entered into by us.
Distributions derived from our dividend income that would be eligible for the dividends received deduction if we were not a RIC may be eligible for the dividends received deduction for corporate stockholders. The dividends received deduction, if available, is reduced to the extent the shares with respect to which the dividends are received are treated as debt-financed under federal income tax law and is eliminated if the shares are deemed to have been held for less than a minimum period, generally 46 days. The dividends received deduction also may be reduced as a result of our securities lending activities or a high portfolio turnover rate or as a result of certain derivative transactions entered into by us.
Distributions of our net capital gains (which is generally our net long-term capital gains in excess of net short-term capital losses) properly designated by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to a non-corporate U.S. Stockholder as long-term capital gains which are generally subject to the federal capital gains tax rate, to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, regardless of the U.S. Stockholder’s holding period for his, her or its stock and regardless of whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits first will be treated as a return of capital. A return of capital is not taxable but will reduce a U.S. Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in our stock and, after the adjusted basis is reduced to zero, the amount of the distribution in excess of our earnings and profits and the U.S. Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis will constitute capital gains to such U.S. Stockholder. Such capital gain will be long-term capital gain and thus will be generally taxed at the federal capital gains tax rate, if the distributions are attributable to stock held for more than one year by a non-corporate U.S. Stockholder.
If we designate any of our retained capital gains as a deemed distribution, we will pay tax on the retained amount, and each U.S. Stockholder will be required to include the U.S. Stockholder’s share of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually distributed to the U.S. Stockholder. The U.S. Stockholder may be entitled to claim a credit equal to the U.S. Stockholder’s allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. The amount of the deemed distribution net of such tax will be added to the U.S. Stockholder’s tax basis for his, her or its common stock. Because we expect to pay tax on any retained capital gains at the regular corporate tax rate, and because that rate generally is less than the maximum rate currently payable by non-corporate U.S. Stockholders on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that non-corporate U.S. Stockholders will be treated as having paid and for which they will receive a credit may not exceed the tax they owe on the retained net capital gain. A stockholder that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax or otherwise required to file a federal income tax return would be required to file a federal income tax return on the appropriate form in order to claim a refund for the taxes we paid. In order to utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after the close of the relevant taxable year.
For purposes of determining (i) whether the distribution requirements are satisfied for any year and (ii) the amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, we may, under certain circumstances, elect to treat a dividend that is paid during the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the taxable year in question. If we make such an election, the U.S. Stockholder will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified date in such a month and actually paid during January of the following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our U.S. Stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the dividend was declared.
Sale of Stock. Upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock, a U.S. Stockholder generally will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition and the U.S. Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in our stock. Any such capital gain or loss will generally be a long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Stockholder has held the stock for more than one year at the time of disposition and such shares of common stock are held as capital assets. Otherwise, the gain or loss would be classified as short-term capital gain or loss except as otherwise noted herein. However, any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock held for six months or less (determined by applying the holding period rules contained in Code Section 852(b)(4)(C)) will be treated as long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received, with respect to such stock. In addition, all or a portion of any capital loss arising from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock may be disallowed to the extent the U.S. Stockholder acquires other shares of our common stock (through reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within 30 days before or after the sale or disposition. In such case, any disallowed loss is generally added to the U.S. Stockholder’s adjusted tax basis of the acquired stock.
Long-term capital gains of non-corporate U.S. Stockholders are generally subject to the U.S. federal capital gains rate. Capital losses generally are deductible only against capital gains except that individuals may deduct up to $3,000 of capital losses against ordinary income.
61
Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Under the dividend reinvestment plan, if a U.S. Stockholder’s common stock is registered directly with us or with a brokerage firm that participates in our Plan, the U.S. Stockholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock unless the U.S. Stockholder opts out of the dividend reinvestment plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.” Any distributions reinvested under the Plan will nevertheless remain taxable to the U.S. Stockholder. To the extent that a U.S. Stockholder receives distributions in the form of additional shares of our common stock purchased in the market, the U.S. Stockholder should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the stockholders receiving cash distributions will receive, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. To the extent that a U.S. stockholder receives a distribution in newly issued shares of our common stock, the U.S. stockholder should be treated as receiving a distribution equal to the fair market value of the shares received on the date of the distribution, and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. The additional shares of common stock will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the stock is credited to the U.S. Stockholder’s account.
Tax on Net Investment Income. Non-corporate U.S. Stockholders whose income exceeds certain thresholds are subject to an additional 3.8% Medicare contribution tax on “net investment income,” subject to certain limitations and exceptions. For this purpose, net investment income generally includes dividends, interest and long-term capital gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, such as our common stock. U.S. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the effect, if any, of this tax on their ownership and disposition of our stock.
Taxation of a Non-U.S. Stockholder
Distributions. Distributions by us will be treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Stockholder generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If a Non-U.S. Stockholder is eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable tax treaty, the Non-U.S. Stockholder will be required to provide an applicable IRS Form W-8 certifying its entitlement to benefits under the treaty in order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding tax. However, if the distributions are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Stockholder (or, if an income tax treaty applies, attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the Non-U.S. Stockholder), then the distributions will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates applicable to U.S. persons, plus, in certain cases where the Non-U.S. Stockholder is a corporation, a branch profits tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided in an applicable treaty). If the Non-U.S. Stockholder is subject to such U.S. income tax on a distribution, then we are not required to withhold U.S. federal tax if the Non-U.S. Stockholder complies with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Special certification requirements apply to a Non-U.S. Stockholder that is a foreign partnership or a foreign trust, and such entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
Code section 871(k) provides certain “look-through” treatment to Non-U.S. Stockholders, permitting interest-related dividends and short-term capital gains not to be subject to U.S. withholding tax.
If the amount of a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Stockholder’s tax basis in our common stock. To the extent that any distribution received by a Non-U.S. Stockholder exceeds the Non-U.S. Stockholder’s tax basis in our common stock and our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as gain from the sale of the common stock and will be taxed as described in “Sales of Stock” below.
Sales of Stock. A Non-U.S. Stockholder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on the sale, exchange or other non-redemption disposition of our common stock, unless (i) the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the Non-U.S. Stockholder in the United States (or, if the Non-U.S. Stockholder is eligible for the benefits of a U.S. tax treaty, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment in the United States of the Non-U.S. Stockholder); (ii) the Non-U.S. Stockholder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and who has a “tax home” in the United States; or (iii) we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time within the five-year period preceding the date of disposition of our common stock or, if shorter, within the period during which the Non-U.S. Stockholder has held our common stock. Generally, a corporation is a U.S. real property holding corporation if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests, as defined in the Code and applicable Treasury regulations, equals or exceeds 50% of the aggregate fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We do not expect to be treated as a U.S. real property holding corporation.
Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Under the dividend reinvestment plan, if a Non-U.S. Stockholder’s common stock is registered directly with us or with a brokerage firm that participates in our Plan, the Non-U.S. Stockholder will have all cash distributions automatically reinvested in additional shares unless the Non-U.S. Stockholder opts out of the Plan. If the distribution is a distribution of our investment company taxable income, is not designated by us as a short-term capital gain dividend or interest-related dividend (if applicable and to the extent that the temporary “look-through” rule described above is extended), and is not effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Stockholder (or, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Stockholder), the amount distributed (to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits) will be subject to withholding of federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate provided by an applicable income tax treaty) and only the net after-tax amount will be reinvested in our shares. If the distribution is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the Non-U.S. Stockholder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S. Stockholder), the full amount of the distribution generally will be reinvested in our common stock and will nevertheless be subject to federal income tax at the ordinary income rates applicable to U.S. persons. The Non-U.S. Stockholder will have an adjusted tax basis in the additional shares of our common stock purchased through the plan equal to the amount of the reinvested distribution. The additional shares of our common stock will have a new holding period commencing on the day following the day on which the shares of our common stock are credited to the Non-U.S. Stockholder’s account.
62
FATCA
Pursuant to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (“FATCA”), a 30% withholding tax generally is imposed on payments of interest and dividends to (i) foreign financial institutions including non-U.S. investment funds and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless the foreign financial institution or foreign entity provides the withholding agent with documentation sufficient to show that it is compliant with FATCA (generally by providing the Company with a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E, as applicable). If the payment is subject to the 30% withholding tax under FATCA, a non-U.S. shareholder will not be subject to the 30% withholding tax described above on the same income. Under proposed regulations, FATCA withholding on the gross proceeds of share redemptions and certain capital gain distributions, scheduled to take effect beginning January 1, 2019, has been eliminated. Such proposed regulations are subject to change. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the FATCA reporting and withholding regime to their own tax situation.
Because of the fact-specific impact of the applicable U.S. tax rules and their interaction with tax treaties, Non-U.S. Stockholders are urged to consult their own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal tax consequences of the holding, sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.
Backup Withholding
We are required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on certain payments paid to non-corporate stockholders of our common stock who do not furnish us with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts and Foreign Financial Asset Reporting Requirement
A U.S. Stockholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of our common stock is urged and advised to consult its own tax advisor regarding its filing obligations with respect to IRS Form FinCEN 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts. Also, under certain rules, subject to exceptions, individuals (and, to the extent provided in forthcoming future Treasury regulations, certain domestic entities) must report annually their interests in “specified foreign financial assets” on their U.S. federal income tax returns. It is currently unclear whether and under what circumstances stockholders would be required to report their indirect interests in our “specified foreign financial assets” (if any) under these new rules.
U.S. Stockholders may be subject to substantial penalties for failure to comply with these reporting requirements.
U.S. Stockholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors to determine whether these reporting requirements are applicable to them.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under Treasury regulations, if a U.S. Stockholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual U.S. Stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S. Stockholder, the U.S. Stockholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. U.S. Stockholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Failure to Qualify or Maintain Status as a RIC
If, in any taxable year, we fail to qualify as a RIC, we would be taxed in the same manner as a regular, or “C,” corporation and our stockholders would be taxed as stockholders in such a regular, or “C,” corporation. As a “C” corporation, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on our taxable income at the graduated rates applicable to corporations, currently at a flat rate of 21%, and our shareholders will be taxed on any distributions as described above.
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION IS MERELY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE IN ANY RESPECT. THIS SUMMARY IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED TAX ADVICE OR RELIED ON BY AN INVESTOR. ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH AN INVESTMENT IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR'S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
The following is a general summary of certain considerations applicable to an investment in us by an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA (as defined below) or Section 4975 of the Code.
63
The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and the Code, impose certain requirements on “employee benefit plans” (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) subject to Title I of ERISA, or Section 4915 of the Code, including 401(k) plans, Keogh Plans of self-employed individuals and individual retirement accounts (“IRAs”) and including entities whose underlying assets include the assets of such plans (each, a “Benefit Plan” and collectively, “Benefit Plans”), and on those persons who are fiduciaries with respect to Benefit Plans. Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain transactions that involve the assets of Benefit Plans and certain persons (referred to as “parties in interest” or “disqualified persons”) having certain relationships to such Benefit Plans, except to the extent that a statutory or administrative exemption applies. A party in interest or disqualified person who engages in a non-exempt prohibited transaction may be subject to excise taxes and other penalties and liabilities under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code.
ERISA, as well as a regulation promulgated by the U.S. Department of Labor, as modified by Section 3(42) of ERISA (the “DOL Plan Asset Regulation”), generally provides as relevant here that, when a Benefit Plan acquires an equity interest in an entity that is issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the Benefit Plan’s assets include the equity interest, but not, solely by reason of such investment, any of the underlying assets of the entity.
Even if our assets are not “plan assets” for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction rules under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, a prohibited transaction could arise in connection with a Benefit Plan’s acquisition of our common stock. Consequently, the fiduciary of a Benefit Plan contemplating an investment in our common stock in the offering should consider, for example, whether we, any other person associated with the issuance of our common stock or any of their affiliates, is or might become a “party in interest” or “disqualified person” with respect to the Benefit Plan, and, if so, whether an exemption from such prohibited transaction rules is needed and is applicable.
Each purchaser of our common stock in the offering will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed that its purchase and holding of our common stock do not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
THE PRECEDING DISCUSSION IS MERELY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN ERISA AND CODE IMPLICATIONS OF AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK AND DOES NOT PURPORT TO BE COMPLETE IN ANY RESPECT AND MAY BE AFFECTED BY FUTURE PUBLICATION OF REGULATIONS AND RULINGS. ANY PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IS STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT ITS OWN LEGAL, TAX AND OTHER ADVISORS REGARDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF SUCH AN INVESTMENT UNDER ERISA AND SECTION 4972 OF THE CODE IN LIGHT OF SUCH INVESTOR’S PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
We are registered as a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act, commonly referred to as a “closed-end investment company.” Closed-end management investment companies differ from open-end management investment companies (commonly referred to as “mutual funds”) in that closed-end investment companies generally list their shares for trading on a stock exchange and do not redeem their stock at the request of the stockholder. This means that if a stockholder wishes to sell shares of a closed-end management investment company, he or she must trade them on the market like any other stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the stockholder wishes to sell shares of the company, the mutual fund will redeem, or buy back, the shares at NAV. Mutual funds also generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and closed-end management investment companies generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund can make it difficult to manage investments. By comparison, closed-end management investment companies are generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment objectives and also have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain investment strategies, such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
When shares of closed-end management investment companies are traded, they frequently trade at a discount to their NAV.
See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Offerings.” This characteristic of shares of closed-end management investment companies is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the closed-end management investment company’s NAV may decrease as a result of investment activities. Our conversion to an open-end mutual fund would require an amendment to our Charter. Our shares of common stock are listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “BANX.”
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have selected Tait, Weller & Baker LLP as our independent registered public accounting firm. Their principal business address is 50 South 16th Street, Suite 2900, Philadelphia, PA 19102.
ADMINISTRATOR, CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND DIVIDEND PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581, serves as our administrator.
The Bank of New York Mellon, located at 2 Hanson Place, Brooklyn, New York 11217, serves as our custodian.
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock and serves as our dividend paying agent.
64
Certain legal matters in connection with any future offering will be passed upon for us by Troutman Pepper Hamilton Sanders LLP, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have filed with the SEC. We are allowed to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to comprise a part of this prospectus from the date we file that document. Any reports filed by us with the SEC before the date that any offering of any Securities by means of this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement is terminated will automatically update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus or incorporated by reference in this prospectus.
We incorporate by reference into this prospectus our filings listed below and any future filings that we may file with the SEC under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, until all of the Securities offered by this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement have been sold or we otherwise terminate the offering of these securities; provided, however, that information “furnished” under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K or other information “furnished” to the SEC which is not deemed filed is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement. Information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and may supersede information in this prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement and information previously filed with the SEC.
This prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement incorporate by reference the documents set forth below that have previously been filed with the SEC:
● | Our Statement of Additional Information, dated [ ], 2024, filed with this prospectus; | |
● | Our Annual Report on Form N-CSR/A, filed with the SEC on March 20, 2024; and | |
● | Our Description of Common Stock on Form 8-A, filed with the SEC on November 6, 2013. |
To obtain a copy of these filings, see “Available Information,” or you may request a copy of these filings (other than exhibits, unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into these documents) at no cost by writing or calling the following address and telephone number:
ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC
100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325
Denver, Colorado 80206
(212)-468-5441
You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference or provided in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or additional information, and you should not rely on such information if you receive it. We are not making an offer of or soliciting an offer to buy, any securities in any state or other jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus or in the documents incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus or those documents.
65
The information in this statement of additional is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This statement of additional information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to completion, dated July 24, 2024
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP.
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
[ ], 2024
In this Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”), unless the context suggests otherwise, references to “we,” “us,” “Company,” “our company” or “our” refer to ArrowMark Financial Corp., a Delaware corporation and its subsidiaries. We are a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company. References to “Adviser” mean ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC (“ArrowMark”), a Delaware limited liability company; references to “ArrowMark Partners” mean ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC, the parent of our Adviser; and references to “common stock” or “shares” mean the common stock of ArrowMark Financial Corp.
This SAI, relating to our securities, does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with our prospectus dated [ ], 2024. This SAI does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing common stock, and investors should obtain and read our prospectus prior to purchasing common stock. You may obtain a copy of the prospectus from us without charge by calling (212)-468-5441. You also may obtain a copy of our prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (the “SEC”) website (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this SAI have the meanings ascribed to them in the prospectus.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations not contained in the prospectus or in this SAI in connection with the offering made by the prospectus, and, if given or made, such information or representations must not be relied upon as having been authorized by us. The prospectus and this SAI do not constitute an offering by us in any jurisdiction in which such offering may not lawfully be made.
66
TABLE OF CONTENTS
S-i
DISCUSSION OF MANAGEMENT’S OPERATIONS
Overview
ArrowMark Financial Corp. (originally, StoneCastle Financial Corp.) was organized on February 7, 2013 as a Delaware corporation, established to make investments in support of the ongoing capital needs of bank and banking-related institutions. The Company invests in banks and financial institutions including community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States and foreign and global money center banks.
Our primary investment objective is to provide stockholders with current income and, to a lesser extent, capital appreciation.
We are focused on income generation, capital preservation, and providing risk-adjusted rates of return. We attempt to achieve our investment objective through investment in preferred equity, debt and subordinated debt, structured notes and securities, convertible securities, regulatory capital securities and common equity issued or structured by banks and financial institutions including community banks, larger regional, national and money center banks domiciled in the United States and foreign and global money center banks. (“banking-related securities”). We make investments that will generally be expected to pay us dividends and interest on a current basis and generate capital gains over time. We may seek to enhance our returns through the use of warrants, options and other equity conversion features. We have a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of our net assets plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes in such banking-related securities.
We make investments that will generally be expected to pay us dividends and interest on a current basis and generate capital gains over time. We may seek to enhance our returns through the use of warrants, options and other equity conversion features. We have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. We do not expect to be regulated as a bank holding company or a savings and loan holding company by the Federal Reserve.
Revenues
We intend to generate revenue in the form of dividends on dividend-paying equity securities as well as interest payable on the debt investments that we hold. In addition, we intend to generate revenue in the form of capital gains through equity securities, warrants, options and other equity interests. We expect to invest the majority of our assets in preferred equity, subordinated debt, regulatory capital securities, convertible securities and common equity that pay cash dividends and interest on a recurring or customized basis. We may invest in unsecured debt issued by community banks, and we currently expect these investments to have maturities in excess of ten years to enable our borrowers to obtain favorable regulatory capital treatment. We currently intend to structure our investments to provide for quarterly dividend and interest payments. To meet certain regulatory requirements of the banks in which we invest, we may structure investments to provide that dividends may be deferrable on a cumulative or non-cumulative basis. Because only TARP Preferred and certain securities issued by small bank holding companies, defined as holding companies with less than $500 million in consolidated assets, may be cumulative and qualify as Tier 1 capital, we expect that the majority of the new issue preferred stock in which we invest will be non-cumulative. However, investors should be aware that up to 100% of our portfolio may consist of non-cumulative preferred equity securities or may consist of a substantial amount of cumulative preferred equity securities, or any combination in between these scenarios. Based upon management’s prior experience, we may receive up-front fee revenue from bank issuers in connection with newly originated securities. Such fees may range from 0% to 3% of the amount we invest and will be paid in cash or in kind. We also may receive fee income from underlying banks in connection with our investments. See “—Fee Income.”
Expenses
Our primary operating expenses will include the payment of management fees and operating expenses, including a portion of any overhead expenses of the Adviser and its affiliates that are allocable to us by our Adviser upon its reasonable determination that such expenses provided a benefit to us Our management fees compensate our Adviser for its investment advisory and management services. The management fees are limited to a fixed percentage of our assets. Pursuant to the management agreement, our Adviser also furnishes, or arranges for the furnishing of us with office facilities and clerical, administrative services necessary for our operation (other than services provided by our custodian, accounting agent, administrator, dividend and interest paying agent, transfer agent and other service providers). We bear all expenses not specifically assumed by our Adviser and incurred in our operations, and we bear the expenses related to any future offering. We expect to reimburse our Adviser to the extent these expenses are paid by our Adviser. See “Management—Management Agreement—Payment of Our Expenses.” We may also pay a portion of the fee income that we receive from community banks in connection with our investments in them to one or more unaffiliated brokers for introducing us to such opportunities. Our Adviser is not paid an incentive fee and does not participate in our profits in its capacity as Adviser. See “Management—Management Agreement.”
Certain affiliates of our Adviser, however, may participate in our profits to the extent of their ownership of common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
We may, but are not required to, enter into interest rate hedging agreements to hedge interest rate risk associated with any indebtedness we may incur. Such hedging activities, subject to compliance with our exemption from registration under the Commodity Exchange Act of 1936, as amended (the “CEA”), may include the use of interest rate transactions such as swaps, caps, floors, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements. We will bear any costs incurred in entering into and settling such contracts. There is no assurance that any hedging strategy we may employ will be successful. See “Risk Factors —Risks Related to Our Operations.”
S-1
Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources
We generate cash primarily from: (i) the net proceeds of offering our common stock and (ii) cash flows from operations, including interest earned from the temporary investment of cash. We also fund a portion of our investments through borrowings from banks or other lenders. In the future, we may also fund a portion of our investments by creating a wholly-owned subsidiary to facilitate secured borrowing structures. We believe that the use of special purpose entities to hold our assets will permit us to potentially obtain less expensive leverage than we might otherwise be able to obtain because it will facilitate our ability to obtain favorable ratings, which in turn may reduce the cost of leverage. However, the lenders to these special purpose entities typically impose substantial restrictions on the assets contained in such special purpose entities such as restrictions on our ability to encumber them. There can be no assurances that a wholly-owned subsidiary will be able to obtain more favorable borrowing terms. We do not expect to incur such indebtedness through special purpose entities until we have substantially invested the proceeds of any future offering in securities that meet our investment objective. Our primary use of funds has been and will continue to be to make investments in companies, pay expenses and pay cash dividends to our stockholders.
Distribution Policy
We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders in an amount, and on a timely basis, sufficient to obtain and maintain our status as a RIC. Investment company taxable income includes, among other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses, reduced by deductible expenses.
We have elected to be treated and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually as an RIC. For federal income tax purposes, as a RIC we are required to distribute substantially all of our net investment income each year both to avoid federal income tax on our distributed income and to avoid a potential excise tax. If our ability to make distributions on our common stock is limited, such limitations could, under certain circumstances, impair our ability to maintain a qualification for taxation as a RIC, which would have adverse consequences for our stockholders. See “Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations.”
Contractual Obligations
We have entered into a management agreement with our Adviser pursuant to which our Adviser has agreed to: (i) serve as our investment adviser in exchange for the consideration set forth therein; and (ii) furnish us with the facilities and administrative services necessary to conduct our day-to-day operations and to provide on our behalf managerial assistance to certain of our portfolio companies. See “Management—Management Agreement.”
Payments under the management agreement consist of a management fee based on a percentage of the value of our Managed Assets, as well as reimbursement of expenses of the Adviser. The compensation and allocable routine overhead expenses of all investment professionals of our Adviser and its staff, when and to the extent engaged in providing us investment advisory services, are provided and paid for by our Adviser or one of its affiliates and not us, although we may reimburse our Adviser an amount equal to our allocable portion of overhead and other expenses incurred by our Adviser in performing its obligations under the management agreement. See “Management—Management Agreement—Management Fee” and “Management— Management Agreement—Payment of our Expenses.”
The management agreement with our Adviser was initially approved by our board of directors on December 5, 2020. A discussion regarding the basis for the board’s most recent continuation of the management agreement is available in the Company’s Annual Report to stockholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, which is publicly filed with the SEC. The management agreement with our Adviser may be terminated at any time, without payment or penalty, by vote of our board of directors, by vote of a majority of our voting securities, or by our Adviser, in each case on not less than 60 days’ written notice. As required by the Investment Company Act, the management agreement with our Adviser will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment. See “Management” and “Portfolio Management.”
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (or “US GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and revenues and expenses during the period reported. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Valuation of Portfolio Investments
The preparation of our financial statements requires us to estimate the value of our investments and the related amounts of unrealized appreciation and depreciation of investments recorded. We invest primarily in illiquid securities, including debt and equity securities of primarily privately-held or thinly-traded public companies, and regulatory capital securities. Our investments generally are subject to restrictions on resale and in the case of privately-held companies, generally, will have no established trading market. We value all of our privately-held investments at fair value. We determine fair value of our privately-held investments to be the amount for which an investment could be exchanged in an orderly disposition over a reasonable period of time between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. If market quotations become readily available for an investment, we will use such market quotations to value the investment.
S-2
We have engaged regionally or nationally recognized independent valuation firms to assist in determining the fair value of our investments that do not have readily available market prices or quotations. In the event an investment does not have a readily determinable price, our board of directors reviews valuations from one or more regionally or nationally recognized independent valuation firms along with a valuation provided by our Adviser. Our board of directors regularly reviews and evaluates our valuation methodology and any such valuation service it uses and the historical accuracy of such valuation methodologies. The Company will determine fair value of its assets and liabilities in accordance with valuation procedures adopted by our board of directors. The methods for valuing these investments may include fundamental analysis, market prices of similar securities, purchase price of securities, subsequent private transactions in the security or related securities, discounted cash flow analysis, multiple analysis, or discounts applied to the nature and duration of restrictions on the disposition of the securities, as well as a combination of these and other factors. Because such valuations, and particularly valuations of privately-held securities and private companies, are inherently uncertain, may fluctuate over short periods of time, and may be based on estimates, our determinations of fair value have, and may in the future differ materially from the values that would have been used if a ready market for these securities existed. Our NAV could be adversely affected if our determinations regarding the fair value of our investments were materially higher than the values that we ultimately realize upon the disposal of such securities.
Our preferred and common equity investments as well as our equity-related investments (including warrants and options) in portfolio companies (collectively, “Equity Investments”) for which there is no liquid public market are valued at fair value, which are determined using a range of valuation techniques. The determined fair values generally are discounted to account for restrictions on resale and minority ownership positions. The value of our Equity Investments in public companies for which market quotations are readily available will be based upon the closing public market price on the measurement date. Securities with sale restrictions will typically be valued at a discount from the public market value of the security. Our board of directors may consider other methods of accounting to value our investments as appropriate in conformity with US GAAP.
Dividend and Interest Income
We record dividend income on the ex-dividend date. We record interest income, which reflects the amortization of premiums and includes accretion of discounts for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis. To the extent we receive dividends that are eligible for qualified dividend income treatment (if received by a noncorporate holder) or the dividends received deduction (if received by a corporate holder), we report such information to our stockholders so that they can take advantage of the preferential income tax rules that would apply to the portion of our distributions that correspond to such income.
Fee Income
Fee income includes our fees, if any, for due diligence, structuring, commitment and facility fees, and fees, if any, for transaction services, consulting services and management services rendered to portfolio companies and other third parties. We recognize commitment and facility fees for debt generally as income over the life of the underlying loan, and we recognize commitment and facility fees for perpetual stock generally as income in the year the investment is consummated. We recognize due diligence, structuring, transaction service, consulting and management service fees generally as income when services are rendered.
The restrictions listed below are policies of the Company. Except as described herein, the Company may not alter these policies without the approval of the holders of a majority of its outstanding shares. For purposes of the foregoing, “a majority of the outstanding shares” means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less. Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to our investments (as stated below and elsewhere in the prospectus and this SAI) apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent change in the percentage of our assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in our total assets, will not require us to dispose of an investment.
1. | We may borrow money, make loans or issue senior securities to the fullest extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC, as such statute, rules, regulations or orders may be amended from time to time. |
2. | Except with respect to the banking industry, no more than 25% of our total assets may be invested in a particular industry or group of industries. Securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or its agencies or instrumentalities or securities issued by other investment companies are not considered to represent an industry. |
3. | We may purchase or sell commodities, commodities contracts, futures contracts and related options, options, forward contracts or real estate to the fullest extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC, as such statute, rules, regulations or orders may be amended from time to time. |
4. | We may underwrite securities to the fullest extent permitted by the Investment Company Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC, as such statute, rules, regulations or orders may be amended from time to time. |
The investment restrictions set forth above limit our ability to engage in certain practices and purchase securities and other instruments other than as permitted by, or consistent with, the Investment Company Act. Relevant limitations of the Investment Company Act as they presently exist are described below. These limitations are based either on the Investment Company Act itself, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC. In addition, interpretations and guidance provided by the SEC staff may be taken into account, where deemed appropriate by the Company, to determine if a certain practice or the purchase of securities or other instruments is permitted by the Investment Company Act, the rules or regulations thereunder or applicable orders of the SEC. As a result, the foregoing investment policies may be interpreted differently over time as the statute, rules, regulations or orders (or, if applicable, interpretations) that relate to the meaning and effect of these policies change, and no stockholder vote will be required or sought.
S-3
Investment Restriction (1). Under the Investment Company Act, we may only borrow up to one-third of the value of our total assets. For more information on leverage and the risks relating thereto, see “Leverage” in the prospectus.The Investment Company Act also restricts the ability of closed-end investment companies to lend. Under the Investment Company Act, we may only make loans if expressly permitted to do so by our investment policies, and we may not make loans to persons who control us or are under common control with us. Thus, the Investment Company Act effectively prohibits us from making loans to certain persons when conflicts of interest or undue influence are most likely present. We may, however, make other loans which, if made, would expose stockholders to additional risks, such as the failure of the other party to repay the loan. We retain the flexibility to make loans to the extent permitted by our investment policies, other than loans of securities, which will be limited to 33 1/3% of our total assets.
The ability of a closed-end investment company to issue senior securities is subject to various limitations under the Investment Company Act that restrict, for instance, the amount, timing, and form of senior securities that may be issued. Certain portfolio management/leveraging techniques, such as reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps, futures contracts, dollar rolls, the purchase of securities on margin, short sales, or the writing of puts on portfolio securities, may be considered senior securities unless appropriate steps are taken to segregate our assets or otherwise cover its obligations. To the extent we cover our commitment under these transactions, including by the segregation of liquid assets, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security”, and therefore will not be subject to the 300% asset coverage requirement otherwise applicable to borrowings by us (or, as the case may be, the 200% asset coverage requirement applicable to preferred stock). The Company will typically cover its current obligations resulting from these portfolio management/leveraging techniques consistent with the guidelines established by the Commission. Accordingly, the Company will typically segregate, earmark, set aside or otherwise offset its obligations resulting from such techniques.
Although we have no present intention to do so, we may also issue any class of senior security that is a stock. Under the Investment Company Act, the issuance of any other type of senior security by a closed-end investment company is subject to a requirement that provision is made that, (i) if on the last business day of each of 12 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage with respect to the senior security is less than 100%, the holders of such securities voting as a class shall be entitled to elect at least a majority of our board of directors, with such voting right to continue until the asset coverage for such class of senior security is at least 110% on the last business day of each of 3 consecutive calendar months or, (ii) if on the last business day of each of 24 consecutive calendar months the asset coverage for such class of senior security is less than 100%, an event of default shall be deemed to have occurred.
Under the Investment Company Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.
Investment Restriction (2). We have a policy to invest 25% or more of our total assets in the banking industry. Accordingly, because we concentrate in a particular industry, we are exposed to greater risks because our performance is largely dependent on the performance of the banking industry. For purposes of determining compliance with Investment Restriction (2), we will not consider portfolio investments held by other investment companies in which we invest.
Investment Restriction (3). This restriction would permit investment in commodities, commodities contracts, futures contracts and related options, options, forward contracts or real estate to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act. Commodities, as opposed to commodity futures, represent the actual underlying bulk goods, such as grains, metals and foodstuffs. Real estate-related instruments include real estate investment trusts, commercial and residential mortgage-backed securities, and real estate financings, and such instruments are generally sensitive to factors such as changes in real estate values and property taxes, interest rates, the cash flow of underlying real estate assets, overbuilding, and the management skill and creditworthiness of the issuer. Because we have elected to be treated, and intend to comply with the requirements to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, our ability to invest in commodities and commodity related instruments may be further limited. For example, gains from the disposition of commodities will not be considered qualifying income for purposes of satisfying the income test applicable to RICs. Also, the U.S. Internal Revenue Service has issued a revenue ruling which holds that income derived from commodity-linked swaps is not qualifying income for purposes of such test. As such, our ability to utilize investments in commodities and commodity index-linked swaps as part of our investment strategy is limited to a maximum of 10 percent of our gross income.
Investment Restriction (4). Under the Investment Company Act, we may not act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, we may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.
Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Accordingly, our board of directors provides broad supervision over our affairs, including supervision of the duties performed by our Adviser. Our Adviser is responsible for our day-to-day operations. The names, ages and addresses of our directors and officers and specified employees of our Adviser, together with their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years, are set forth below. Each director and officer will hold office for the term to which he is elected and until his successor is duly elected and qualifies, or until he resigns or is removed in the manner provided by law. Our board of directors consists of three directors who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) of our Adviser or its affiliates and two directors who are “interested persons.” Our directors who are not interested persons are also independent pursuant to the NASDAQ stock exchange listing standards, and we refer to them as “independent directors.” We refer to the directors who are “interested persons” (as defined in the Investment Company Act) are referred to as “interested directors.” Under our certificate of incorporation, the board of directors is divided into three classes. Each class of directors will hold office for a three-year term. However, the initial members of the three classes have initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, the successors to the class of directors whose terms expire at such meeting will be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
S-4
Independent Directors
Name(1) | Age | Position(s) Held with Company |
Term End |
Principal Occupation(s) Last 5 Years |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen by Fund Director |
Other Directorships Last 5 Years |
INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS | ||||||
John Scott Emrich | 56 | Class III Director, Chair of Audit Committee and Member of Nominating and Governance Committee | 2025 | Director of Meridian Funds from 2010- Present; Director of Destra Funds from 2015-Present | 1 | Director of Meridian Funds from 2010-Present; Director of Destra Funds from 2015-Present |
Emil W. Henry, Jr. |
63 | Class I Director, Member of Audit Committee and Nominating and Governance Committee and Lead Independent Director | 2026 | CEO and Founder of Tiger Infrastructure Partners | 1 | Director of Easterly Government Properties, Director of numerous private companies that are Tiger Infrastructure portfolio companies |
Michael Stolper |
78 | Class II Director, Chair of Nominating and Governance Committee and Member of Audit Committee | 2024 | Financial Advisor at Stolper & Co. from 1975-2017 | 1 | Director of Meridian Funds from 1985 – Present; Director of Windowpane Funds (one portfolio) |
INTERESTED DIRECTORS | ||||||
Sanjai Bhonsle |
53 |
Chairman, Class III Director |
2025 | Partner and Portfolio Manager of ArrowMark Partners, 2012 to Present | 1 | Brown (RI) Management, LLC and Affiliates from 2018-Present |
Karen L. Reidy |
56 | Class I Director | 2026 | Partner and Portfolio Manager at ArrowMark Partners from 2008–Present | 1 | Brown (RI) Management, LLC and Affiliates from 2018-Present |
(1) | The business address of each Director is c/o ArrowMark Financial Corp.,100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, CO 80206 |
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors
Our board of directors is responsible under applicable state law for overseeing generally our management and operations. Our board of directors oversees our operations by, among other things, meeting at its regularly scheduled meetings and as otherwise needed with our management and evaluating the performance of our service providers including our Adviser, our custodian and our transfer agent. As part of this process, our directors consult with our independent auditors and may consult with their own separate independent counsel.
Our directors review our financial statements, performance, net asset value and market price and the relationship between them, as well as the quality of the services being provided to us. As part of this process, our directors review our fees and expenses in light of the nature, quality and scope of the services being received while also seeking to ensure that we continue to have access to high quality services in the future.
Our board of directors has four regularly scheduled meetings each year, and additional meetings may be scheduled as needed. In addition, our board of directors has a standing Audit Committee and a standing Nominating and Governance Committee that each meet periodically and whose responsibilities are described below.
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, each director attended at least 75% of the aggregate number of meetings of the board of directors and the committees for which he or she was eligible. We do not have a formal policy regarding attendance by directors at annual meetings of stockholders.
The Audit Committee and the Nominating and Governance Committee are each composed of all directors who have been determined not to be “interested persons” of us, our Adviser or their affiliates within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, and who are “independent” as defined in the NASDAQ stock exchange listing standards, and is chaired by an independent director. The board of directors in its discretion from time to time may establish ad hoc committees.
S-5
The appointment of Mr. Bhonsle as Chairman reflects the board of director’s belief that his experience, familiarity with the our day-to-day operations and access to individuals with responsibility for our management and operations provides the board of directors with insight into our business and activities and, with his access to appropriate administrative support, facilitates the efficient development of meeting agendas that address our business, legal and other needs and the orderly conduct of board meetings. Emil Henry serves as lead independent director. The Chairman develops agendas for board meetings in consultation with the lead independent director and presides at all meetings of the board of directors. The lead independent director, among other things, chairs executive sessions of the independent directors, serves as a spokesperson for the independent directors and serves as a liaison between the independent directors and our management between board meetings. The independent directors regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. The board of directors also has determined that its leadership structure, as described above, is appropriate in light of our size and complexity, the number of independent directors and the general oversight responsibility of the board of directors. The board of directors also believes that its leadership structure not only facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the independent directors from management, including our Adviser, but also enhances the independent and orderly exercise of its responsibilities.
Biographical Information
The following sets forth certain biographical information for our independent directors (the “Independent Directors”):
John Scott Emrich. Mr. Emrich has significant experience in the investment management and financial services industry. Mr. Emrich served as a financial analyst or portfolio manager for over 13 years for various investment advisory firms. For four years, Mr. Emrich served on the board of directors for Iroquois Valley Farms, an organic farmland REIT. Prior to such positions he also performed business valuations and appraisal analyses at KPMG Peat Marwick, an accounting firm. Mr. Emrich is the founder and CEO of Red Earth Finance, LLC.
Emil W. Henry, Jr. Mr. Henry is the CEO and Founder of Tiger Infrastructure Partners, a private equity firm focused on infrastructure investment opportunities. Prior to founding Tiger Infrastructure Partners, he was Global Head of the Lehman Brothers Private Equity Infrastructure businesses, where he oversaw global infrastructure investments. In 2005, Mr. Henry was appointed Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Financial Institutions by the President of the United States. Until his departure in 2007, he was a key advisor to two Treasury Secretaries on economic, legislative and regulatory matters affecting U.S. financial institutions and markets. Before joining the Treasury, Mr. Henry was a partner of Gleacher Partners LLC, an investment banking and investment management firm, where he served as Chairman of Asset Management, and Managing Director, and where he oversaw the firm's investment activities. Mr. Henry began the formative part of his career at Morgan Stanley in the mid-1980s in that firm's merchant banking arm where he executed management buyouts for Morgan Stanley's flagship private equity fund. He holds an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. in Economics from Yale University.
Michael Stolper. Mr. Stolper provides board financial advisory and brokerage business experience serving as the President of Stolper & Co., Inc., an investment adviser for over 35 years. Based upon his years of experience, he possesses a keen understanding of the securities industry and the regulatory framework applicable to it, including the Funds. Mr. Stolper was formerly a director of Janus Capital, BDI Investment Company and The Pasadena Group of Mutual Funds. He was the Founder and President of Seaport Ventures, an SBIC. He also holds a Master of Arts degree in Finance.
The following sets forth certain biographical information for our Interested Directors:
Sanjai Bhonsle. Mr. Bhonsle joined ArrowMark in October 2012 and serves as Partner and Portfolio Manager for ArrowMark's leveraged loan investments and CLO funds. Prior to joining ArrowMark, he founded MB Consulting Partners in 2009, where he specialized in financial and operational restructuring advisory to stressed and distressed middle-market companies. With more than 10 years of restructuring experience, he has led several assignments across various industries. Mr. Bhonsle was a Senior Portfolio Manager at GSO Capital Partners, a subsidiary of The Blackstone Group, and member of the Investment and Management Committee (2005-2009). Prior to joining GSO Capital Partners, Mr. Bhonsle was an Assistant Portfolio Manager for RBC Capital Partners' debt investment group and was a member of the Investment Committee (2001-2005). He also led the group's restructuring efforts related to distressed investments and represented the firm's interests on creditor committees. From 1999-2001, Mr. Bhonsle was a Senior Investment Analyst at Indosuez Capital Partners. Mr. Bhonsle received a bachelor's degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Wisconsin — Madison and an MBA from the Eli Broad Graduate School of Management at Michigan State University.
Karen L. Reidy. Ms. Reidy is a founding Partner and co-manages ArrowMark's collateralized loan obligation and specialty finance investments and research analyst team. Prior to founding ArrowMark, Ms. Reidy served as Executive Vice President and Portfolio Manager at Janus capital, managing $10 billion for two strategies: Janus Balanced Fund and Janus Core Equity Fund, as well as institutional separate accounts (2000-2005). Ms. Reidy was also the Assistant Portfolio Manager of the Janus Fund (1998-2000). She joined Janus Capital as an equity analyst in 1995. Prior to Janus Capital Group, she worked at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLC in the audit and mergers and acquisitions departments. Ms. Reidy graduated from the University of Colorado with a bachelor's degree and holds the Chartered Financial Analyst designation.
Audit Committee
The audit committee (“Audit Committee”) of our board of directors is responsible for selecting, engaging and discharging our independent accountants, reviewing the plans, scope and results of the audit engagement with our independent accountants, approving professional services provided by our independent accountants (including compensation therefor), reviewing the independence of our independent accountants, overseeing our accounting and reporting processes, overseeing the quality and integrity of our financial statements and the independent audit thereof and reviewing the adequacy of our internal controls over financial reporting. The members of the Audit Committee are Messrs. Emrich, Henry and Stolper, all of whom are independent directors and none of whom are interested persons in the Company. Mr. Emrich serves as the chairperson of the Audit Committee and has been determind by the board of directors to be an “audit committee financial expert.” During the period from January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023, the Audit Committee met four times.
S-6
Nominating Committee
The functions of the nominating committee (“Nominating Committee”) are (i) to identify individuals qualified to become Directors of the Company in the event that a position is vacated or created; (ii) to select, or to recommend that the Board select, the Director nominees for each annual meeting of the stockholders; (iii) to set any necessary standards or qualifications for service as a Director of the Company; (iv) to make recommendations concerning the continuing education of the Directors on matters relating to their activities as Directors; (v) to oversee the periodic Director self-assessment; (vi) to periodically review and make recommendations regarding Independent Director compensation; to undertake such matters from time to time relating to Board nominations or governance of the Company as the Nominating Committee shall deem appropriate; (viii) to periodically liaise with the Company’s Chief Compliance Officer and (ix) to oversee the contract review process, including the review of the Company’s investment advisory agreement and contracts with any affiliated service providers. In addition, the Nominating Committee will consider corporate governance issues that arise from time to time, and develop appropriate recommendations for the Board, giving appropriate weight to relevant factors including industry “leading practices.” The Nominating Committee will review and report to the Board regarding any actual or potential conflicts of interest involving any Director and determine whether such Director may vote on any issue as to which there may be a conflict. In addition, the Nominating Committee will review all related-party transactions and determine whether such transactions are appropriate for the Company to undertake. The Nominating Committee is comprised of Messrs. Emrich, Henry and Stolper. Mr. Stolper serves as the chairperson of the Nominating Committee. During the period from January 1, 2023 through December 31, 2023, the Nominating Committee met two times.
Risk Oversight
The board of directors’ role in our risk oversight reflects its responsibility under applicable state law to oversee generally, rather than to manage, our operations. In line with this oversight responsibility, our board of directors receives reports and makes inquiry as needed regarding the nature and extent of significant risks we face (including investment, compliance and valuation risks) that potentially could have a materially adverse impact on our business operations, investment performance or reputation. The board of directors relies upon our management (including our investment committee) and Chief Compliance Officer, who reports directly to the board of directors, and our Adviser to assist them in identifying and understanding the nature and extent of such risks and determining whether, and to what extent, such risks may be eliminated or mitigated. In addition to reports and other information received from our management and our Adviser regarding our investment program and activities, the board of directors as part of their risk oversight efforts meet regularly and as needed with our Chief Compliance Officer to discuss, among other things, risk issues and issues regarding our policies, procedures and controls. Our board of directors may be assisted in performing aspects of its role in risk oversight by the audit committee, nominating and governance committee and such other standing or special committees as may be established from time to time by the board of directors. For example, the audit committee regularly meets with our independent public accounting firm to review, among other things, reports on our internal controls for financial reporting. Our board of directors believes that not all risks that may affect us can be identified, that it may not be practical or cost-effective to eliminate or mitigate certain risks, that it may be necessary to bear certain risks (such as investment-related risks) to achieve our goals, and that the processes, procedures and controls employed to address certain risks may be limited in their effectiveness. As a result of the foregoing and other factors, the board of directors’ risk management oversight is subject to substantial limitations.
Security Ownership of Directors and Members of Investment Committee
The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities owned by our directors and investment committee in us as of December 31, 2023. As of the date of this SAI, there were no other investment companies that are considered to be in the same family of investment companies.
Name of Director | Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Company | Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by the Director in the Family of Investment Companies | ||||||
Independent Directors | ||||||||
John Scott Emrich | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Emil W. Henry, Jr. | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Michael Stolper | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Interested Directors | ||||||||
Sanjai Bhonsle(1) | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Karen L. Reidy(1) | Over $100,000 | Over $100,000 | ||||||
Investment Committee | ||||||||
Kaelyn Abrell(2) | None | None |
(1) | Also a member of the Company’s investment committee. |
S-7
(2) | Ms. Abrell is not a Director but is a member of the Company’s investment committee. The Company is required to show the dollar ranges of the investment committee members’ beneficial ownership of securities in the Company. |
None of the independent directors nor their family members owned beneficially or of record securities issued by our Adviser, or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with Adviser as of the date of this SAI.
Compensation Table
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, the Board held four meetings. Each Director of the Company attended at least 75% of the meetings of the Board and of any Committee of which he or she was a member. The compensation paid by the Company to the Independent Directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 is set forth below. No compensation is paid by the Company to the Interested Directors. No officers of the Company received compensation from the Company. The Company did not reimburse the Independent Directors for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending the Board and Committee meetings for the year ended December 31, 2023.
Aggregate Compensation from the Company(1) | Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Company Expenses | Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement | Total Compensation From Company and Complex Paid to Directors | |||||||||
Independent Directors | ||||||||||||
John Scott Emrich | $ | 72,500 | None | None | $ | 72,500 | ||||||
Emil Henry, Jr. | $ | 71,000 | None | None | $ | 71,000 | ||||||
Michael Stolper | $ | 72,500 | None | None | $ | 72,500 | ||||||
Interested Directors(1) | ||||||||||||
Sanjai Bhonsle | None | None | None | None | ||||||||
Karen Reidy | None | None | None | None |
(1) | Interested directors are not compensated by us for their service as directors. |
Officers
Our executive officers are chosen each year at a regular meeting of the board of directors to hold office until their respective successors are duly elected and qualified, or until he resigns or is removed in the manner provided by law. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each officer is 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, Colorado 80206. Our executive officers currently are:
Name | Age | Position(s) Held with Company | Term Served | Principal Occupation(s) Last 5 Years | ||||
Dana Staggs | 51 | President | Since June 2022 | Managing Director of ArrowMark Partners. | ||||
Patrick J. Farrell, CPA | 64 | Chief Financial Officer | Since April 2014 | Chief Financial Officer of ArrowMark Partners, LLC from April 2014 to Present. | ||||
Rick Grove | 55 | Chief Compliance Officer | Since February 2020 | Chief Compliance Officer of ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC.; formerly Chief Operating Officer, ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC.; Vice President, Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer of Meridian Fund, Inc. | ||||
Blake Rice | 46 | Secretary | Since September 2021 | ArrowMark Partners General Counsel; former Managing Director and Associate General Counsel at Neuberger Berman. | ||||
Kelsey Auble | 33 | Controller | Since September 2021 | Controller of ArrowMark Partners; Assistant Treasurer of Meridian Fund, Inc. |
The following sets forth certain biographical information for our executive officers who are not directors:
Dana Staggs. President. Dana Staggs leads the private direct lending strategy at ArrowMark and is a team member of ArrowMark’s Capital Solutions Group where he sources, structures, and manages non-control private equity and private debt investments. Prior to joining ArrowMark Partners in 2017, he worked in similar capacities at firms to include Goldman Sachs & Co, Barclays Private Credit Partners LLC and GE Capital. Dana previously served over 10 years as a surface warfare officer in the U.S. Navy, having attained the rank of Lieutenant Commander. He earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Physics from the United States Naval Academy and an MBA from The Mason School of Business at the College of William and Mary.
Patrick J. Farrell. Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Farrell has over 40 years of hands-on management experience in finance and accounting, specifically focused on domestic and offshore mutual funds, bank deposit account programs, investment advisory and broker dealer businesses. Prior to joining ArrowMark Partners as Chief Financial Officer in February 2014, Mr. Farrell was CFO/COO of the Emerging Managers Group, L.P., a specialty asset management firm focused on offshore mutual funds. Prior to that, Mr. Farrell was CFO at Reserve Management, where he oversaw all financial activities for the company. Earlier in his career, he held financial positions at Lexington Management, Drexel Burnham, Alliance Capital and New York Life Investment Management, all focused on investment advisory and mutual fund activities. He began his career at Peat Marwick Mitchell & Co. Mr. Farrell holds a B.S. in Business Administration-Accounting from Manhattan College. Mr. Farrell is a Certified Public Accountant in New York State and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
S-8
Rick Grove. Chief Compliance Officer. Rick is a Principal and Chief Compliance Officer at ArrowMark Partners. He was previously Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer for Black Creek Global Advisors (2007-2008). Prior to that position, Rick served as Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer for Madison Capital Management (2005- 2007),Assistant Vice President and Director of Compliance at Janus Capital Group (1993-2005), and Fund Accountant for Oppenheimer Funds (1992-1993). Rick graduated from the University of Wyoming with a bachelor’s degree in Accounting.
Blake Rice. Secretary. Blake serves as ArrowMark Partners General Counsel. In his role, Rice leads and manages legal and compliance efforts at ArrowMark and ensures the firm is well-positioned for the continued growth of its business and investment strategies while thoughtfully managing risk. Prior to ArrowMark, Blake worked at Neuberger Berman where he spent the last 13 years as Managing Director and Associate General Counsel for the alternatives business. In his role, Blake managed a team that oversaw legal matters for the alternatives business which consists of private credit, private equity, real estate, infrastructure, and several other alternative strategies. Blake received his B.A. from Trinity University and his J.D. from the University of Chicago.
Kelsey Auble. Controller. Kelsey serves as Controller for ArrowMark Partners and Assistant Treasurer for Meridian Fund, Inc. Prior to joining ArrowMark, she was a Supervisor in the Alternative Investment Accounting group at ALPS Fund Services, a third-party fund administrator and distributor (2012-2016). Kelsey graduated from the University of Colorado with a bachelor’s degree in accounting.
Codes of Ethics
Pursuant to Rule 17j-l under the Investment Company Act, we and our Adviser have each adopted codes of ethics that permit their respective personnel to invest in securities for their own accounts, including securities that may be purchased or held by us. All personnel must place the interests of clients first and avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere with the duty to make decisions in the best interests of the clients. All personal securities transactions by employees must adhere to the requirements of the codes and must be conducted in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest, the appearance of such a conflict, or the abuse of an employee’s position of trust and responsibility.
Copies of our codes of ethics and our Adviser’s code of ethics are on file with the SEC. You can review and copy these codes of ethics on the SEC’s website (http://www.sec.gov).
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Management Agreement
We have entered into the management agreement with our Adviser, an entity in which certain of our officers and directors have ownership and financial interests. Our Adviser’s services to us under the management agreement are not exclusive, and our Adviser is free to furnish the same or similar services to other entities, including businesses that may directly or indirectly compete with us so long as our Adviser’s services to us are not impaired by the provision of such services to others. It is thus possible that our Adviser might allocate investment opportunities to other entities, and thus might divert attractive investment opportunities away from us. However, our Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities consistent with our investment objectives and strategies in a fair and equitable manner in accordance with its allocation policy. See “Management—Management Agreement.”
Fees to be Earned by ArrowMark Partners and its Affiliates from Community Banks, Including Some or All of the Community Banks in which we Invest
Brokers affiliated with ArrowMark Partners may provide investment leads to us, and we may pay a portion of the fee income that we receive from community banks in connection with our investments in such banks to one or more affiliated brokers. Based upon management’s prior experience, we may receive up-front fee revenue from the community bank issuers in connection with newly originated securities. Such fees typically range from 0% to 3% of the amount we invest and may be paid in cash or in kind. Furthermore, entities affiliated with ArrowMark Partners may receive fees from us or from issuers in which we invest in respect of structuring investments that we may make. Other affiliates of ArrowMark that exist today, or that may exist in the future, may provide products or service to community banks.
Indemnification Agreements
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we have indemnified our directors and officers if they are made, or threatened to be made, a party to any action or proceeding (including an action by or in the right of an affiliate), whether civil or criminal, by reason of the fact that any of them is or was a director or officer of our company, or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise in any capacity, against any judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement and reasonable expenses which they incur. We may also advance the expenses of such persons in any such action or proceeding. We intend to maintain liability insurance covering our directors and officers.
S-9
Conflicts of Interest Within ArrowMark Partners
Our Adviser and ArrowMark Partners may manage funds and accounts other than ours that have similar investment objectives. The investment policies, adviser compensation arrangements and other circumstances of ours may vary from those of these other funds and accounts. Accordingly, conflicts may arise regarding the allocation of investments or opportunities among us and those other accounts. In certain cases, investment opportunities may be made available to us by our Adviser other than on a pro rata basis. For example, we may desire to retain an asset at the same time that one or more of those other funds or accounts desires to sell, or we may not have additional capital to invest at the same time as such other funds and accounts. Our Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities to us and those other funds and accounts in a manner that they believe, in their good faith judgment and based upon their fiduciary duties, to be appropriate considering a variety of factors such as the investment objectives, size of transaction, investable assets, alternative investments potentially available, prior allocations, liquidity, maturity, expected holding period, diversification, lender covenants and other limitations of ours and other funds or accounts. To the extent that investment opportunities are suitable for us and for one of these other funds or accounts, our Adviser intends to allocate investment opportunities pro rata among us and them based on the amount of funds each then has available for such investment, taking into account these factors.
There may be situations in which one or more funds or accounts managed by our Adviser or its affiliates might invest in different securities issued by the same company. It is possible that if the target company’s financial performance and condition deteriorates such that one or both investments are or could be impaired, our Adviser might face a conflict of interest given the difference in seniority of the respective investments. In such situations, our Adviser would review the conflict on a case-by-case basis and implement procedures consistent with its fiduciary duties to enable it to act fairly to each of its clients in the circumstances. Any steps by our Adviser will take into consideration the interests of each of the affected clients, the circumstances giving rise to the conflict, the procedural efficacy of various methods of addressing the conflict and applicable legal requirements.
Furthermore, two of the members of our Adviser’s investment committee are also members of our board of directors. Due to our board composition, it is more likely that our board of directors will approve investments made by the Adviser’s investment committee and that our board of directors will value our investments consistent with the valuation recommendations of our Adviser’s investment committee. The board of directors utilizes the services of one or more regionally or nationally recognized independent valuation firms to help it determine the value of each investment for which a market price is not available. The board of directors will also review valuations of such investments provided by the Adviser. The board of directors regularly reviews and evaluates our valuation methodology and any such valuation service it uses and the historical accuracy of such valuation methodologies. The board of directors also reviews valuations of such investments provided by the Adviser and assigns the valuation it determines to best represent the fair value of such investments.
Leverage creates risk for holders of our common stock, including the likelihood of greater volatility of our NAV and the value of our shares, and the risk of fluctuations in interest rates on leverage capital, which may affect the return to the holders of our common stock or cause fluctuations in the distributions paid on our common stock. The fee paid to our Adviser is calculated on the basis of our Managed Assets, including proceeds from leverage capital. During periods in which we use leverage, the fee payable to our Adviser will be higher than if we did not use leverage. Consequently, we and our Adviser may have differing interests in determining whether to leverage our assets. Certain members of our board of directors also serve as investment professionals for our Adviser, which may create inherent conflicts of interest.
Approval of Conflicts
Our board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are independent, is responsible for reviewing and approving the terms of all transactions between us and our Adviser or its affiliates or any member of our board of directors, including (when applicable) the economic, structural and other terms of our investments and investment transactions and the review of any investment decisions that may present potential conflicts of interest among our Adviser and its affiliates, on one hand, and us, on the other. Our board of directors, including a majority of our directors who are independent, is also responsible for reviewing our Adviser’s performance and the fees and expenses that we pay to our Adviser. In addition, expenses that are reimbursable to our Adviser will be submitted to the independent members of our board of directors for their approval prior to reimbursement thereof. In addition, our Adviser’s compliance department and legal department will oversee its conflict-resolution system. The program places particular emphasis on the principle of fair and equitable allocation of appropriate opportunities and of common fees and expenses to our Adviser’s clients over time. Our Adviser has agreed with us that it will allocate opportunities, fees and expenses among its clients pursuant to its written policies and procedures.
Day-to-day management of our portfolio is the responsibility of our Adviser’s investment committee. Our Adviser’s investment committee is currently comprised of Sanjai Bhonsle, Karen Reidy, and Kaelyn Abrell. The investment committee’s policy is that the consent of two of the three members is required to approve the committee’s decision to invest in a security and the consent of two of the three members is required to sell a security.
Unless otherwise indicated, the information below is provided as of the date of this SAI. The table below identifies the number of accounts (other than for us) for which the members of our investment committee have day-to-day management responsibilities and the total assets in such accounts, within each of the following categories: registered investment companies, other pooled investment vehicles and other accounts. Where the named individual has been assigned primary responsibility, or is a member of a committee that has been assigned primary responsibly, for oversight of another pooled investment vehicle or other account, that vehicle/account has been allocated to that individual for disclosures purposes. For each category, the number of accounts and total assets in the accounts where fees are based on performance is also indicated as of December 31, 2023.
S-10
Total No. of Managed | Total Assets | No. of Accounts where Advisory Fee is Based on Performance | Total Assets in Accounts where Advisory Fee is Based on Performance |
||||||||||||||
Sanjai Bhonsle | Registered Investment Companies: | 0 | $ | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: | 0 | $ | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Other Accounts: | 18 | $ | 5.7 billion | 3 | $ | 1 billion | |||||||||||
Karen L. Reidy | Registered Investment Companies: | 0 | $ | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: | 0 | $ | - | - | - | ||||||||||||
Other Accounts: | 17 | $ | 5.7 billion | 3 | $ | 1 billion | |||||||||||
Kaelyn Abrell | Registered Investment Companies: | 0 | $ | - | - | - | |||||||||||
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: | 15 | $ | 3.7 billion | 14 | $ | 3.5 billion | |||||||||||
Other Accounts: | 0 | $ | - | - | - |
Biographical information about each member of our Adviser’s investment committee is set forth in the Prospectus under Management.
Investment Committee Compensation
With respect to the compensation of the investment committee members, our standard compensation includes competitive base salaries, employee benefits, and a retirement plan. In addition, employees are eligible for bonuses. These are structured to closely align the interests of employees with those of ArrowMark Partners, and are determined by the professional’s job function and performance as measured by a formal review process. All bonuses are completely discretionary. Because the Adviser utilizes a team approach in managing the assets of its clients, the overall success of the firm is a key component in determining compensation of investment committee members. Because investment committee members may be responsible for multiple accounts (including ours) with similar investment strategies, they are compensated on the performance of the aggregate group of similar accounts, rather than a specific account. A smaller portion of a bonus payment is derived from factors that include client service, business development, length of service to our Adviser, management or supervisory responsibilities, contributions to developing business strategy and overall contributions to our Adviser’s business.
Investment Committee Member Securities Ownership
The securities ownership of the members of our investment committee is shown in the table above providing securities ownership for the Company’s board of directors.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
Our Adviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for us, the selection of brokers and dealers to effect the transactions and the negotiation of prices and any brokerage commissions. When we purchase securities listed on a stock exchange, those transactions will be effected through brokers who charge a commission for their services. We also may invest in securities that are traded principally in the over-the-counter market. In the over-the-counter market, securities generally are traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission, although the price of such securities usually includes a mark-up to the dealer. Securities purchased in underwritten offerings generally include, in the price, a fixed amount of compensation for the manager, underwriter and dealer. We also purchase securities including fixed income securities directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts will be paid.
Payments of commissions to brokers who are our affiliates (or “affiliated persons” of such persons, as defined under the Investment Company Act) will be made in accordance with Rule 17e-l under the Investment Company Act.
Commissions paid on such transactions would be commensurate with the rate of commissions paid on similar transactions to brokers that are not so affiliated.
Our Adviser may, consistent with our interests, select brokers on the basis of the research, statistical and pricing services they provide to us and our Adviser’s other clients. Such research, statistical and pricing services must provide lawful and appropriate assistance to our Adviser’s investment decision-making process in order for such research, statistical and pricing services to be considered by our Adviser in selecting a broker. These research services may include information on securities markets, the economy, individual companies, pricing information, research products and services and such other services as may be permitted from time to time by Section 28(e) of the Exchange Act. Information and research received from such brokers will be in addition to, and not in lieu of, the services required to be performed by our Adviser under its contract. A commission paid to such brokers may be higher than that which another qualified broker would have charged for effecting the same transaction, provided that our Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable in terms either of the transaction or the overall responsibility of our Adviser to us and its other clients and that the total commissions paid by us will be reasonable in relation to the benefits to us over the long-term. The advisory fees that we pay to our Adviser will not be reduced as a consequence of our Adviser’s receipt of brokerage and research services. To the extent that portfolio transactions are used to obtain such services, the brokerage commissions paid by us will exceed those that might otherwise be paid by an amount which cannot be presently determined. Such services generally may be useful and of value to our Adviser in serving one or more of its other clients and, conversely, such services obtained by the placement of brokerage business of other clients generally would be useful to our Adviser in carrying out its obligations to us. While such services are not expected to reduce the expenses of our Adviser, our Adviser would, through use of the services, avoid the additional expenses that would be incurred if it should attempt to develop comparable information through their own staff.
S-11
One or more of the other investment companies or accounts that our Adviser manages may own from time to time some of the same investments as us. Investment decisions for us are made independently from those of other investment companies or accounts; however, from time to time, the same investment decision may be made for more than one company or account. When two or more companies or accounts seek to purchase or sell the same securities, the securities actually purchased or sold will be allocated among the companies and accounts on a good faith equitable basis by our Adviser in its discretion in accordance with the accounts’ various investment objectives. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for us. In other cases, however, our ability to participate in volume transactions may produce better execution for us. It is the opinion of our board of directors that this advantage, when combined with the other benefits available due to our Adviser’s organization, outweigh any disadvantages that may be said to exist from exposure to simultaneous transactions.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, we paid brokerage commissions of $0, $0 and $0, respectively. No brokerage commissions were paid to broker-dealers that were affiliated persons of the Adviser (“affiliated brokers”) in connection with portfolio transactions.
For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, our portfolio turnover rates were 16%, 29% and 20%, respectively. It is not our policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be significantly higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased costs, including brokerage commissions, dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and on the reinvestment in other securities.
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS
Persons or organizations beneficially owning 25% or more of our outstanding shares could be presumed to “control” us. As a result, those persons or organizations could have the ability to take action without the consent or approval of other stockholders. As of June 30, 2024, Cede & Co. held approximately 99.9% of our outstanding voting securities. Cede & Co. is the nominee name for The Depository Trust Company, a large clearing house that holds shares in its name for banks, brokers and institutions in order to expedite the sale and transfer of stock.
To the knowledge of the Company and the Board, no stockholder(s), or “group” as that term is defined in Section 13(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), was the beneficial owner of more than 5% of a class of the Company’s outstanding Common Shares through the date of this prospectus, except that, based on Schedule 13G filings as of June 30, 2024, the following information with respect to beneficial ownership of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares has been reported:
Title of Class | Name and Address | Percentage Ownership of Fund | Total Number of Shares | |||||||||
Shares of Beneficial Interest | ArrowMark Colorado Holdings, LLC. | |||||||||||
100 Fillmmore St., Suite 325, Denver, CO. 80206 | 6.27 | % | 445,576 |
Additionally, as of the same date, our directors and officers owned individually and together approximately 0.83% of our outstanding shares.
We, along with our Adviser, have adopted proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Proxy Policy”) that we believe are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. Subject to its oversight, our board of directors has delegated responsibility for implementing the Proxy Policy to our Adviser.
In the event requests for proxies are received to vote equity securities on routine matters, such as ratification of auditors, the proxies usually will be voted in accordance with the recommendation of our management unless our Adviser determines it has a conflict or our Adviser determines there are other reasons not to vote in accordance with the recommendation of our management. On non-routine matters, such as elections of directors, amendments to governing instruments, proposals relating to compensation, corporate governance proposals and stockholder proposals, our Adviser will vote, or abstain from voting if deemed appropriate, on a case-by-case basis in a manner it believes to be in the best economic interest of our stockholders. In the event requests for proxies are received with respect to fixed income securities, our Adviser will vote on a case-by-case basis in a manner it believes to be in the best economic interest of our stockholders.
S-12
Our chief executive officer will be responsible for monitoring our actions and ensuring that (i) proxies are received and forwarded to the appropriate decision makers, and (ii) proxies are voted in a timely manner upon receipt of voting instructions. We are not responsible for voting proxies we do not receive, but we will make reasonable efforts to obtain missing proxies. Our chief executive officer will implement and execute procedures designed to identify and monitor potential conflicts of interest that could affect the proxy voting process, including (i) significant client relationships, (ii) other potential material business relationships and (iii) material personal and family relationships. All decisions regarding proxy voting will be determined by our Adviser’s investment committee and will be executed by our chief executive officer. Every effort will be made to consult with the investment committee member and/or analyst covering the security. We may determine not to vote a particular proxy if the costs and burdens exceed the benefits of voting (e.g., when securities are subject to loan or to share blocking restrictions).
If a request for proxy presents a conflict of interest between our stockholders, on one hand, and our Adviser, the underwriters or any of our or their respective affiliated persons, on the other hand, our management may (i) disclose the potential conflict to our board of directors and obtain consent or (ii) establish an ethical wall or other informational barrier between the persons involved in the conflict and the persons making the voting decisions.
Information regarding how the Company voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available without charge, upon request, by calling (212)-468-5441; and on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
The audited financial statements and notes thereto in our Annual Report on Form N-CSR for the year ended December 31, 2023 (the “Annual Report”), are incorporated by reference into this SAI. The 2023 financial statements included in the Annual Report were audited by Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon is also incorporated herein by reference. No other parts of the Annual Report are incorporated by reference herein and such other parts are not part of our registration statement, the SAI, or the prospectus.
Copies of our annual and semi-annual reports may be obtained without charge, upon request, by writing to ArrowMark Financial Corp., 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, Colorado 80206 or calling us at (212)-468-5441 or on our website at http://ir.arrowmarkfinancialcorp.com/financial-information.
As noted in the Prospectus, we are allowed to “incorporate by reference” the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of the Prospectus, the SAI or the Prospectus Supplement, as applicable, and later information that we file with the SEC will automatically update and supersede this information.
We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form N-2 relating to the securities offered hereby. Our prospectus and this SAI do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. Please refer to the Registration Statement for further information about us and our securities. Statements contained in our prospectus and this SAI as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to a Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.
S-13
PART C
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 25. Financial Statements and Exhibits
1. | Financial Statements: |
Included in Part A:
Financial highlights for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2023, December 31, 2022, December 31, 2021, December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019, December 31, 2018, December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016, December 31, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 are incorporated into Part A by reference to Registrant’s December 31, 2023 Annual Report (audited) on Form N-CSR/A as filed with the SEC on March 20, 2024.
Included in Part B:
Financial Statements for the Company are incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s December 31, 2023 Annual Report (audited) on Form N-CSR/A as filed with the SEC on March 20, 2024.
2. | Exhibits: |
(1) | Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-189307) as filed with the Commission on September 16, 2013. | |
(2) | Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-197689) as filed with the Commission on July 29, 2014. | |
(3) | Incorporated by reference to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-204417) as filed with the Commission on March 29, 2016. | |
(4) | Incorporated by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 4 to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-204417) as filed with the Commission on August 13, 2018. | |
(5) | Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-251349) as filed with the Commission on December 14, 2020. | |
(6) | Incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to its Registration Statement on Form N-2 (File No. 333-251349) as filled with the Commission on April 30, 2021. | |
* | Filed herewith. | |
** | To be filed by amendment. |
Item 26. Marketing Arrangements
Reference is made to the section entitled “Plan of Distribution” contained in the Registrant’s Prospectus, filed as Part A of the Registrant’s Registration Statement and incorporated herein by reference.
C-1
Item 27. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereby:
Securities and Exchange Commission fees | $ | - | |
Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. filing fee (FINRA) | $ | * | |
Accounting fees and expenses | $ | * | |
Legal fees and expenses | $ | * | |
Printing expenses | $ | * | |
Miscellaneous | $ | * | |
Total | $ | - |
* Fees depend on number of issuances and amount of securities and cannot be estimated at this time.
Item 28. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant
The Registrant may be deemed to control Community Funding 2018, LLC, an unconsolidated subsidiary of which we hold 100% of the membership interests.
Item 29. Number of Holders of Securities
As of June 30, 2024, the number of record holders of each class of securities of the Registrant was:
Title of Class | Number of Record Holders | ||
Common Stock ($0.001 par value) | 4 |
Item 30. Indemnification
Subject to the Investment Company Act, or any valid rule, regulation or order of the SEC thereunder, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened action, suit or proceeding whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was our director or officer, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Investment Company Act provides that a company may not indemnify any director or officer against liability to it or its security holders to which he or she might otherwise be subject by reason of his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office unless a determination is made by final decision of a court, by vote of a majority of a quorum of directors who are disinterested, non-party directors or by independent legal counsel that the liability for which indemnification is sought did not arise out of the foregoing conduct. In addition to any indemnification to which our directors and officers are entitled pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws permit us to indemnify our other employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, whether such employees or agents are serving us or, at our request, any other entity. As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, we have purchased and maintain insurance on behalf of each of our directors and officers.
The management agreement provides that our Adviser will not be liable to us in any way for any default, failure or defect in any of the securities comprising our portfolio if it has satisfied the duties and the standard of care, diligence and skill set forth in the management agreement. The management agreement further states that we will indemnify the Adviser for any losses, damages, claims, costs, charges, expenses or liabilities except to the extent such amounts result from our Adviser’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or as otherwise prohibited by applicable law. As a result, our Adviser may not be liable to us for breaches of its duty of care, diligence or skill. In addition, under the license agreement, we have agreed to indemnify ArrowMark Partners for any unauthorized use of the “ArrowMark” name and marks by us.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser
The information in the Statement of Additional Information under the caption “Management—Directors and Officers” and the information in the prospectus under the caption “Management—Management Agreement” is hereby incorporated by reference.
Item 32. Location of Accounts and Records
The Registrant’s accounts, books, and other documents are maintained at the offices of the Registrant, at the offices of the Registrant’s investment adviser, ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC, 100 Fillmore Street, Suite 325, Denver, Colorado 80206, at the offices of the custodian, The Bank of New York Mellon, 2 Hanson Place, Brooklyn, New York 11217, at the offices of the transfer agent, Computershare Trust Company, N.A., 250 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, or at the offices of the administrator, BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., 4400 Computer Drive, Westborough, Massachusetts 01581.
Item 33. Management Services
None.
C-2
Item 34. Undertakings
The Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) | Not applicable. |
(2) | Not applicable. |
(3) | The registrant hereby undertakes: |
(a) | to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement: |
(1) | to include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act. |
(2) | to reflect in the prospectus any facts or events after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement. |
(3) | to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement. |
Provided, however, that paragraphs 4(a)(1), (2), and (3) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the SEC by the Registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act of 1934 that are incorporated by reference into the registration statement, or is contained in a form of prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) that is part of the registration statement. |
(b) | that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered herein, and the offering of those securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof; and |
(c) | to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering; and |
(d) | that, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser: |
(1) | if the Registrant is relying on Rule 430B: |
(A) | Each prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and |
(B) | Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (x), or (xi) for the purpose of providing the information required by Section 10(a) of the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or |
C-3
(2) | if the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C: each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness; Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use; |
(e) | that, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of securities: The undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned Registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned Registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to the purchaser: |
(1) | any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act; |
(2) | any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant; |
(3) | the portion of any other free writing prospectus or advertisement pursuant to Rule 482 under the Securities Act relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant; and |
(4) | any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned Registrant to the purchaser |
(4) | Not applicable. |
(5) | The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each filing of the Registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act that is incorporated by reference into the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. |
(6) | Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue. |
(7) | The Registrant hereby undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any prospectus or Statement of Additional Information. |
C-4
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement on Form N-2 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in this City of Denver and State of Colorado on the 24th day of July, 2024.
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP. | ||
By: | /s/ Sanjai Bhonsle | |
Sanjai Bhonsle | ||
Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the date indicated.
Name | Title | Date | ||
/s/ Sanjai Bhonsle | Chief Executive Officer and Director | July 24, 2024 | ||
Sanjai Bhonsle | (Principal Executive Officer) | |||
/s/ Patrick J. Farrell | Chief Financial Officer | July 24, 2024 | ||
Patrick J. Farrell | (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) | |||
* /s/ John Scott Emrich | Director | July 24, 2024 | ||
John Scott Emrich | ||||
* /s/ Emil W. Henry, Jr. | Director | July 24, 2024 | ||
Emil W. Henry, Jr. | ||||
* /s/ Michael Stolper | Director | July 24, 2024 | ||
Michael Stolper | ||||
* /s/ Karen L. Reidy | Director | July 24, 2024 | ||
Karen L. Reidy |
* By: | /s/ Sanjai Bhonsle Sanjai Bhonsle | |
Attorney-In-Fact pursuant to a power of attorney signed by each individual on July 18, 2024. |
C-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
C-6
Exhibit (a)(2)
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
OF
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
STONECASTLE FINANCIAL CORP.
StoneCastle Financial Corp. (the “Corporation”), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), does hereby certify:
FIRST: That the board of directors of the Corporation duly adopted resolutions declaring advisable the amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation. The resolutions setting forth the proposed amendment are as follows:
RESOLVED, that Article FIRST of the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation be amended to read in its entirety as follows:
“FIRST: The name of the Corporation is ArrowMark Financial Corp.”
RESOLVED FURTHER, that the foregoing resolutions be submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for approval in accordance with 8 Del. C. § 242.
SECOND: That the stockholders of the Corporation approved the aforesaid amendment by written consent in accordance with the provisions of §228 of the DGCL.
THIRD: That the foregoing amendment was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of §242 of the DGCL.
FOURTH: That the amendment will become effective on February 24, 2022 at 5:00pm, EST.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, StoneCastle Financial Corp. has caused this certificate to be signed by a duly authorized officer, this 22nd day of February, 2022.
/s/ Rick Grove | ||
Name: | Rick Grove | |
Title: | Chief Compliance Officer |
Exhibit (k)(3)
Execution Version
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
among
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP.,
MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED,
and
MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED
collectively, as Borrower
THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO
and
TEXAS CAPITAL BANK,
as Administrative Agent
TCB SECURITIES, INC.,
as Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Book Runner
DATED AS OF May 27, 2022
Table of Contents
Page
ARTICLE 1 | DEFINITIONS | 1 |
Section 1.1. | Definitions | 1 |
Section 1.2. | Accounting Matters | 38 |
Section 1.3. | ERISA Matters | 39 |
Section 1.4. | Other Definitional Provisions | 39 |
Section 1.5. | Interpretative Provision | 39 |
Section 1.6. | Times of Day | 40 |
Section 1.7. | Other Loan Documents | 40 |
Section 1.8. | Rates | 40 |
Section 1.9. | Rounding | 40 |
Section 1.10. | Divisions | 40 |
ARTICLE 2 | THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS | 40 |
Section 2.1. | The Loans | 40 |
Section 2.2. | Fees | 42 |
Section 2.3. | Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback | 43 |
Section 2.4. | Evidence of Debt | 44 |
Section 2.5. | Intentionally Omitted | 44 |
Section 2.6. | Interest; Payment Terms | 44 |
Section 2.7. | Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments; Prepayments | 46 |
Section 2.8. | Uncommitted Increase in Revolving Credit Commitments | 48 |
ARTICLE 3 | TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND INDEMNITY | 50 |
Section 3.1. | Increased Costs | 50 |
Section 3.2. | Illegality | 51 |
Section 3.3. | Changed Circumstances; Benchmark Replacement | 51 |
Section 3.4. | Taxes | 55 |
Section 3.5. | Compensation for Losses | 59 |
Section 3.6. | Mitigation of Obligations; Replacement of Lenders | 59 |
Section 3.7. | Survival | 61 |
ARTICLE 4 | SECURITY | 61 |
Section 4.1. | Collateral | 61 |
Section 4.2. | Setoff | 61 |
Section 4.3. | Authorization to File Financing Statements | 61 |
Section 4.4. | Cash Dominion | 62 |
ARTICLE 5 | CONDITIONS PRECEDENT | 62 |
Section 5.1. | Initial Extension of Credit | 62 |
Section 5.2. | All Extensions of Credit | 65 |
i
ARTICLE 6 | REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES | 66 |
Section 6.1. | Entity Existence | 66 |
Section 6.2. | Financial Statements; Etc. | 67 |
Section 6.3. | Action; No Breach | 67 |
Section 6.4. | Operation of Business | 67 |
Section 6.5. | Litigation and Judgments | 68 |
Section 6.6. | Rights in Properties; Liens | 68 |
Section 6.7. | Enforceability | 68 |
Section 6.8. | Approvals | 68 |
Section 6.9. | Taxes | 68 |
Section 6.10. | Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock | 68 |
Section 6.11. | ERISA | 69 |
Section 6.12. | Disclosure | 69 |
Section 6.13. | Subsidiaries | 69 |
Section 6.14. | Agreements | 69 |
Section 6.15. | Compliance with Laws and Investment Policies | 70 |
Section 6.16. | Collateral Account | 70 |
Section 6.17. | Environmental Matters | 70 |
Section 6.18. | Intellectual Property | 72 |
Section 6.19. | Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions; Anti-Terrorism Laws | 72 |
Section 6.20. | Patriot Act | 72 |
Section 6.21. | Insurance | 72 |
Section 6.22. | Solvency | 72 |
Section 6.23. | Security Documents | 72 |
Section 6.24. | Businesses | 73 |
Section 6.25. | Burdensome Provisions | 73 |
Section 6.26. | Hedge Agreements and Other Material Agreements | 73 |
ARTICLE 7 | AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS | 73 |
Section 7.1. | Reporting Requirements | 73 |
Section 7.2. | Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business | 76 |
Section 7.3. | Maintenance of Properties | 76 |
Section 7.4. | Taxes and Claims | 77 |
Section 7.5. | Insurance | 77 |
Section 7.6. | Inspection Rights; Audit and Appraisal Rights | 78 |
Section 7.7. | Keeping Books and Records | 78 |
Section 7.8. | Compliance with Laws | 78 |
Section 7.9. | Compliance with Agreements | 78 |
Section 7.10. | Further Assurances | 78 |
Section 7.11. | ERISA | 79 |
Section 7.12. | Collateral Account | 79 |
Section 7.13. | Additional Subsidiaries | 79 |
Section 7.14. | Compliance with Investment Policies and Restrictions | 79 |
Section 7.15. | Reserved | 79 |
Section 7.16. | Regulated Investment Company | 79 |
ii
ARTICLE 8 | NEGATIVE COVENANTS | 80 |
Section 8.1. | Debt | 80 |
Section 8.2. | Limitation on Liens | 80 |
Section 8.3. | Mergers, Etc. | 81 |
Section 8.4. | Restricted Payments | 81 |
Section 8.5. | Loans and Investments | 82 |
Section 8.6. | Limitation on Issuance of Equity | 83 |
Section 8.7. | Transactions With Affiliates | 83 |
Section 8.8. | Disposition of Assets | 83 |
Section 8.9. | Sale and Leaseback | 83 |
Section 8.10. | Prepayment of Debt | 83 |
Section 8.11. | Nature of Business | 84 |
Section 8.12. | Environmental Protection | 84 |
Section 8.13. | Accounting | 84 |
Section 8.14. | Burdensome Agreements | 84 |
Section 8.15. | Subsidiaries | 84 |
Section 8.16. | Amendments of Constituent Documents | 84 |
Section 8.17. | Hedge Agreements | 84 |
Section 8.18. | OFAC | 85 |
Section 8.19. | Non-Affiliation with Lenders | 85 |
Section 8.20. | Unrestricted Subsidiaries | 85 |
Section 8.21. | Change in Status of Subsidiaries | 85 |
Section 8.22. | Collateral Account | 86 |
ARTICLE 9 | FINANCIAL COVENANT | 86 |
Section 9.1. | Debt Service Coverage Ratio | 86 |
ARTICLE 10 | DEFAULT | 86 |
Section 10.1. | Events of Default | 86 |
Section 10.2. | Remedies Upon Default | 88 |
Section 10.3. | Application of Funds | 89 |
Section 10.4. | Performance by Administrative Agent | 89 |
ARTICLE 11 | AGENCY | 90 |
Section 11.1. | Appointment and Authority | 90 |
Section 11.2. | Rights as a Lender | 90 |
Section 11.3. | Exculpatory Provisions | 91 |
Section 11.4. | Reliance by Administrative Agent | 92 |
Section 11.5. | Delegation of Duties | 92 |
Section 11.6. | Resignation of Administrative Agent | 93 |
Section 11.7. | Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders | 94 |
Section 11.8. | Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim | 94 |
Section 11.9. | Collateral and Guaranty Matters | 95 |
Section 11.10. | Bank Product Agreements | 96 |
Section 11.11. | Credit Bidding | 96 |
Section 11.12. | No Other Duties, Etc. | 97 |
Section 11.13. | Erroneous Payments | 97 |
iii
ARTICLE 12 | MISCELLANEOUS | 100 |
Section 12.1. | Expenses | 100 |
Section 12.2. | INDEMNIFICATION | 101 |
Section 12.3. | Limitation of Liability | 102 |
Section 12.4. | No Duty | 102 |
Section 12.5. | Lenders Not Fiduciary | 102 |
Section 12.6. | Equitable Relief | 102 |
Section 12.7. | No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies | 102 |
Section 12.8. | Successors and Assigns | 103 |
Section 12.9. | Survival | 107 |
Section 12.10. | Amendment | 107 |
Section 12.11. | Notices | 108 |
Section 12.12. | Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process | 110 |
Section 12.13. | Counterparts | 111 |
Section 12.14. | Severability | 111 |
Section 12.15. | Headings | 111 |
Section 12.16. | Construction | 111 |
Section 12.17. | Independence of Covenants | 111 |
Section 12.18. | WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL | 111 |
Section 12.19. | Additional Interest Provision | 112 |
Section 12.20. | Ceiling Election | 113 |
Section 12.21. | USA Patriot Act Notice | 113 |
Section 12.22. | Defaulting Lenders | 113 |
Section 12.23. | Sharing of Payments by Lenders | 115 |
Section 12.24. | Payments Set Aside | 115 |
Section 12.25. | Confidentiality | 116 |
Section 12.26. | Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents | 116 |
Section 12.27. | Independence of Covenants | 117 |
Section 12.28. | Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions | 117 |
Section 12.29. | NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT | 118 |
Section 12.30. | Amendment and Restatement | 118 |
iv
INDEX TO SCHEDULES
Schedule
|
Description of Schedule
|
Section
|
1.1 | Eligible Securities Subject to Orders | 1.1 |
1.2 | Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank | 1.1 |
2.1 | Commitments and Applicable Percentages | 2.1 |
6.5 | Litigation and Judgments | 6.5 |
6.13 | Subsidiaries, Ventures, Etc. | 6.13 |
6.18 | Intellectual Property | 6.18 |
6.26 | Hedge Agreements and Other Material Agreements | 6.26 |
8.1 | Existing Debt | 8.1 |
8.2 | Existing Liens | 8.2 |
8.5 | Existing Investments | 8.5 |
12.11 | Notices | 12.11 |
INDEX TO EXHIBITS
Exhibit
|
Description of Exhibit
|
Section
|
A | Assignment and Assumption | 1.1 |
B | Borrowing Base Report | 1.1 |
C | Compliance Certificate | 1.1 |
D | Revolving Credit Borrowing Request | 1.1 |
E | Revolving Credit Note | 1.1 |
F | Tax Forms | 3.4(g) |
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of May 27, 2022, is among ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Arrowmark”) MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“Marshall II”), and MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (“Marshall III”, and together with Arrowmark and Marshall II, each individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”), the lenders from time to time party hereto (collectively, “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and TEXAS CAPITAL BANK, a Texas state-chartered bank, formerly known as Texas Capital Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent.
RECITALS
Borrower and Lenders entered into that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of June 9, 2014, as amended from time to time (the “Original Credit Agreement”).
Borrower has requested that Lenders amend, restate and modify (but not extinguish) the Original Credit Agreement as described in this Agreement. Lenders are willing to make such credit available to Borrower upon and subject to the provisions, terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows;
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1. Definitions. As used in this Agreement, all exhibits, appendices and schedules hereto and in any note, certificate, report or other Loan Documents made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement, the following terms will have the meanings given such terms in this Article 1 or in the provision, section or recital referred to below:
“Administrative Agent” means Texas Capital Bank, in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, until the appointment of a successor administrative agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and, thereafter, shall mean such successor administrative agent.
“Administrative Agent Account” means a deposit account maintained by Borrower with the Administrative Agent with respect to which the Administrative Agent has “control” as provided in Section 9.104 of the UCC and a perfected, first security interest for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Obligations.
“Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by Administrative Agent.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 1
“Adverse Claim” means any Lien, encumbrance, or other right or claim in, of or on any Person’s assets or properties (including the segregation thereof or the deposit thereof to satisfy margin requirements) in favor of any Person.
“Advisory Fee” means any advisory, management, consulting, monitoring, oversight, corporate overhead (including legal, marketing and human resources or similar fees) paid by the Borrower to the Investment Advisor or any Affiliate of the Investment Advisor; provided that any Advisory Fees payable during a Restricted Period shall not exceed 0.250% of Borrower’s assets as of the fiscal year immediately preceding such Restricted Period.
“Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.
“Affiliate” means, as to any Person, any other Person (a) that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person; (b) that directly or indirectly beneficially owns or holds 10% or more of any class of voting stock of such Person; or (c) 10% or more of the voting stock of which is directly or indirectly beneficially owned or held by such Person. The term “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise; provided, however, in no event shall any Lender be deemed an Affiliate of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.
“Agent Parties” means, collectively, Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties.
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto, and includes all schedules, exhibits and appendices attached or otherwise identified therewith.
“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all state or federal Laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption, including the FCPA and the Bank Secrecy Act, and other similar anti-corruption legislation in other jurisdictions.
“Anti-Terrorism Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.20.
“Applicable Law” means the Law of any Governmental Authority, including without limitation, all federal and state banking or securities laws to which the Person in question is subject or by which it or any of its property is bound.
“Applicable Margin” means the applicable percentages per annum set forth below:
Base Rate Portions | Term SOFR Portions | Commitment Fee |
1.50% | 2.50% | 0.500% |
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 2
Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Restricted Period, the Applicable Margin shall be increased by 1.00% in excess of the Applicable Margin then in effect.
“Applicable Percentage” means with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Revolving Credit Facility represented by such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment at such time; provided that if the Revolving Credit Commitments have been terminated pursuant to the terms hereof, then the Applicable Percentage of each Lender shall be determined based upon the Applicable Percentage of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.
“Applicable Rate” means (a) in the case of a Portion bearing interest based upon the Base Rate, the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and (b) in the case of a Portion bearing interest based upon Term SOFR Rate, Term SOFR plus the Applicable Margin plus Term SOFR Adjustment Rate.
“Approved Fund” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
“Approved Third-Party Appraiser” means any independent nationally recognized third-party appraisal firm (a) designated by Borrower in writing to the Administrative Agent (which designation shall be accompanied by a copy of a resolution of the board of directors of Borrower that such firm has been approved by Borrower for purposes of assisting the board of directors of Borrower in making valuations of portfolio assets to determine Borrower’s compliance with the applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act) and (b) acceptable to the Administrative Agent. It is understood and agreed that Mercer Capital and Valuation Research Corporation are acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Arranger” means TCBI Securities, Inc., in its capacity as sole lead arranger and sole book manager.
“Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.8), and accepted by Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by Administrative Agent.
“Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark, as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(iv).
“Average Assets” means, with respect to any issuer, for any period, the aggregate amount of average total assets of the applicable issuer, as reported on the Regulatory Capital Schedule of their respective Call Report, with respect to issuers domiciled in the United States of America, and as reported to their applicable regulators consistent with Basel II, Basel 2.5 or Basel III standards, with respect to issuers domiciled outside of the United States of America applicable to such period.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 3
“Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.
“Bail-In Legislation” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).
“Bank Product Agreements” means those certain agreements entered into from time to time between any Obligated Party and a Lender or its Affiliate in connection with any of the Bank Products, including without limitation, Hedge Agreements.
“Bank Product Obligations” means all obligations, liabilities, contingent reimbursement obligations, fees, and expenses owing by any Obligated Party to any Lender or its Affiliate pursuant to or evidenced by the Bank Product Agreements and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all such amounts that an Obligated Party is obligated to reimburse to any Lender or its Affiliate as a result of such Lender or its Affiliate purchasing participations or executing indemnities or reimbursement obligations with respect to the Bank Products provided to any Obligated Party pursuant to the Bank Product Agreements. For the avoidance of doubt, the Bank Product Obligations arising under any Hedge Agreement shall be determined by the Hedge Termination Value thereof.
“Bank Product Provider” means any Person that, at the time it enters into a Bank Product Agreement is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, in its capacity as a party to such Bank Product Agreement.
“Bank Products” means any service provided to, facility extended to, or transaction entered into with, any Obligated Party by any Lender or its Affiliate consisting of (a) deposit accounts, (b) cash management services, including treasury, depository, return items, overdraft, controlled disbursement, merchant store value cards, e-payables services, electronic funds transfer, interstate depository network, automatic clearing house transfer (including the Automated Clearing House processing of electronic funds transfers through the direct Federal Reserve Fedline system) and other cash management arrangements maintained with any Lender or its Affiliates, (c) debit cards, stored value cards, and credit cards (including commercial credit cards (including so-called “procurement cards” or “P-cards”)) and debit card and credit card processing services or (d) Hedge Agreements.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 4
“Bank Regulatory Authority” means the FRB, the OCC, the FDIC and all other relevant regulatory authorities (including, without limitation, any relevant state bank regulatory authorities).
“Base Rate” means for any day, a rate of interest equal to the highest of: (a) the Prime Rate for such day; (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Rate for such day plus one half of one percent (0.5%); and (c) the Term SOFR Rate for such day plus one percent (1.00%).
“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest based on the Base Rate.
“Base Rate Portion” means each Portion bearing interest based on the Base Rate.
“Benchmark” means, initially, the Term SOFR Reference Rate; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the Term SOFR Reference Rate or the then-current Benchmark, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to Section 3.3(b)(i).
“Benchmark Rate Portion” means each Portion bearing interest based on the benchmark rate.
“Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date:
(a) the sum of: (i) Daily Simple SOFR and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
(b) the sum of: (i) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (A) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (B) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time and (ii) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;
provided if the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (a) or (b) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
“Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, (a) with respect to Daily Simple SOFR, 0.11448%, and (b) with respect to any other replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and/or (i) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated credit facilities at such time.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 5
“Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to the use, administration of or implementation of Term SOFR or any Benchmark Replacement, as applicable, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definitions of “Base Rate”, “Term SOFR Rate”, “Business Day” or “SOFR Business Day”, or “Interest Period”, the timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent reasonably decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark Replacement exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).
“Benchmark Replacement Date” means the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(a) in the case of clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event”, the later of (i) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (ii) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or
(b) in the case of clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein; provided that if the then-current Benchmark is Term SOFR, “Benchmark Replacement Date” shall mean the Term SOFR Replacement Date.
For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (a) or (b) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 6
“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to the then-current Benchmark:
(a) a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(b) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Board of Governors, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);
(c) a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer representative; or
(d) if the then current Benchmark is Term SOFR, the occurrence of a Term SOFR Transition Event.
For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).
“Benchmark Unavailability Period” means the period (if any) (a) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (a) or (b) of the definition thereof has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.3(b) and (b) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced the then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 3.3(b).
“Borrower” means, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, each Person identified as such in the introductory paragraph hereto, and its successors and assigns to the extent permitted by Section 12.8.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 7
“Borrower’s Prospectus” means Arrowmark’s Prospectus dated November 6, 2013, or any subsequent prospectus of the Borrower in effect from time to time.
“Borrowing Base” means, as of any date, an amount equal to the sum of (a) 100% of Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties, plus (b) 60% (or such lower percentage as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine from time to time based on market, liquidity and other factors) of the Fair Market Value of all Publicly-Traded Securities owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties, plus (c) 50% of the Market Value of all Eligible Securities owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties, plus (d) 60% of the Market Value of all Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities owned by the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties minus (e) $250,000; provided, that (i) if the Market Value or Fair Market Value, as appropriate, of the aggregate Eligible Securities and Publicly-Traded Securities (but not including Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities) of issuers located in the same state exceed 20% of the Market Value or Fair Market Value, as appropriate, of the Eligible Securities, Publicly-Traded Securities and Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities eligible to be included in the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the Borrowing Base, (ii) if the Market Value of the aggregate Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities exceeds 85% of the aggregate amount of Cash and Cash Equivalents held by the Collateral Trustee, Eligible Securities, Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities and Publicly-Traded Securities eligible to be included in the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the Borrowing Base and (iii) if the Market Value or Fair Market Value, as appropriate, of the aggregate (x) Eligible Securities in any single issuer would otherwise constitute more than 20% of the Borrowing Base or (y) Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities attributed to any single Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank would otherwise constitute more than 20% of the Borrowing Base, the amount of such excess shall not be included in the calculation of the Borrowing Base without the prior approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of the Administrative Agent, which shall be communicated to Borrower within three Business Days from the date Borrower submits a written request to the Administrative Agent for such approval; provided, that the Administrative Agent’s failure to respond to such request within such three day period shall be deemed to be a denial of such request.
“Borrowing Base Deficiency” means, at any time, the failure of the Borrowing Base to equal or exceed the Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders at such time.
“Borrowing Base Report” means, as of any date of preparation, a certificate, substantially the form of Exhibits, or in any other form agreed to by Borrower and Administrative Agent, prepared by and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.
“Business Day” means for all purposes, a weekday, Monday through Friday, except a legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions in Dallas, Texas are authorized or required by law to be closed. Unless otherwise provided, the term “days” when used herein means calendar days.
“Call Report” means the “Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income” (FFIEC Form 031 or Form 041), or any successor form promulgated by the FFIEC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 8
“Capitalized Lease Obligation” means, with respect to any Person, the amount of Debt under a lease of Property by such Person that would be shown as a liability on a balance sheet of such Person prepared for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.
“Cash” means any immediately available funds in Dollars.
“Cash Equivalents” means, collectively, (a) marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States or any agency thereof maturing within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of creation thereof and currently having the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s, (c) certificates of deposit maturing no more than one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of creation thereof issued by commercial banks incorporated under the laws of the United States, each having combined capital, surplus and undivided profits of not less than $500,000,000 and having a rating of “A” or better by a nationally recognized rating agency; provided that the aggregate amount invested in such certificates of deposit shall not at any time exceed $5,000,000 for any one such certificate of deposit and $10,000,000 for any one such bank, (d) time deposits maturing no more than thirty (30) days from the date of creation thereof with commercial banks or savings banks or savings and loan associations each having membership either in the FDIC or the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC and in amounts not exceeding the maximum amounts of insurance thereunder or (e) money market funds that invest exclusively in assets satisfying the requirements of clauses (a) through (d) of this definition; provided that in no event shall Cash Equivalents include any obligation that is not denominated in Dollars.
“Cash Income Tax Expense” means, for any period, the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, but excluding taxes not payable in cash, all as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that for with respect to the fiscal quarter ended on (i) September 30, 2014, Cash Income Tax Expense shall be the product of (A) Cash Income Tax Expense for such fiscal quarter, multiplied by (B) four, (ii) December 31, 2014, Cash Income Tax Expense shall be the product of (A) Cash Income Tax Expense for the two fiscal quarters ended on such date, multiplied by (B) two, and (iii) March 31, 2015, Cash Income Tax Expense shall be the product of (A) the result of (x) Cash Income Tax Expense for the three fiscal quarters ended on such date, divided by (y) three, multiplied by (B) four.
“Cash Interest Expense” means, for any Person for any period, total interest expense in respect of all outstanding Debt actually paid or that is payable by such Person during such period, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts, and other fees and charges with respect to letters of credit and all net costs under Hedge Agreements in respect of interest rates to the extent such costs are allocable to such period, but excluding interest expense not payable in cash, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.
“CBLR” means, with respect to each Community Bank, the community bank leverage ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places), determined in accordance with the then-current regulations of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority of such issuer.
“CDOs” means collateralized debt obligations.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 9
“CET1 Leverage Ratio” means the CET1 risk based capital ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places), determined in accordance with the then-current regulations of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority of such issuer.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, implemented, adopted or issued.
“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:
(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of 25% or more of the equity securities of Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);
(b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 10
(c) the passage of thirty days from the date upon which any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of Borrower, or control over the equity securities of Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of such securities; or
(d) (i) any investment advisory agreement or management agreement between Borrower and the Investment Advisor shall terminate, (ii) the Investment Advisor shall cease to be the investment advisor to Borrower; or (iii) the Investment Advisor shall (x) sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets or (y) consolidate with or merge into any other Person.
“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 5.1 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 12.10.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Collateral” means substantially all of the Property of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as described in the Security Documents (including, without limitation, equity interests in any Unrestricted Subsidiary owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries), together with any other Property and collateral described in the Security Documents, including, among other things, any Property which may now or hereafter secure the Obligations or any part thereof.
“Collateral Account” means one or more pledged accounts maintained by Borrower with the Collateral Trustee and pledged to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties to secure the Obligations.
“Collateral Account Control Agreement” means, individually and collectively, (i) a collateral account control agreement, dated as of June 9, 2014, among the Collateral Trustee, the Administrative Agent and Arrowmark, (ii) a collateral account control agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Collateral Trustee, the Administrative Agent and Marshall II, and (iii) a collateral account control agreement, dated as of the date hereof, among the Collateral Trustee, the Administrative Agent and Marshall III, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
“Collateral Trustee” means The Bank of New York Mellon, or such other financial institution acceptable to the Administrative Agent.
“Commitment” means a Revolving Credit Commitment.
“Commodity Exchange Act” means the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. § 1 et seq), as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 11
“Communications” means, collectively, any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material provided by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to any Loan Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to Administrative Agent or any Lender, by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 12.11(d), including through the Platform.
“Community Bank” means a bank that otherwise qualifies as a community bank in accordance with the requirements of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority for such issuer from time to time and has (a) Average Assets of less than $10,000,000,000, (b) total off-balance sheet exposures equal to or less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the total consolidated assets as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter, (c) trading assets plus trading liabilities as calculated in accordance with the reporting instructions to such bank’s Call Report equal to or less than five percent (5%) of the total consolidated assets, and (d) that is not determined to be an advanced approaches FDIC supervised institution.
“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or in any other form agreed to by Borrower and Administrative Agent, prepared by and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower.
“Connection Income Taxes” means Other Connection Taxes that are imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated) or that are franchise Taxes or branch profits Taxes.
“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any issuer, for any period, the net income or loss of such issuer and its subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis and in accordance with GAAP.
“Constituent Documents” means (a) in the case of a corporation, its articles or certificate of incorporation and bylaws; (b) in the case of a general partnership, its partnership agreement; (c) in the case of a limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership or certificate of formation, as applicable, and partnership agreement; (d) in the case of a trust, its trust agreement; (e) in the case of a joint venture, its joint venture agreement; (f) in the case of a limited liability company, its articles of organization, operating agreement, regulations and/or other organizational and governance documents and agreements; and (g) in the case of any other entity, its organizational and governance documents and agreements.
“Corresponding Tenor” means, with respect to any Available Tenor, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.
“Coverage Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the sum of (a) all Revolving Credit Exposures of all Lenders on such date divided by 10, plus (b) Cash Interest Expense for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date; provided that for with respect to the fiscal quarter ended on (i) September 30, 2014, Cash Interest Expense shall be the product of (A) Cash Interest Expense for such fiscal quarter, multiplied by (B) four, (ii) December 31, 2014, Cash Interest Expense shall be the product of (A) Cash Interest Expense for the two fiscal quarters ended on such date, multiplied by (B) two, and (iii) March 31, 2015, Cash Interest Expense shall be the product of (A) the result of (x) Cash Interest Expense for the three fiscal quarters ended on such date, divided by (y) three, multiplied by (B) four.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 12
“Credit Extension” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing.
“Custodian Instructions” means those instructions required to be delivered to The Bank of New York Mellon by Borrower pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Custody Agreement.
“Custody Agreement” means that certain Custody Agreement between Borrower and The Bank of New York Mellon dated as of November 15, 2013.
“Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day, SOFR, with the conventions for this rate (which will include a lookback) being established by Administrative Agent in accordance with the conventions for this rate selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body for determining “Daily Simple SOFR” for business loans; provided, that if Administrative Agent decides that any such convention is not administratively feasible for Administrative Agent, then Administrative Agent may establish another convention in its reasonable discretion.
“Debt” means, of any Person as of any date of determination (without duplication): (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures, or other similar instruments; (c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of Property or services, except trade accounts payable of such Person arising in the ordinary course of business that are not past due by more than ninety (90) days; (d) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person; (e) all Debt or other obligations of others Guaranteed by such Person; (f) all obligations secured by a Lien existing on Property owned by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed by such Person or are non-recourse to the credit of such Person; (g) any other obligation for borrowed money or other financial accommodations which in accordance with GAAP would be shown as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person; (h) any repurchase obligation or liability of a Person with respect to accounts, chattel paper or notes receivable sold by such Person; (i) any liability under a sale and leaseback transaction that is not a Capitalized Lease Obligation; (j) any obligation under any so called “synthetic leases;” (k) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction that is the functional equivalent of borrowing but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of a Person; (1) all payment and reimbursement obligations of such Person (whether contingent or otherwise) in respect of letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, surety or other bonds and similar instruments; (m) all liabilities of such Person in respect of unfunded vested benefits under any Plan; (n) all net Hedge Obligations of such Person, valued at the Hedge Termination Value thereof; and (o) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any equity interests in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of redeemable preferred stock interests, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus all accrued and unpaid dividends.
For all purposes, the Debt of any Person shall include the Debt of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Debt is expressly made non-recourse to such Person.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 13
“Debt Service Coverage Ratio” means, as of the date of determination, for Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, the ratio of (a) the sum of (i) Net Investment Income for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date plus (ii) Cash Interest Expense for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on such date, divided by (b) the Coverage Amount; provided, however, without duplication, all components of the Debt Service Coverage Ratio (other than clause (a) of the definition of Coverage Amount) for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2014 and the two fiscal quarters immediately thereafter shall be annualized as provided in the definitions of such components.
“Debtor Relief Laws” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as now or hereafter in effect, or any other applicable law, domestic or foreign, as now or hereafter in effect, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, liquidation, receivership, reorganization, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, arrangement or composition, extension or adjustment of debts, or similar Laws affecting the rights of creditors.
“Default” means an Event of Default or the occurrence of an event or condition which with notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.
“Default Interest Rate” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Margin, if any, applicable to a Base Rate Portion plus (c) two percent (2%) per annum; provided, however, that with respect to a Term SOFR Portion, the Default Interest Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Margin) otherwise applicable to such Portion plus two percent (2%) per annum; provided, however, in no event shall the Default Interest Rate exceed the Maximum Rate.
“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 12.22(b), any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Loans within two (2) Business Days of the date such Loans were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies Administrative Agent and Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified Borrower or Administrative Agent in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement relates to such Lender’s obligation to fund a Loan hereunder and states that such position is based on such Lender’s determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) cannot be satisfied), (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after written request by Administrative Agent or Borrower, to confirm in writing to Administrative Agent and Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder {provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by Administrative Agent and Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity, or (iii) become the subject of a Bail-In Action; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 12.22(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to Borrower and each Lender.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 14
“Disposition” means any sale, lease, sub-lease, transfer, assignment, conveyance, release, loss or other disposition, or entry into any contract the performance of which would result in any of the foregoing, of any interest in Property, or of any interest in a Subsidiary that owns Property, in any transaction or event or series of transactions or events, and “Dispose” has the correlative meaning thereto.
“Dollars” and “$” mean lawful money of the United States of America.
“EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.
“EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.
“EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.
“Electronic Record” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 15 U.S.C. 7006.
“Electronic Signature” has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 15 U.S.C. 7006.
“Eligible Assignee” means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under Section 12.8(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 12.8(b)(iii)).
“Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank” means any bank or bank holding company listed in Schedule 1.2 attached hereto, which may be amended by Administrative Agent from time to time in its commercially reasonable discretion.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 15
“Eligible Regulatory Capital Security” means a Regulatory Capital Transaction Security (a)(i) which has been issued or guaranteed by an Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank or a bank subsidiary of an Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank, or (ii) whose cash deposits are held by an Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank in an amount no less than the face amount of the aggregate amount of such regulatory security, (b) if issued by a special purpose vehicle, such special purpose vehicle has no additional creditors (except in di minimis amounts necessary for the administration of such special purpose vehicle) and such Regulatory Capital Transaction Security has prohibitions on the incurrence of additional debt, and (c) has no single reference portfolio position which exceeds more than 3.50% of the reference portfolio of such Eligible Regulatory Capital Security.
“Eligible Securities” means any Portfolio Investment of Borrower that meets all of the criteria set forth below:
(a) such Portfolio Investment is free and clear of any Adverse Claims,
(b) the Administrative Agent has, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a first priority perfected security interest in such Portfolio Investment pursuant to the Security Documents securing the obligations of the Obligated Parties under the Loan Documents,
(c) such Portfolio Investment is not comprised of options, warrants, puts, calls, strips, repurchase agreements (other than Permitted Treasury Repos), reverse repurchase agreements or similar securities,
(d) if such Portfolio Investment is not a “restricted security” under the Securities Act, (x) such Portfolio Investment is not subject to any restriction on transfer and (y) has not become materially unmarketable, due to a Change in Law, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion,
(e) if such Portfolio Investment is a “restricted security” under the Securities Act (w) such Portfolio Investment is a security which is eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated by the SEC (“Rule 144A”) (x) reasonably current financial information on the issuer of such Portfolio Investment required for a sale under Rule 144A is publicly available in a form that satisfies the current information requirements of Rule 144A, (y) such Portfolio Investment has not become materially unmarketable, due to a Change in Law, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion and (z) such Portfolio Investment is not subject to any restriction on transfer (excluding restrictions set forth in the Securities Act or Exchange Act in effect on the Closing Date),
(f) such Portfolio Investment is legally available to be pledged or hypothecated by Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement,
(g) (i) if such Portfolio Investment is a debt instrument or equity security, such Portfolio Investment is not (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason, or (ii) if such Portfolio Investment is a CDO, the debt instrument or equity security that is securing such CDO is not (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason, provided that if only a portion of the collateral securing such CDO is (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason (each such portion, a “Non-Performing Portion”), only such Non-Performing Portion shall be excluded from the definition of “Eligible Securities”,
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 16
(h) such Portfolio Investment is held in the Collateral Account,
(i) the Portfolio Company of such Portfolio Investment (i) is not the subject of any bankruptcy arrangement, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization proceeding or other proceeding for relief of debtors, (ii) is not insolvent, and (iii) has not admitted its inability to pay its debts generally,
(j) such Portfolio Investment is not issued by Affiliates of the Administrative Agent or any Lender,
(k) such Portfolio Investment is permitted to be purchased or held by Borrower in accordance with Borrower’s Investment Policies and Restrictions,
(l) if such Portfolio Investment is a CDO backed by TruPS, the collateral securing such CDO shall be rated investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, provided that if only a portion of the collateral securing such CDO is not rated investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (each such portion, a “Non-Investment Grade Portion”), only such Non-Investment Grade Portion shall be excluded from the definition of “Eligible Securities”,
(m) if such Portfolio Investment is issued by a bank or a bank holding company, or is collateralized by common equity securities issued by a bank or a bank holding company and such bank or bank holding company is not a Publicly- Traded Bank or Bank Holding Company with Average Assets of at least $50,000,000,000, then the bank or the bank subsidiary of such bank holding company, as applicable, shall have exhibited all of the following characteristics in the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
(a) a Texas Ratio of less than 60%;
(b) a Return on Average Assets Ratio on a rolling four-quarter basis of no less than 0.35%; and
(c) it is Well Capitalized; and
(n) unless otherwise approved in writing by Administrative Agent, the issuer of any security shall not be in “troubled condition” as defined by 12 C.F.R. 225.71(d) or 12 C.F.R. 303.101(b) or otherwise subject to any directive, written agreement, condition, order or other document enforceable under 12 U.S.C. 1818 (“Orders”) by any Bank Regulatory Authority, provided the securities listed on Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement will not have to satisfy the requirement in this clause (n), so long as (i) the number of shares/units of such securities does not exceed the number set forth on such Schedule 1.1 and (ii) no negative modifications (positive changes lessening Orders are acceptable) to the existing Orders and no new Orders shall become effective with respect to the issuer of such securities, and provided further that the “troubled condition” status or the Order must be publicly available information;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 17
For the avoidance of doubt, convertible preferred securities shall not be deemed to be options and therefore shall not be excluded by reason of clause (c) of this definition.
“Environmental Laws” means any and all federal, state, and local Laws, regulations, judicial decisions, orders, decrees, plans, rules, permits, licenses, and other governmental restrictions and requirements pertaining to health, safety, or the environment, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq., the Occupational Safety and Health Act, 29 U.S.C. § 651 et seq., the Clean Air Act, 42 U.S.C. § 7401 et seq., the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et seq., and the Toxic Substances Control Act, 15 U.S.C. § 2601 et seq.
“Environmental Liabilities” means, as to any Person, all liabilities, obligations, responsibilities, Remedial Actions, losses, damages, punitive damages, consequential damages, treble damages, costs, and expenses (including, without limitation, all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, expert and consulting fees and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, by any Person, whether based in contract, tort, implied or express warranty, strict liability, criminal or civil statute, including any Environmental Law, permit, order or agreement with any Governmental Authority or other Person, arising from environmental, health or safety conditions or the Release or threatened Release of a Hazardous Material into the environment, resulting from the past, present, or future operations of such Person or its Affiliates.
“Equity Issuance “ has the meaning set forth in Section 8.6.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any corporation or trade or business which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) as an Obligated Party or is under common control (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of the provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code) with an Obligated Party.
“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Plan, (b) a withdrawal by any Obligated Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations which is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by any Obligated Party or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization, (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (e) the occurrence of an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the imposition of any liability to the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon any Obligated Party or any ERISA Affiliate, (g) the failure of any Obligated Party or ERISA Affiliate to meet any funding obligations with respect to any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or (h) a Plan becomes subject to the at-risk requirements in Section 303 of ERISA and Section 430 of the Code.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 18
“Erroneous Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.13(a).
“Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.13(d).
“Erroneous Payment Impacted Class” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.13(d).
“Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.13(d).
“Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.13(d).
“EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor Person), as in effect from time to time.
“Event of Default” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.1.
“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as modified or interpreted by orders of the SEC, or other interpretative releases or letters issued by the SEC or its staff, all as from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference to any statutory or regulatory provision shall be deemed to be a reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.
“Excluded Swap Obligation” means, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the Guaranty of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a Lien to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any Guaranty thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (determined after giving effect to any “keep well, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by Borrower or any other Guarantor) at the time the Guaranty of such Guarantor, or a grant by such Guarantor of a Lien, becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation, If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such Guaranty or Lien is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.
“Excluded Taxes” means any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient, (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, and branch profits Taxes, in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the Laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes, (b) in the case of a Lender, U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed on amounts payable to or for the account of such Lender with respect to an applicable interest in a Loan or Commitment pursuant to a law in effect on the date on which (i) such Lender acquires such interest in such Loan or Commitment (other than pursuant to an assignment request by Borrower under Section 3.6(b)) or (ii) such Lender changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 3.4, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Lender’s assignor immediately before such Lender became a party hereto or to such Lender immediately before it changed its lending office, (c) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure to comply with Section 3.4(g) and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 19
“Fair Market Valuation Report” means that certain valuation report consisting of summary information used by Borrower’s internal management, board of directors, audit committee and Borrower’s auditors to determine the fair market value of any asset in accordance with GAAP and the Investment Company Act, certified by a Responsible Officer as prepared in compliance with the Valuation Procedures and the Investment Company Act.
“Fair Market Value” means with respect to any Publicly-Traded Security, (a) as of the date of acquisition of such Publicly-Traded Security, the closing share price of such Publicly-Traded Security as of such day and (b) as of the last trading day of each fiscal quarter, the closing share price of such Publicly-Traded Security as of such day.
“FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.
“FDIA” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.
“FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or any successor thereto.
“Federal Funds Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (a) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by Administrative Agent; provided, however, if the Federal Funds Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement
“Fee Letter” means the separate Proposal Letter dated as of March 23, 2022, between Arrowmark and Texas Capital Bank and any other fee letter among Borrower and Administrative Agent, Arranger and/or Texas Capital Bank concerning fees to be paid by Borrower in connection with this Agreement including any amendments, restatements, supplements or modifications thereof. By its execution of this Agreement, each Lender acknowledges and agrees that Administrative Agent, Arranger and/or Texas Capital Bank may elect to treat as confidential and not share with Lenders any Fee Letters executed from time to time in connection with this Agreement.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 20
“FFIEC” means the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, or any successor thereto.
“Financial Covenant” means the financial covenant set forth in Section 9.1.
“Fitch” means Fitch, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the Closing Date, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Term SOFR Rate.
“Foreign Lender” means (a) if Borrower is a U.S. Person, a Lender that is not a U.S. Person, and (b) if Borrower is not a U.S. Person, a Lender that is resident or organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes.
“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
“Fund” means any Person (other than a natural Person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its activities.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, as set forth in opinions of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and/or in statements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board and/or their respective successors and which are applicable in the circumstances as of the date in question. Accounting principles are applied on a “consistent basis” when the accounting principles applied in a current period are comparable in all material respects to those accounting principles applied in a preceding period.
“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank, tribal body or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank), and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).
“Governmental Guaranty” means any guaranty or other agreement by which (a) the FDIC or FRB agrees to indemnify such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person for any loss related to any asset of any Subsidiary of such Person acquired by such Subsidiary from the FDIC, and (b) any agency not described in clause (a) of the federal government of the United States of America which agrees to indemnify such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person for any loss related to any asset of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person and which indemnity is backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government of the United States of America.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 21
“Guarantee” by any Person means any obligation or liability, contingent or otherwise, of such Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Debt or other obligation of any other Person as well as any obligation or liability, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Debt or other obligation or liability (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to operate Property, to take-or-pay, or to maintain net worth or working capital or other financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (b) entered into for the purpose of indemnifying or assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Debt or other obligation or liability of the payment thereof or to protect the obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part); provided that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.
“Guarantors” means each Person who from time to time Guarantees all or any part of the Obligations under the Loan Documents, and “Guarantor” means any one of the Guarantors.
“Guaranty” means a written guaranty of each Guarantor in favor of Administrative Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
“Hazardous Material” means any substance, product, waste, pollutant, material, chemical, contaminant, constituent, or other material which is or becomes listed, regulated, or addressed under any Environmental Law, including, without limitation, asbestos, petroleum, and polychlorinated biphenyls.
“Hedge Agreement” means (a) any and all interest rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules and annexes, a “Master Agreement”) and (c) any and all Master Agreements and any and all related confirmations.
“Hedge Obligations” means, at any time with respect to any Person, all indebtedness, liabilities, and obligations of such Person under or in connection with any Hedge Agreement, whether actual or contingent, due or to become due and existing or arising from time to time.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 22
“Hedge Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Hedge Agreements, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Hedge Agreements, (a) for any date on or after the date such Hedge Agreements have been closed out and settlement amounts, early termination amounts or termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such settlement amounts, early termination amounts or termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Hedge Agreements, as determined based upon one or more commercially reasonable mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any dealer which is a party to such Hedge Agreement or any other recognized dealer in such Hedge Agreements (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
“Increase Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(c).
“Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) to the extent not otherwise described in clause (a), Other Taxes.
“Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.25.
“Intellectual Property” means all copyrights, copyright licenses, patents, patent licenses, trademarks, trademark licenses and other types of intellectual property, in whatever form, now owned or hereafter acquired.
“Interest Period” means with respect to any Term SOFR Portion, the period commencing on the date such Portion becomes a Term SOFR Portion (whether by the making of a Loan or its continuation or conversion) and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one (1), three (3) or six (6) months thereafter (in each case subject to the availability of the Term SOFR Rate for such period), as Borrower may elect; provided, that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a SOFR Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding SOFR Business Day unless such next succeeding SOFR Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding SOFR Business Day, and (b) any Interest Period pertaining to a Term SOFR Portion that commences on the last SOFR Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last SOFR Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period.
“Interest Rate” means the rate equal to the lesser of (a) the Maximum Rate and (b) the Applicable Rate.
“Investment Advisor” means ArrowMark Asset Management, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940 as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as modified or interpreted by orders of the SEC, or other interpretative releases or letters issued by the SEC or its staff, all as from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference to any statutory or regulatory provision shall be deemed to be a reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 23
“Investment Grade Rating” means as applicable to each rating agency, (a) a senior unsecured debt rating of “Baa3” or better by Moody’s, (b) a long term issuer credit rating of “BBB“ or better by S&P, (c) an issuer default rating of “BBB-” or better by Fitch, or (d) the equivalent investment grade debt rating of another rating agency approved by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion.
“Investment Policies and Restrictions” means, with respect to Borrower, the provisions dealing with objectives, policies and restrictions relating to investment and borrowing by Borrower, as set forth in the Borrower’s Prospectus and as modified as permitted under this Agreement, or such other objectives, policies and restrictions as are otherwise consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders.
“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service or any entity succeeding to all or any of its functions.
“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state, provincial and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administrative thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administrative thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
“Lender” and “Lenders” have the meanings set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.
“Lending Office” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify Borrower and Administrative Agent.
“Lien” means, as to any Property of any Person, (a) any lien, mortgage, security interest, tax lien, pledge, charge, hypothecation, collateral assignment, preference, priority, or other encumbrance of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, any conditional sale or title retention agreement), whether arising by contract, operation of law, or otherwise, affecting such Property and (b) the signing or filing of a financing statement which names the Person as debtor or the signing of any security agreement or the signing of any document authorizing a secured party to file any financing statement which names such Person as debtor.
“Loan” means an extension of credit by a Lender to Borrower under Article 2 in the form of a Revolving Credit Loan.
“Loan and Lease Allowance” means, as of any date of determination, as determined on a consolidated basis for the applicable Person and its subsidiaries and in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses of such Person, as reported on the Regulatory Capital Schedule of their respective Call Report applicable to such period.
“Loan Documents” means this Agreement, the Guaranty, the Security Documents, the Notes, and all other promissory notes, security agreements, deeds of trust, assignments, letters of credit, guaranties, and other instruments, documents, or agreements executed and delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or the Security Documents; provided that the term “Loan Documents” shall not include any Bank Product Agreement.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 24
“Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.5(c).
“Margin Stock” has the meaning assigned to such term in Regulation U.
“Market Value” means, as of any date of determination, in respect of any asset of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, the lesser of (a) the market value assigned to such asset pursuant to Borrower’s Fair Market Valuation Report and (b) the market value assigned to such asset pursuant to the Third-Party Valuation Report; provided that, in each case, (i) such Market Value shall be computed in accordance with the Valuation Procedures and Applicable Law, including, without limitation, the Investment Company Act and (ii) the Market Value of any asset shall be net of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ liabilities relating thereto, including without limitation all of Borrower’s and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ obligations to pay any unpaid portion of the purchase price thereof, but excluding any liabilities under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if on any date of determination, a current Third-Party Valuation Report is not available, the Market Value of an asset shall be determined using the lesser of (x) the actual cost of such asset and (y) the market value of such asset determined pursuant to clause (a) of the previous sentence.
“Material Adverse Event” means any act, event, condition, or circumstance which could reasonably materially and adversely affect (a) the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower or Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) the ability of any Obligated Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; (c) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Obligated Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (d) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party under any Loan Document.
“Maturity Date” means May 27, 2025, or such earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender terminates as provided in this Agreement; provided that if the maturity of the Revolving Credit Loans are extended subject to Section 2.6, then the Maturity Date shall be the date to which the Revolving Credit Loans are so extended. In either case, if such date is not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next succeeding Business Day
“Maximum Rate” means, at all times, the maximum rate of interest which may be charged, contracted for, taken, received or reserved by Lenders in accordance with applicable Texas law (or applicable United States federal law to the extent that such law permits Lenders to charge, contract for, receive or reserve a greater amount of interest than under Texas law). The Maximum Rate shall be calculated in a manner that takes into account any and all fees, payments, and other charges in respect of the Loan Documents that constitute interest under applicable law. Each change in any interest rate provided for herein based upon the Maximum Rate resulting from a change in the Maximum Rate shall take effect without notice to Borrower at the time of such change in the Maximum Rate.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 25
“Mercer Capital” means Mercer Capital, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan defined as such in Section 3(37) of ERISA to which contributions are being made or have been made by, or for which there is an obligation to make by or there is any liability, contingent or otherwise, with respect to an Obligated Party or any ERISA Affiliate and which is covered by Title IV of ERISA.
“Net Cash Proceeds” means with respect to the sale of any asset by Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or issuance of Debt by such Person or any Equity Issuance, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and cash equivalents received in connection with such sale or issuance (including any cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Debt that is secured by such asset and that is required to be repaid in connection with the sale thereof (other than Debt under the Loan Documents), (B) the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such sale or issuance and (C) income taxes reasonably estimated to be actually payable within two years of the date of the relevant asset sale or issuance as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith.
“Net Investment Income” means, for Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for any period, the sum of (a)(i) all interest income, (ii) dividend income, and (iii) all fees earned on Eligible Securities, in each case actually accrued or received by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP minus (b) the sum of (i) all Advisory Fees, (ii) ABA affiliate fees, (iii) total administration fees and expenses, (iv) if applicable, Cash Income Tax Expense of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP and (v) any other cash-based expense (including, without limitation, Cash Interest Expense).
“Non-Consenting Lender” means any Lender that does not approve any consent, waiver or amendment that (a) requires the approval of all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 12.10 and (b) has been approved by the Required Lenders.
“Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, each Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender at such time.
“Non-Performing Assets” means, at any date, as determined on a consolidated basis for the applicable-Person and in accordance with GAAP, the aggregate amount of (a) all non-accrual loans (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Person with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), (b) all loans that are ninety (90) days or more past due and that are still accruing interest (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Person with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), (c) all other real estate owned (OREO (as defined by the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority)) (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Person with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), (d) all other repossessed assets (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Person with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty), and (e) all loans that were restructured in troubled debt restructurings (net of the amount (without duplication) payable to the applicable Person with respect to such asset pursuant to any Governmental Guaranty).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 26
“Non-Performing Portfolio Investments” means (i) with respect to a Portfolio Investment that is a debt instrument or equity security, Portfolio Investments which are (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason, and (ii) with respect to a Portfolio Investment that is a CDO, the debt instrument or equity security that is securing such CDO is (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason. For the avoidance of doubt, with respect to clause (ii) above, only those debt instruments or equity securities which secure such CDO and are (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason shall be “Non-Performing Portfolio Investments.”
“Notes” means, collectively, the Revolving Credit Notes, and “Note” means any one of the Notes.
“NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
“NYFRB’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.
“Obligated Party” means Borrower, each Guarantor or any other Person who is or becomes party to any agreement that obligates such Person to pay or perform, or that Guarantees or secures payment or performance of, the Obligations under the Loan Documents or any part thereof.
“Obligations” means all obligations, indebtedness, and liabilities of Borrower, each Guarantor and any other Obligated Party to Administrative Agent, each Lender and any Affiliates of Administrative Agent or any Lender now existing or hereafter arising, whether direct, indirect, related, unrelated, fixed, contingent, liquidated, unliquidated, joint, several, or joint and several, arising under or pursuant to this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, any Bank Product Agreements, and all interest accruing thereon (whether a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar proceeding) and all attorneys’ fees and other expenses incurred in the enforcement or collection thereof; provided that, as to any Guarantor, the “Obligations” shall exclude any Excluded Swap Obligations of such Guarantor.
“OCC” means the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, or any agency succeeding to any of its principal functions.
“OFAC” means the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury.
“Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than connections arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced any Loan Document, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Loan Document).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 27
“Other Taxes” means all present or future stamp, court or documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, from the receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment (other than an assignment made pursuant to Section 3.6).
“Outstanding Amount” means, with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Credit Loans occurring on such date.
“Participant” means any Person (other than a natural Person, a Defaulting Lender, or Borrower or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any other Obligated Party) to which a participation is sold by any Lender in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it).
“Participant Register” means a register in the United States on which each Lender that sells a participation enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents.
“Patriot Act” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56, signed into law October 26, 2001).
“Payment Date” means (a) in respect of each Base Rate Portion, the last day of each and every calendar quarter during the term of this Agreement and the Maturity Date, (b) in respect of each Term SOFR Portion, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Term SOFR Portion (or the day that is three (3) months after the first day of such Interest Period if such Interest Period has a length of more than three (3) months) and the Maturity Date, and (c) in respect of each Daily Simple SOFR Loan, the first day of each and every calendar month during the term of this Agreement and the Maturity Date.
“Payment Recipient” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 11.13(a)
“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to all or any of its functions under ERISA.
“Permitted Liens” means those Liens permitted by Section 8.2.
“Permitted Treasury Repos” means repurchase obligations for underlying securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States or any agency or instrumentality of thereof, having maturities of not more than one hundred and twenty (120) days from the date of acquisition; provided such repurchase obligations are entered into with any commercial bank having combined capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000.
“Person” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, association, company, partnership, joint venture, Governmental Authority, or other entity, and shall include such Person’s heirs, administrators, personal representatives, executors, successors and assigns.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 28
“Plan” means any employee benefit or other plan, other than a Multiemployer Plan, established or maintained by, or for which there is an obligation to make contributions by or there is any liability, contingent or otherwise with respect to Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate and which is covered by Title IV of ERISA or subject to Section 412 of the Code.
“Platform” means Debt Domain, Intralinks, Syndtrak or a substantially similar electronic transmission system.
“Portfolio Company” means the issuer or obligor under any Portfolio Investment held by Borrower.
“Portfolio Investment” means any investment held by Borrower in its asset portfolio consisting of TARP Preferred Securities, debt instruments issued by banks or bank holding companies, CDOs backed by TruPS and other preferred (including convertible preferred), Regulatory Capital Transaction Securities and common equity securities issued by banks or bank holding companies, debt instruments collateralized by common equity securities issued by banks or bank holding companies and any Publicly-Traded Securities.
“Portion” means any principal amount of any Loan bearing interest based upon the Base Rate or Term SOFR Rate.”Prime Rate” means the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from time to time by Texas Capital Bank as its prime rate in effect at its Principal Office; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced as being effective. Such rate is set by Texas Capital Bank as a general reference rate of interest, taking into account such factors as Texas Capital Bank may deem appropriate; it being understood that many of Texas Capital Bank’s commercial or other loans are priced in relation to such rate, that it is not necessarily the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer and that Texas Capital Bank may make various commercial or other loans at rates of interest having no relationship to such rate.
“Principal Office” means the principal office of Administrative Agent, presently located at the address set forth on Schedule 12.11.
“Prohibited Transaction” means any transaction set forth in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code.
“Property” of a Person means any and all property, whether real, personal, tangible, intangible or mixed, of such Person, or any other assets owned, operated or leased by such Person.
“Publicly-Traded Bank or Bank Holding Company with Average Assets of at least $50,000,000,000” means a Qualifying Money Center Bank that is domiciled in, and having its principal place of business in, the United States of America.
“Publicly-Traded Securities” means securities (other than Eligible Securities) (including, but not limited to, securities of financial institutions) (a) constituting common equity securities, (b) issued by a bank or a bank holding company domiciled in, and having its principal place of business in, the United States of America with a market capitalization of at least $500,000,000, (c) that are publicly traded, (d) priced in Dollars, (e) having a price per share or other unit of at least $5.00, and (f) issued by a Publicly-Traded Bank or Bank Holding Company with Average Assets of at least $50,000,000,000 or otherwise satisfy the criteria set forth in clause (m) of the “Eligible Securities” definition contained herein. If securities do not meet the requirements set forth in clauses (a) through (f) above, Borrower may request that Administrative Agent approve their inclusion in the Borrowing Base, which response shall be communicated to Borrower within three Business Days from the date Borrower submits a written request to Administrative Agent for such approval; provided, that the Administrative Agent’s failure to respond to such request within such three day period shall be deemed to be a denial of such request. It being further understood that equity securities of iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF (NASDAQ: PFF) qualify as Publicly-Traded Securities.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 29
“Qualifying Money Center Bank” means a bank or bank holding company that (a) has Average Assets of at least $50,000,000,000 (or Dollar equivalent), (b) has issued common equity securities which are publicly traded, (c) has an Investment Grade Rating from at least three (3) rating agencies (or if such issuer has not been rated by more than two (2) rating agencies, from at least two (2) rating agencies), (d) is subject to regulations by a Governmental Authority that are modeled after or otherwise consistent with Basel II, Basel 2.5 or Basel III, (e) has an SNL ID, and (f) is Well Capitalized.
“Recipient” means Administrative Agent, and any Lender, as applicable.
“Reference Time” means, with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark, the time determined by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.
“Register” means a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time.
“Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as in effect from time to time, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder and thereof.
“Regulatory Capital Transaction Securities” means securities (other than Eligible Securities) (including, but not limited to, securities of financial institutions) (a) that are tranched and provide regulatory capital relief to regulated banks, (b) issued by banks, Subsidiaries of banks or a special purpose vehicle formed by a bank or Subsidiary of a bank and (c) that are tradeable on the secondary market. If securities do not meet the requirements set forth in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition, Borrower may request that Administrative Agent approve their inclusion in the Borrowing Base, which response shall be communicated to Borrower within three Business Days from the date Borrower submits a written request to Administrative Agent for such approval; provided, that the Administrative Agent’s failure to respond to such request within such three day period shall be deemed to be a denial of such request.
“Related Indebtedness” means any and all indebtedness paid or payable by Borrower to Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to any Loan Document other than any Note.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 30
“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees, administrators, managers, advisors and representatives of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.
“Release” means, as to any Person, any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, injection, deposit, disposal, disbursement, leaching, or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment or into or out of property owned by such Person, including, without limitation, the movement of Hazardous Materials through or in the air, soil, surface water, ground water, or Property.
“Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board or the NYFRB, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board or the NYFRB, or any successor thereto.
“Remedial Action” means all actions required to (a) clean up, remove, treat, or otherwise address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent the Release or threat of Release or minimize the further Release of Hazardous Materials so that they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, or (c) perform pre-remedial studies and investigations and post-remedial monitoring and care.
“Removal Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(b).
“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043 of ERISA.
“Required Lenders” means, as of any date of determination, Revolving Credit Lenders holding more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders and (b) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that, if one Revolving Credit Lender holds more than 50% but less than 100% of the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposure and the unused Revolving Credit Commitments at such time, subject to the last sentence of Section 12.10, Required Lenders shall be at least two Revolving Credit Lenders. The unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.
“Resignation Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.6(a).
“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, or treasurer of an Obligated Party or any Person designated by a Responsible Officer to act on behalf of a Responsible Officer; provided that such designated Person may not designate any other Person to be a Responsible Officer. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of an Obligated Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Person and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of Obligated Party.
“Restricted Period” means each and every period commencing upon the occurrence of a Restricted Period Trigger Date and continuing until such date that (a) there exists no Default on such date, and (b) the Borrower has delivered a Compliance Certificate as required by, and in accordance with the terms of, Section 7.1(c) for a quarterly period that ended after the most recent Restricted Period Trigger Date, demonstrating that (i) there existed no Default on the last day of the fiscal quarter for which such Compliance Certificate was delivered and (ii) the Debt Service Coverage Ratio was greater than or equal to 1.25 to 1.00 on the last day of fiscal quarter for which such Compliance Certificate was delivered; provided that at any time after the occurrence of a Restricted Period Trigger Date and before such Restricted Period ends if (x) the Non-Performing Portfolio Investments of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries comprise 4% or more of the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (y) Borrower fails to comply with Sections 2.7(e) or 7.1(q), then such Restricted Period shall immediately terminate and an Event of Default shall exist.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 31
For the avoidance of doubt, for a Restricted Period to end, the Compliance Certificate required to be delivered demonstrating that the Debt Service Coverage Ratio was greater than or equal to 1.25 to 1.00 must be the quarterly or annual Compliance Certificate required to be delivered by Section 7.1(c), and there must not have been a Restricted Period Trigger Date since the last day of the applicable fiscal quarter or year for which such Compliance Certificate was delivered.
“Restricted Period Trigger Date” means the first day on which the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is less than 1.25 to 1.00 but greater than 1.15 to 1.00.
“Restricted Subsidiary” means (unless designated an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” in accordance with the terms of the definition of “Unrestricted Subsidiary”), each Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not otherwise designated a “Borrower” in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, which such Subsidiary shall also be a Guarantor, To the extent that (a) there exists no Default prior to and/or after giving effect thereto, and (b) any Unrestricted Subsidiary (i) executes a Guaranty of the Obligations, (ii) has 100% of its equity interests pledged to secure the Obligations, (iii) grants a Lien in its assets to secure the Obligations, and (iv) has no existing Debt or Liens at the time of designation as a Restricted Subsidiary that would not have been permitted to be incurred or exist under Sections 8.1 and 8.2 if such Unrestricted Subsidiary had been a Restricted Subsidiary at the time of its incurrence, then after such notice to the Administrative Agent that such conditions have been met, such Unrestricted Subsidiary shall thereafter be included in the definition of Restricted Subsidiaries and treated as such, and shall not be included in the definition of Unrestricted Subsidiary.
“Return of Capital” means (a) any cash amount (and net cash proceeds of any noncash amount) received by any Obligated Party at any time in respect of the outstanding principal of any Portfolio Investment (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), (b) without duplication of amounts received under clause (a), any net cash proceeds (including net cash proceeds of any noncash consideration) received by any Obligated Party at any time from the sale of any property or assets pledged as collateral in respect of any Portfolio Investment to the extent such net cash proceeds are less than or equal to the outstanding principal balance of such Portfolio Investment, (c) any cash amount (and net cash proceeds of any noncash amount) received by any Obligated Party at any time in respect of any Portfolio Investment that is an equity interest (i) upon the liquidation or dissolution of the issuer of such Portfolio Investment, (ii)as a distribution of capital made on or in respect of such Portfolio Investment, or (iii) pursuant to the recapitalization or reclassification of the capital of the issuer of such Portfolio Investment or pursuant to the reorganization of such issuer or (d) any similar return of capital received by any Obligated Party in cash (and net cash proceeds of any noncash amount) in respect of any Portfolio Investment.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 32
“Return on Average Assets Ratio” means, for the most recently completed four fiscal quarters of the applicable issuer, the ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places) of (a) Consolidated Net Income of such issuer, to (b) Average Assets of such issuer.
“Revolving Credit Availability” means, as of any date, the difference between (a) an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base in effect on such date and (ii) the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders on such date less (b) the total Revolving Credit Exposure of the Revolving Credit Lenders on such date.
“Revolving Credit Borrowing” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Term SOFR Portions, having the same Interest Period, made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.
“Revolving Credit Borrowing Request” means a writing, substantially in the form of Exhibit D, properly completed and signed by Borrower, requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing.
“Revolving Credit Commitment” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a), in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.1 under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or opposite such caption in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
“Revolving Credit Exposure” means, as to any Revolving Credit Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Revolving Credit Loans at such time.
“Revolving Credit Facility” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.
“Revolving Credit Lender” means, (a) at any time prior to the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment at such time, and (b) at any time after the termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments, any Lender that has Revolving Credit Exposure at such time.
“Revolving Credit Loan” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
“Revolving Credit Note” means a promissory note made by Borrower in favor of a Revolving Credit Lender evidencing Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.
“Revolving Facility Increase “ has the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a).
“RIC” means a Person qualifying for treatment as a “regulated investment company” under the Code.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 33
“RICO” means the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organization Act of 1970.
“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, LLC, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.
“Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself (or whose government is) the subject or target of any Sanctions (including, as of the Closing Date, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Syria and Crimea).
“Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by OFAC (including OFAC’s Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List and OFAC’s Consolidated Non-SDN List), the U.S. Department of State or by the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, (b) any Person operating, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country, (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person or Persons, in each case, to the extent dealings are prohibited or restricted with such Person under Sanctions or (d) any Person otherwise a target of Sanctions, including vessels and aircraft, that are designated under any Sanctions program.
“Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions, sectoral sanctions, secondary sanctions, trade embargoes and restrictions imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by the U.S. government (including those administered by OFAC or the U.S. Department of State), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, any European Union member state or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom, or other relevant sanctions authority in which (a) Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is located or conducts business, (b) in which any of the proceeds of the Credit Extensions will be used, or (c) from which repayment of the Obligations will be derived.
“SDN List” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.19.
“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other governmental authority of the United States of America at the time administering the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act or the Exchange Act.
“Secured Parties” means the collective reference to Administrative Agent, each Lender, each Bank Product Provider, and any other Person the Obligations owing to which are, or are purported to be, secured by the Collateral under the terms of the Security Documents.
“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, as modified or interpreted by orders of the SEC, or other interpretative releases or letters issued by the SEC or its staff, all as from time to time in effect, or any successor law, rules or regulations, and any reference to any statutory or regulatory provisions shall be deemed to be a reference to any successor statutory or regulatory provision.
“Security Documents” means each and every security agreement, pledge agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, control agreement or other collateral security agreement required by or delivered to Administrative Agent from time to time that purport to create a Lien in favor of any of the Secured Parties to secure payment or performance of the Obligations or any portion thereof.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 34
“SOFR” means, with respect to any SOFR Business Day, a rate per annum reset on each SOFR Business Day (rounded upwards to the next higher multiple of 1/16th if such rate is not such a multiple), equal to the secured overnight financing rate for such SOFR Business Day published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website at approximately 8:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the immediately succeeding SOFR Business Day.
“SOFR Administrator” means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).
“SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the NYFRB’s Website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.
“SOFR Business Day” means any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.
“Solvent” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, that the fair value of the assets of such Person (at fair valuation) is, on the date of determination, greater than the total amount of liabilities (including contingent and unliquidated liabilities) of such Person as of such date, that the present fair saleable value of the assets of such Person will, as of such date, be greater than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as such debts become absolute and matured, and that, as of such date, such Person will be able to pay all liabilities of such Person as such liabilities mature and such Person does not have unreasonably small capital with which to carry on its business. In computing the amount of contingent or unliquidated liabilities at any time, such liabilities will be computed at the amount which, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability discounted to present value at rates believed to be reasonable by such Person acting in good faith.
“Subsidiary” of a Person means (a) any corporation of which at least a majority of the outstanding shares of stock having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by such Person or one or more of other Subsidiaries of such Person or by such Person and one or more of such Subsidiaries of such Person, and (b) any other entity (i) of which at least a majority of the ownership, equity or voting interest is at the time directly or indirectly owned or controlled by one or more of such Person and other Subsidiaries of such Person and (ii) which is treated as a subsidiary in accordance with GAAP. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.
“Swap Obligations” means with respect to any Guarantor any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of Section la(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 35
“TARP Preferred Securities” means preferred securities issued pursuant to the Troubled Asset Relief Program established by the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2005 (Division A of Public Law 110-343).
“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings (including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
“Term SOFR” means, for the applicable Interest Period as of the time determined by Bank in its reasonable discretion, the Term SOFR Reference Rate that has been selected or recommended by the Relevant Governmental Body. If at any time Term SOFR as determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this definition would otherwise be less than zero, then Term SOFR shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.
“Term SOFR Adjustment Rate” means, (i) 0.11448% for an interest period of one-month’s duration, (ii) 0.26161% for an interest period of three-month’s duration, and (iii) 0.42826% for an interest period of six-months’ duration.
“Term SOFR Portion” means each Portion bearing interest based on Term SOFR.
“Term SOFR Rate” means:
(a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Term SOFR Portion, the rate per annum equal to the Term SOFR Reference Rate two SOFR Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period with a term equivalent to such Interest Period; provided that if the rate is not published on such determination date then Term SOFR Rate means the Term SOFR Reference Rate on the first SOFR Business Day immediately prior thereto; and
(b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to the Term SOFR Reference Rate with a term of one month commencing that day; provided that if the Term SOFR Rate determined in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this definition would otherwise be less than 0%, the Term SOFR Rate shall be deemed 0% for purposes of this Agreement.
“Term SOFR Reference Rate” means the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR.
“Term SOFR Replacement Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(b)(vi).
“Term SOFR Transition Event” means the occurrence of any of the events described in Section 3.3(b)(vi)(A) or (B).
“Texas Capital Bank” means Texas Capital Bank, a Texas state-chartered bank, and its successors and assigns.
“Texas Ratio” means, with respect to each issuer of securities, the ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places) of (a) such issuer’s Non-Performing Assets to (b) (i) the aggregate amount of Tier 1 risk based capital of such issuer as at the date of determination, plus (ii) the Loan and Lease Allowance of such issuer as at the date of determination minus (iii) the aggregate amount of all disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets of such issuer as at the date of determination.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 36
“Third-Party Valuation Report” means a valuation report of Borrower’s assets that is less than thirteen months aged, prepared by an Approved Third-Party Appraiser in accordance with the Investment Company Act and is otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
“Tier 1 Capital Ratio” means, with respect to each issuer, the Tier 1 risk based capital ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places), determined in accordance with the then-current regulations of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority of such issuer.
“Tier 1 Leverage Ratio” means, with respect to each issuer, the Tier 1 leverage ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places), determined in accordance with the then-current regulations of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority of such issuer.
“Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio” means, with respect to each issuer, the total risk-based capital ratio (expressed as a percentage rounded to two decimal places), determined in accordance with the then-current regulations of the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority of such issuer,
“TruPS” means trust preferred securities.
“Type” means, with respect to a Portion, refers to whether such Portion is a Base Rate Portion or a Term SOFR Portion.
“UCC” means Chapters 1 through 11 of the Texas Business and Commerce Code.
“UK Financial Institution” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.
“Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.
“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess, if any, of (a) the funding target as defined under Section 430(d) of the Code without regard to the special at-risk rules of Section 430(i) of the Code, over (b) the value of plan assets as defined under Section 430(g)(3)(A) of the Code determined as of the last day of each calendar year, without regard to the averaging which may be allowed under Section 310(g)(3)(B) of the Code and reduced for any prefunding balance or funding standard carryover balance as defined and provided for in Section 430(f) of the Code.
“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Borrower which (a) does not pledge any assets to secure the Obligations, (b) does not own any assets that comprise any part of the Borrowing Base and (c) Borrower has designated as an “Unrestricted Subsidiary” by delivering five days prior written notice to Administrative Agent (or such lesser notice as agreed to by the Administrative Agent). Each Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall also be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 37
“U.S. Person” means any Person that is a “United States Person” as defined in Section 7701 (a)(30) of the Code.
“U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate” has the meaning specified in Section 3.4(g)(ii)(B)(3).
“Valuation Procedures” means Borrower’s Valuation Policy approved March 2, 2022 and in effect on the date of this Agreement, a copy of which was delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to the date of this Agreement, or such other valuation policies and procedures as are otherwise consented to in writing by the Administrative Agent.
“Well Capitalized” has the meaning given to such term by the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority for such issuer from time to time but in any event shall meet or exceed the following requirements for such issuer: (i) a Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio of 10.0% or greater, (ii) a Tier 1 Capital Ratio of 8.0% or greater, (iii) a CET1 Leverage Ratio of 6.5% or greater and (iv) a Tier 1 Leverage Ratio of 5.0% or greater; provided any Community Bank that does not report the above ratios and instead reports a CBLR shall be Well Capitalized if it has a CBLR of the higher of (a) 9.0% or (b) the minimum required by the applicable Bank Regulatory Authority.
“Withholding Agent” means each of Borrower and Administrative Agent.
“Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.
Section 1.2. Accounting Matters.
(a) Generally. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the audited financial statements described in Section 6.2, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Debt of Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount thereof, and the effects of FASB ASC 825 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 38
(b) Changes in GAAP. If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth herein, and either Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, Administrative Agent, Lenders and Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders); provided that, until so amended, (A) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (B) Borrower shall provide to Administrative Agent and Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
Section 1.3. ERISA Matters. If, after the date hereof, there shall occur, with respect to ERISA, the adoption of any applicable law, rule, or regulation, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by the PBGC or any other Governmental Authority, then either Borrower or Required Lenders may request a modification to this Agreement solely to preserve the original intent of this Agreement with respect to the provisions hereof applicable to ERISA, and the parties to this Agreement shall negotiate in good faith to complete such modification.
Section 1.4. Other Definitional Provisions. All definitions contained in this Agreement are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words “hereof, “herein”, and “hereunder” and words of similar import referring to this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Unless otherwise specified, all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear. Terms used herein that are defined in the UCC, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings specified in the UCC. Any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document). Any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time. Words denoting gender shall be construed to include the masculine, feminine and neuter, when such construction is appropriate; and specific enumeration shall not exclude the general but shall be constructed as cumulative; the word “or” is not exclusive; the word “including” (in its various forms) means “including, without limitation”, in the computation of periods of time, the word “from” means “from and including” and the words “to” and “until” mean “to but excluding”; and all references to money refer to the legal currency of the United States of America,
Section 1.5. Interpretative Provision. For purposes of Section 10.1, a breach of a financial covenant contained in Article 9 shall be deemed to have occurred as of any date of determination thereof by Borrower, the Required Lenders or as of the last date of any specified measurement period, regardless of when the financial statements or the Compliance Certificate reflecting such breach are delivered to Administrative Agent.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 39
Section 1.6. Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
Section 1.7. Other Loan Documents. The other Loan Documents, including the Security Documents, contain representations, warranties, covenants, defaults and other provisions that are in addition to and not limited by, or a limitation of, similar provisions of this Agreement. Such provisions in such other Loan Documents may be different or more expansive than similar provisions of this Agreement and neither such differences nor such more expansive provisions shall be construed as a conflict.
Section 1.8. Rates. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, (i) the administration of, submission of, calculation of or any other matter related to the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Term SOFR or with respect to any alternative, or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof (including any Benchmark Replacement), including whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative or successor or replacement rate (including any Benchmark Replacement), as it may or may not be adjusted pursuant to Section 3.3, will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, Term SOFR or any other Benchmark or (ii) the effect, implementation or composition of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes.
Section 1.9. Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).
Section 1.10. Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware Law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s Laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized on the first date of its existence by the holders of its equity interests at such time.
ARTICLE 2
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
Section 2.1. The Loans.
(a) Revolving Credit Borrowings. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make one or more revolving credit loans (each such loan, a “Revolving Credit Loan”) to Borrower from time to time from the Closing Date until the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount for such Revolving Credit Lender at any time outstanding up to but not exceeding the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, provided that the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders and (ii) the Borrowing Base. Subject to the foregoing limitations, and the other terms and provisions of this Agreement, Borrower may borrow, repay, and reborrow Revolving Credit Loans hereunder.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 40
(b) Borrowing Procedure. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of a Portion from one Type to the other, and each continuation of a Term SOFR Portion shall be made upon Borrower’s irrevocable notice to Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (i) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of a Term SOFR Portion or of any conversion of a Term SOFR Portion to a Base Rate Portion, and (ii) on the requested date of any Revolving Credit Borrowing of a Base Rate Portion. Each telephonic notice by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to Administrative Agent of a written Revolving Credit Borrowing Request, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of a Term SOFR Portion shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $200,000 in excess thereof. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing of or conversion to a Base Rate Portion shall be in a principal amount of $250,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof; provided that a Base Rate Portion may be in an amount equal to the Revolving Credit Availability. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing Request (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether Borrower is requesting a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Portions from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Portions, (ii) the requested date of the Revolving Credit Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Portions to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Portions to be borrowed or to which existing Portions are to be converted, and (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If Borrower fails to specify a Type of Portion in a Revolving Credit Borrowing Request or if Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Portions shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Portions. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Portions shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Term SOFR Portions. If Borrower requests a Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of a Term SOFR Portion in any such Revolving Credit Borrowing Request, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may provide the Administrative Agent with a standing instruction letter providing for the continuation of all Term SOFR Portions upon the expiration of the respective Interest Periods with respect to such Term SOFR Portions.
(c) Funding. Following receipt of a Revolving Credit Borrowing Request, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Portions, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by Borrower, Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Portions as described in Section 2.1(b). In the case of a Revolving Credit Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Revolving Credit Borrowing Request. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 5.2 (and, if such Revolving Credit Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 5.1), Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to Borrower in like funds as received by Administrative Agent either by (i) crediting the account of Borrower on the books of Texas Capital Bank with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) Administrative Agent by Borrower.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 41
(d) Continuations and Conversions. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Term SOFR Portion may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Term SOFR Portion. During the existence of a Default, (i) no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Term SOFR Portion without the consent of the Required Lenders and (ii) unless repaid, each Term SOFR Portion shall be converted to a Base Rate Portion at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.
(e) Notifications. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Term SOFR Portions upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Portions are outstanding, Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and Lenders of any change in Texas Capital Bank’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.
(f) Interest Periods. After giving effect to all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Portions from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Portions as the same Type, there shall not be more than five (5) Interest Periods concurrently in effect with respect to Term SOFR Portions.
Section 2.2. Fees.
(a) Fee. Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent and Arranger, for the account of Administrative Agent, Arranger and each Lender, as applicable, fees, in the amounts and on the dates set forth in the Fee Letter.
(b) Commitment Fees. Borrower agrees to pay to Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance, subject to Section 12.22, with its Applicable Percentage a commitment fee on the daily average unused amount of the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Revolving Credit Lender for the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility (including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 5 is not met), at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin. Accrued commitment fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears and payable quarterly in arrears on the first day of each April, July, October, and January during the term of this Agreement and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 42
Section 2.3. Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.
(a) General. All payments of principal, interest, and other amounts to be made by Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be made to Administrative Agent for the account of Administrative Agent, or the pro rata accounts of the applicable Lenders, as applicable, at the Principal Office in Dollars and immediately available funds, without setoff, deduction, or counterclaim, and free and clear of all taxes at the time and in the manner provided herein. Payments by check or draft shall not constitute payment in immediately available funds until the required amount is actually received by Administrative Agent in full. Payments in immediately available funds received by Administrative Agent in the place designated for payment on a Business Day prior to 11:00 a.m. at such place of payment shall be credited prior to the close of business on the Business Day received, while payments received by Administrative Agent on a day other than a Business Day or after 11 ;00 a.m. on a Business Day shall not be credited until the next succeeding Business Day. If any payment of principal or interest on the Notes shall become due and payable on a day other than a Business Day, then such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day. Any such extension of time for payment shall be included in computing interest which has accrued and shall be payable in connection with such payment. Administrative Agent is hereby authorized upon notice to Borrower to charge the account of Borrower maintained with Administrative Agent for each payment of principal, interest and fees as it becomes due hereunder.
(b) Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender, that such Lender will not make available to Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of a Revolving Credit Borrowing, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with this Agreement and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Revolving Credit Borrowing available to Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and Borrower severally agree to pay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, and (ii) in the case of a payment to be made by Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the applicable Revolving Credit Borrowing. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to Administrative Agent for the same or an overlapping period, Administrative Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Revolving Credit Borrowing to Administrative Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to Administrative Agent.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 43
(c) Payments by Borrower; Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment, Administrative Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the applicable Lenders the amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each applicable Lender severally agrees to repay to Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.
Section 2.4. Evidence of Debt. The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by Administrative Agent in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Lender or Administrative Agent may, in addition, request that such Loans be evidenced by the Notes. The accounts or records maintained by Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made to Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error,
Section 2.5. Intentionally Omitted.
Section 2.6. Interest; Payment Terms.
(a) Revolving Credit Loans - Payment of Principal and Interest; Revolving Nature. The unpaid principal amount of each Portion of the Revolving Credit Loans shall, subject to the following sentence and Section 2.6(e), bear interest at the applicable Interest Rate. If at any time such rate of interest would exceed the Maximum Rate but for the provisions thereof limiting interest to the Maximum Rate, then any subsequent reduction shall not reduce the rate of interest on the Revolving Credit Loans below the Maximum Rate until the aggregate amount of interest accrued on the Revolving Credit Loans equals the aggregate amount of interest which would have accrued on the Revolving Credit Loans if the interest rate had not been limited by the Maximum Rate. All accrued but unpaid interest on the principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans shall be payable on each Payment Date and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility, provided that interest accruing at the Default Interest Rate pursuant to Section 2.6(e) shall be payable on demand. The then Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall have the option to extend the maturity for the Revolving Credit Loans once, for one (1) year past the Maturity Date, provided that (i) such option must be exercised by delivering a written notice to Administrative Agent during the period beginning on the date fifteen (15) months prior to the Maturity Date until the date three (3) months prior to the Maturity Date, (ii) no Event of Default exist at the time such option is exercised, and (iii) Borrower shall have paid to Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, an extension fee in the amount of 0.15% times the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments. The unpaid principal balance of the Revolving Credit Loans at any time shall be the total amount advanced hereunder by Revolving Credit Lenders less the amount of principal payments made thereon by or for Borrower, which balance may be endorsed on the Revolving Credit Notes from time to time by Revolving Credit Lenders or otherwise noted in Revolving Credit Lenders’ and/or Administrative Agent’s records, which notations shall be, absent manifest error, conclusive evidence of the amounts owing hereunder from time to time.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 44
(b) Application. Except as expressly provided herein to the contrary, all payments on the Obligations under the Loan Documents shall be applied in the following order of priority: (i) the payment or reimbursement of any expenses, costs or obligations (other than the Outstanding Amount thereof and interest thereon) for which Borrower shall be obligated or Administrative Agent, or any Lender shall be entitled pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents; (ii) the payment of accrued but unpaid interest thereon; and (iii) the payment of all or any portion of the principal balance thereof then outstanding hereunder as directed by Borrower. If an Event of Default exists under this Agreement, the Notes or under any of the other Loan Documents, any such payment shall be applied as provided in Section 10.3 below.
(c) Computation Period. Interest on the Loans and all other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder on a per annum basis shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day) unless such calculation would result in a usurious rate, in which case interest shall be calculated on the basis of a 365-day year or 366-day year, as the case may be. In computing the number of days during which interest accrues, the day on which funds are initially advanced shall be included regardless of the time of day such advance is made, and the day on which funds are repaid shall be included unless repayment is credited prior to the close of business on the Business Day received. Each determination by Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(d) Unconditional Payment. Borrower is and shall be obligated to pay all principal, interest and any and all other amounts which become payable under any of the Loan Documents absolutely and unconditionally and without any abatement, postponement, diminution or deduction whatsoever and without any reduction for counterclaim or setoff whatsoever. If at any time any payment received by Administrative Agent hereunder shall be deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been a voidable preference or fraudulent conveyance under any Debtor Relief Law, then the obligation to make such payment shall survive any cancellation or satisfaction of the Obligations under the Loan Documents and shall not be discharged or satisfied with any prior payment thereof or cancellation of such Obligations, but shall remain a valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof, and such payment shall be immediately due and payable upon demand.
(e) Partial or Incomplete Payments. Remittances in payment of any part of the Obligations under the Loan Documents other than in the required amount in immediately available funds at the place where such Obligations are payable shall not, regardless of any receipt or credit issued therefor, constitute payment until the required amount is actually received by Administrative Agent in full in accordance herewith and shall be made and accepted subject to the condition that any check or draft may be handled for collection in accordance with the practice of the collecting bank or banks. Acceptance by Administrative Agent of any payment in an amount less than the full amount then due shall be deemed an acceptance on account only, and the failure to pay the entire amount then due shall be and continue to be an Event of Default,
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 45
(f) Default Interest Rate. For so long as any Event of Default exists, regardless of whether or not there has been an acceleration of the Loans, (x) in respect of an Event of Default as a result of a breach of Sections 10.1(a), 10.1(e) or 10.1(f), (y) after the maturity of the Loans (whether by acceleration or otherwise) or (z) in respect of an Event of Default other than as described in clauses (x) or (y) of this Section 2.6(f), beginning three business days after delivery of written notification to the Borrower from the Administrative Agent, and in addition to all other rights and remedies of Administrative Agent or Lenders hereunder, (i) interest shall accrue on the Outstanding Amount of the Loans at the Default Interest Rate and (ii) interest shall accrue on any past due amount (other than the outstanding principal balance) at the Default Interest Rate, and such accrued interest shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower acknowledges that it would be extremely difficult or impracticable to determine Administrative Agent’s or Lenders’ actual damages resulting from any late payment or Event of Default, and such accrued interest are reasonable estimates of those damages and do not constitute a penalty.
Section 2.7. Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments; Prepayments.
(a) Voluntary Termination or Reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments. Borrower may, upon written notice to Administrative Agent, terminate the Revolving Credit Commitments, or from time to time permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount of $1,000,000 or any whole multiple of $250,000 in excess thereof, and (iii) Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Revolving Credit Commitments if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Revolving Credit Exposure of all Revolving Credit Lenders would exceed the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders and (ii) the Borrowing Base. Administrative Agent will promptly notify Revolving Credit Lenders of any such notice of termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments. Any reduction of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be applied to the Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender according to its Applicable Percentage. All fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.
(b) Voluntary Prepayments. Subject to the conditions set forth below, Borrower shall have the right, at any time and from time to time upon at least three (3) Business Days prior written notice to Administrative Agent, to prepay the principal of the Revolving Credit Loans, in full or in part. If there is a prepayment of all or any portion of the principal of the Revolving Credit Loans on or before the Maturity Date for such Loans, whether voluntary or because of acceleration or otherwise, such prepayment shall also include any and all accrued but unpaid interest on the amount of principal being so prepaid through and including the date of prepayment, plus any other sums which have become due to Lenders under the other Loan Documents on or before the date of prepayment, but which have not been fully paid.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 46
(c) Mandatory Prepayment of Revolving Credit Facility for Borrowing Base Deficiency. If at any time the Revolving Credit Exposure of the Revolving Credit Lenders exceeds the Borrowing Base then in effect, then Borrower shall, within three Business Days of the occurrence of such Borrowing Base Deficiency, prepay the entire amount of such excess to Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of Revolving Credit Lenders. Each prepayment required by this Section 2.7(c) shall be applied, first, to any Base Rate Portions then outstanding, and, second, to any Term SOFR Portions then outstanding, and if more than one Term SOFR Portion is then outstanding, to such Term SOFR Portions in such order as Borrower may direct, or if Borrower fails to so direct, as Administrative Agent shall elect.
(d) Other Mandatory Prepayments.
(i) Concurrently with any disposition (other than dispositions expressly permitted by Section 8.8 and excluding any Return of Capital), Borrower shall use 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds of such disposition to prepay the outstanding principal of the Revolving Credit Loans. Each such mandatory prepayment shall be made and applied as provided in Section 2.7(d)(iii).
(ii) Concurrently with the incurrence or issuance by any Obligated Party of any Debt (other than Debt expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 8.1), Borrower shall prepay the Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof. Each such mandatory prepayment shall be made and applied as provided in Section 2.7(d)(iii).
(iii) Each prepayment required by this Section 2.7(d) or any prepayment required by Section 4.4(b) shall be applied, first, to any Base Rate Portions then outstanding, and, second, to any Term SOFR Portions then outstanding, and if more than one Term SOFR Portion is then outstanding, to such Term SOFR Portions in such order as Borrower may direct, or if Borrower fails to so direct, as Administrative Agent shall elect.
(iv) Concurrently with any Equity Issuance that occurs while a Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall prepay the Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds thereof. Each such mandatory prepayment shall be made and applied as provided in Section 2.7(d)(iii).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 47
(e) Mandatory Prepayment of Revolving Credit Facility during a Restricted Period. At all times during a Restricted Period until such time as the Debt Service Coverage Ratio is equal to or greater than 1.25 to 1.00, Borrower shall prepay the Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to the sum of (i) 100% of the cash flow received by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Restricted Period plus (ii) without duplication, 100% of all Return of Capital received by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Restricted Period minus (iii) the minimum amounts required to be distributed to investors during such Restricted Period to allow Borrower to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act to maintain its eligibility to be taxed as a RIC minus (iv) amounts payable for third-party operating expenses during such Restricted Period minus (v) the Advisory Fee payable during such period, Each prepayment required by this Section 2.7(e) shall be applied, first, to any Base Rate Portions then outstanding, and, second, to any Term SOFR Portions then outstanding, and if more than one Term SOFR Portion is then outstanding, to such Term SOFR Portions in such order as Borrower may direct, or if Borrower fails to so direct, as Administrative Agent shall elect.
Section 2.8. Uncommitted Increase in Revolving Credit Commitments
(a) Request for Increase. So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, upon notice to Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders), Borrower may from time to time, request an increase in the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments (a “Revolving Facility Increase”) by an amount (for all such requests) not exceeding $20,000,000; provided that (i) any such request for an increase shall be in a minimum amount of $10,000,000, (ii) Borrower may make a maximum of two such requests and (iii) no Lender shall be required or otherwise obligated to provide any portion of such Revolving Facility Increase. To achieve the full amount of a requested Revolving Facility Increase, and subject to the approval of Administrative Agent (which approvals shall not be unreasonably withheld), Borrower may (i) request that one or more Lenders increase their Revolving Credit Commitment, (ii) invite all Lenders to increase their respective Revolving Credit Commitment, and/or (iii) invite additional Eligible Assignees to become Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to a joinder agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent and its counsel.
(b) Notification by Administrative Agent; Additional Revolving Credit Lenders. In the event the Borrower invites all Revolving Credit Lenders to increase their respective Revolving Credit Commitment, then at the time of sending such notice, Borrower (in consultation with Administrative Agent) shall specify the time period within which each Revolving Credit Lender is requested to respond (which shall in no event be less than ten (10) Business Days from the date of delivery of such notice to the Revolving Credit Lenders). Each Revolving Credit Lender shall notify Administrative Agent within such time period whether or not it agrees to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment and, if so, whether by an amount equal to, greater than, or less than its Applicable Percentage of such requested increase. Any Revolving Credit Lender not responding within such time period shall be deemed to have declined to increase its Revolving Credit Commitment. Administrative Agent shall notify Borrower and each Lender of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ responses to each request made hereunder.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 48
(c) Effective Date and Allocations. If the Revolving Credit Commitments are increased in accordance with this Section, Administrative Agent and Borrower shall determine the effective date (the “Increase Effective Date”) and the final allocation of such increase. Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and the Lenders of the details of the final allocation of such increase and the Increase Effective Date.
(d) Conditions to Effectiveness of Increase. As a condition precedent to such increase, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of Borrower dated as of the Increase Effective Date (in sufficient copies for each Lender) signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, (i) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by Borrower approving or consenting to such increase, and (ii) in the case of Borrower, certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (A) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.2 and the other Loan Documents are true and correct on and as of the Increase Effective Date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 2.8, the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 7.1 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to subsections (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 7.1, and (B) no Default exists.
(e) Pro Rata Treatment; Etc. On the Increase Effective Date, (i) any Lender increasing (or, in the case of any newly added Lender, extending) its Revolving Credit Commitment shall make available to Administrative Agent such amounts in immediately available funds as Administrative Agent shall determine, for the benefit of the other Lenders, as being required in order to cause, after giving effect to such increase or addition and the use of such amounts to make payments to such other Lenders, each Lender’s portion of the outstanding Revolving Credit Loans of all the Lenders to equal its revised Applicable Percentage of such outstanding Revolving Credit Loans, and Administrative Agent shall make such other adjustments among the Lenders with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans then outstanding and amounts of principal, interest, commitment fees and other amounts paid or payable with respect thereto as shall be necessary, in the opinion of Administrative Agent, in order to effect such reallocation and (ii) the Borrower shall be deemed to have repaid and reborrowed all outstanding Revolving Credit Loans as of the date of any increase (or addition) in the Revolving Credit Commitments (with such reborrowing to consist of the Types of Revolving Credit Loans, with related Interest Periods if applicable, specified in a notice delivered by the Borrower, in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.1(b)). The deemed payments made pursuant to clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be accompanied by payment of all accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, in respect of each Term SOFR Portion, shall be subject to the provisions of Section 3.5 if the deemed payment occurs other than on the last day of the related Interest Periods. Within a reasonable time after the effective date of any increase or addition, Administrative Agent shall, and is hereby authorized and directed to, revise Schedule 2.1 to reflect such increase or addition and shall distribute such revised Schedule 2.1 to each of the Lenders and the Borrower, whereupon such revised Schedule 2.1 shall replace the old Schedule 2.1 and become part of this Agreement.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 49
(f) Conflicting Provisions. This Section shall supersede any provisions in Section 12.10 or 12.23 to the contrary.
ARTICLE 3
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND INDEMNITY
Section 3.1. Increased Costs.
(a) Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the Term SOFR Rate);
(ii) subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Indemnified Taxes, (B) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (d) of the definition of Excluded Taxes and (C) Connection Income Taxes) on its loans, loan principal, letters of credit, commitments, or other obligations, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or (iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Loans made by such Lender; and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender or such other Recipient of making, converting to, continuing or maintaining any Loan or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender or other Recipient, Borrower will pay to such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b) Capital or Liquidity Requirements. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any lending office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital or liquidity requirements, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy and liquidity), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.
(c) Certificates for Reimbursement. A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in Sections 3.1(a) or (b) and delivered to Borrower, shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 50
(d) Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation; provided that Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section 3.1 for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine (9) months prior to the date that such Lender notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions, and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine (9) -month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
Section 3.2. Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Loans whose interest is determined by reference to the Term SOFR Rate, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Term SOFR Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through Administrative Agent, (i) any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Term SOFR Portions or to convert Base Rate Portions to Term SOFR Portions shall be suspended, and (ii) if such notice asserts the illegality of such Lender making or maintaining Base Rate Portions the interest rate on which is determined by reference to the Term SOFR Rate component of the Base Rate, the interest rate on which Base Rate Portions of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by Administrative Agent without reference to the Term SOFR Rate component of the Base Rate, in each case until such affected Lender notifies Administrative Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, (x) Borrower shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, upon demand from such affected Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Term SOFR Portions of such affected Lender to Base Rate Portions (the interest rate on which Base Rate Loans of such Lender shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, be determined by Administrative Agent without reference to the Term SOFR Rate component of the Base Rate), either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such affected Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Term SOFR Portions to such day, or immediately, if such affected Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Term SOFR Portions and (y) if such notice asserts the illegality of such affected Lender determining or charging interest rates based upon the Term SOFR Rate, Administrative Agent shall, if necessary to avoid such illegality, during the period of such suspension compute the Base Rate applicable to such affected Lender without reference to the Term SOFR Rate component thereof until Administrative Agent is advised in writing by such affected Lender that it is no longer illegal for such Lender to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Term SOFR Rate. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.
Section 3.3. Changed Circumstances; Benchmark Replacement.
(a) Changed Circumstances. Subject to clause (b) below, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for any Benchmark Rate Portion,
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 51
(i) Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) in connection with any request for a Benchmark Rate Portion or a conversion to or continuation thereof or otherwise, that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the applicable Benchmark for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Benchmark Rate Portion or in connection with an existing or proposed Base Rate Portion (provided that no Benchmark Transition Event shall have occurred at such time); or
(ii) Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the applicable Benchmark for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Term SOFR Portion will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding or maintaining their Benchmark Rate Portions included in such Revolving Credit Borrowing for such Interest Period,
then Administrative Agent will promptly so notify Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, (x) the obligation of Lenders to make or maintain Benchmark Rate Portions shall be suspended, and (y) in the event of a determination described in the preceding sentence with respect to the benchmark rate component of the Base Rate, the utilization of the benchmark rate component in determining the Base Rate shall be suspended, in each case until Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Revolving Credit Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Benchmark Rate Portions or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Base Rate Portion in the amount specified therein.
(b) Benchmark Replacement Setting.
(i) Benchmark Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (A) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (a) or (b) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (B) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (c) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders. If the Benchmark Replacement is Daily Simple SOFR, all interest payments will be payable on a monthly basis.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 52
(ii) Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
(iii) Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. Administrative Agent will promptly notify Borrower and the Lenders of (A) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date, (B) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (C) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (D) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (iv) below and (E) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this Section 3.3(b), including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Section 3.3(b).
(iv) Unavailability of Tenor of Benchmark. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (A) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Reference Rate) and either (1) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (2) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is no longer representative, then Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (B) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (1) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (2) is not subject to an announcement that it is not representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 53
(v) Benchmark Unavailability Period. Upon Borrower’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Benchmark Rate Portion of, conversion to or continuation of Benchmark Rate Portions to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, Borrower will be deemed to have converted any such request into a request for a Revolving Credit Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Portions. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of the Base Rate based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of the Base Rate.
(vi) Term SOFR Replacement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement or any other Loan Documents, at any time that the Term SOFR Reference Rate is the then current Benchmark, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), or the Borrower or Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent (with, in the case of the Required Lenders, a copy to the Borrower) that the Borrower or Required Lenders (as applicable) have determined, that:
(A) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining one month, three month and six month interest periods of Term SOFR, including, without limitation, because the Term SOFR Reference Rate is not available or published on a current basis and such circumstances are unlikely to be temporary; or
(B) The Relevant Governmental Body has made a public statement identifying a specific date after which one month, three month and six month interest periods of Term SOFR or the Term SOFR Reference Rate shall not be representative or made available, or used for determining the interest rate of loans, or shall or will otherwise cease, provided that, at the time of such statement, there is no successor administrator that is satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, that will continue to provide such representative interest periods of Term SOFR after such specific date (the latest date on which one month, three month and six month interest periods of Term SOFR or the Term SOFR Reference Rate not representative or available permanently or indefinitely, the “Scheduled Unavailability Date”);
then, on a date and time determined by the Administrative Agent (any such date, the “Term SOFR Replacement Date”), which date shall be at the end of an Interest Period or on the relevant interest payment date, as applicable, for interest calculated and, solely with respect to clause (B) above, no later than the Scheduled Unavailability Date, Term SOFR will be replaced hereunder and under any Loan Document with a Benchmark Replacement determined in accordance with the definition thereof.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 54
Section 3.4. Taxes.
(a) Defined Terms. For purposes of this Section, the term “applicable law” includes FATCA.
(b) Payment Free of Taxes. Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, except as required by applicable law. If any applicable law (as determined in the good faith discretion of an applicable Withholding Agent) requires the deduction or withholding of any Tax from any such payment by a Withholding Agent, then the applicable Withholding Agent shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding and shall timely pay the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law and, if such Tax is an Indemnified Tax, then the sum payable by Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after such deduction or withholding has been made (including such deductions and withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.4) the applicable Recipient receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.
(c) Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower. Borrower shall timely pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law, or at the option of Administrative Agent timely reimburse it for the payment of, any Other Taxes.
(d) Indemnification by Borrower. Borrower shall indemnify each Recipient, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 3.4) payable or paid by such Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to such Recipient and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent), or by Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
(e) Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify Administrative Agent, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, for (i) any Indemnified Taxes attributable to such Lender (but only to the extent that Borrower has not already indemnified Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of Borrower to do so), (ii) any Taxes attributable to such Lender’s failure to comply with the provisions of Section 12.8 relating to the maintenance of a Participant Register and (iii) any Excluded Taxes attributable to such Lender, in each case, that are payable or paid by Administrative Agent in connection with any Loan Document, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under any Loan Document or otherwise payable by Administrative Agent to such Lender from any other source against any amount due to Administrative Agent under this Section 3.4(e).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 55
(f) Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Taxes by Borrower to a Governmental Authority pursuant to this Section 3.4, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
(g) Status of Lenders.
(i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding Tax with respect to payments made under any Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent, at the time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Lender, if reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as will enable Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding two (2) sentences, the completion, execution and submission of such documentation (other than such documentation set forth in Section 3.4(g)(ii)(A), (ii)(B) and (ii)(D) below) shall not be required if in such Lender’s reasonable judgment such completion, execution or submission would subject such Lender to any material unreimbursed cost or expense or would materially prejudice the legal or commercial position of such Lender.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is a U.S. Person,
(A) any Lender that is a U.S. Person shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), executed originals of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding tax;
(B) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), whichever of the following is applicable:
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 56
(1) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (x) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty and (y) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty;
(2) executed originals of IRS Form W-8ECI;
(3) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-l to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881 (c)(3)(C) of the Code (a “U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate”) and (y) executed originals of IRS Form W-8BEN; or
(4) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner, executed originals of IRS Form W-8IMY, accompanied by IRS Form W-8ECI, IRS Form W-8BEN, a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-2 or Exhibit F-3, IRS Form W-9, and/or other certification documents from each beneficial owner, as applicable; provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership and one or more direct or indirect partners of such Foreign Lender are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, such Foreign Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F-4 on behalf of each such direct and indirect partner;
(C) any Foreign Lender shall, to the extent it is legally entitled to do so, deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the reasonable request of Borrower or Administrative Agent), executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in U.S. federal withholding Tax, duly completed, together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit Borrower or Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made; and
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 57
(D) if a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to Borrower and Administrative Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by Borrower or Administrative Agent as may be necessary for Borrower and Administrative Agent to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (D), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.
Each Lender agrees that if any form or certification it previously delivered expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect, it shall update such form or certification or promptly notify Borrower and Administrative Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so.
(h) Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 3.4 (including by the payment of additional amounts pursuant to this Section 3.4), it shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section 3.4 with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of such indemnified party and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 3.4(h) (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event that such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3.4(h), in no event will the indemnified party be required to pay any amount to an indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 3.4(h) the payment of which would place the indemnified party in a less favorable net after-Tax position than the indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section 3.4(h) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes that it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 58
(i) Survival. Each party’s obligations under this Section 3.4 shall survive the resignation or replacement of Administrative Agent or any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all obligations under any Loan Document.
Section 3.5. Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to Administrative Agent) from time to time, Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Portion on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or
(b) any failure by Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to lend a Term SOFR Portion) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Term SOFR Portion on the date or in the amount notified by Borrower; or
(c) any assignment of a Term SOFR Portion on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by Borrower pursuant to Section 3.6(b);
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. Such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or continued, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or continue to the last day of such Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Loans provided for herein (excluding, however, the Applicable Margin included therein, if any) over (ii) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would have accrued to such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurodollar market.
For purposes of calculating amounts payable by Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.5, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Term SOFR Portion made by it at the Term SOFR Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Term SOFR Portion was in fact so funded.
Section 3.6. Mitigation of Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.
(a) Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.1, or requires Borrower to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.4, then such Lender shall (at the request of Borrower) use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.4, as the case may be, in the future, and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 59
(b) Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.1, or if Borrower is required to pay any Indemnified Taxes or additional amounts to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.4 and, in each case, such Lender has declined or is unable to designate a different lending office in accordance with Section 3.6(a), or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.8), all of its interests, rights (other than its existing rights to payments pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.4) and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an Eligible Assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that:
(i) Borrower shall have paid to Administrative Agent the assignment fee (if any) specified in Section 12.8;
(ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the Outstanding Amount of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.5) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);
(iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.1 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.4, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(iv) such assignment does not conflict with applicable law; and
(v) in the case of any assignment resulting from a Lender becoming a Non-Consenting Lender, the applicable assignee shall have consented to the applicable amendment, waiver or consent,
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 60
Section 3.7. Survival. All of Borrower’s obligations under this Article 3 shall survive termination of the Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder, and resignation of Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE 4
SECURITY
Section 4.1. Collateral. To secure full and complete payment and performance of the Obligations, Borrower shall, and shall cause the other Obligated Parties to, execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered all of the Security Documents required by Administrative Agent covering the Collateral. Borrower shall execute and cause to be executed such further documents and instruments, including without limitation, UCC financing statements, as Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable to create, evidence, preserve, and perfect its liens and security interests in the Collateral and maintain the priority thereof as required by the Loan Documents.
Section 4.2. Setoff. If an Event of Default exists, Administrative Agent and each Lender shall have the right to set off against the Obligations under the Loan Documents, at any time and without notice to Borrower, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) or other sums at any time credited by or owing from Administrative Agent or such Lender to Borrower whether or not the Obligations under the Loan Documents are then due; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff: all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.22 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of Administrative Agent and Lenders; and (b) such Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Obligations under the Loan Documents owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each amount set off shall be paid to Administrative Agent for application to the Obligations under the Loan Documents in the order set forth in Section 10.3. As further security for the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Administrative Agent and each Lender a security interest in all money, instruments, and other Property of Borrower now or hereafter held by Administrative Agent or such Lender, including, without limitation, Property held in safekeeping. In addition to Administrative Agent’s and each Lender’s right of setoff and as further security for the Obligations, Borrower hereby grants to Administrative Agent and each Lender a security interest in all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) and other accounts of Borrower now or hereafter on deposit with or held by Administrative Agent or such Lender and all other sums at any time credited by or owing from Administrative Agent or such Lender to Borrower. The rights and remedies of Administrative Agent and each Lender hereunder are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which Administrative Agent or such Lender may have.
Section 4.3. Authorization to File Financing Statements. Borrower and each other Obligated Party that has granted a security interest in connection herewith authorizes Administrative Agent to complete and file, from time to time, financing statements naming Borrower or such other Obligated Party, as applicable, as debtor.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 61
Section 4.4. Cash Dominion.
(a) Borrower shall at all times maintain the Collateral Account with the Collateral Trustee and Borrower shall promptly remit to the Collateral Account or the Administrative Agent Account all Return of Capital. So long as (i) no Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (ii) a Restricted Period is not then in effect, Borrower may make withdrawals, transfers or other release of funds in the Collateral Account or the Administrative Agent Account in its sole discretion.
(b) In addition to the remedies provided in Section 10.2 and any mandatory prepayment required by Section 2.7(e), if any Event of Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency shall occur and be continuing, Borrower shall, concurrently upon the receipt of any Return of Capital, prepay the Revolving Credit Loans in an amount equal to 100% of such Return of Capital (and, if any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Revolving Credit Commitments shall be permanently reduced by such amount). The Administrative Agent may apply all such prepayments received by it to such of the Obligations and in such order as it may elect in its sole and absolute discretion.
ARTICLE 5
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
Section 5.1. Initial Extension of Credit. The obligation of Lenders to make the initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to the condition precedent that Administrative Agent shall have received all of the following, each dated (unless otherwise indicated or otherwise specified by Administrative Agent) the Closing Date, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent:
(a) Credit Agreement. Executed counterparts of this Agreement, sufficient in number for distribution to Administrative Agent, each Lender and Borrower;
(b) Resolutions. Resolutions of the Board of Directors (or other governing body) of Borrower and each other Obligated Party certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (or a Responsible Officer or other custodian of records) of such Person which authorize the execution, delivery, and performance by such Person of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Person is or is to be a party;
(c) Incumbency Certificate. A certificate of incumbency certified by a Responsible Officer of each Obligated Party certifying the names of the individuals or other Persons authorized to sign this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which Borrower and each other Obligated Party is or is to be a party (including the certificates contemplated herein) on behalf of such Person together with specimen signatures of such individual Persons;
(d) Certificate Regarding Consents, Licenses and Approvals. A certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Obligated Party either (I) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Obligated Party and the validity against such Obligated Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (II) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 62
(e) Closing Certificate. A certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 5.2(b), (c), (e), (h), (i) and (j) have been satisfied;
(f) Constituent Documents. The Constituent Documents and all amendments thereto for Borrower and each other Obligated Party that is not a natural person, with the formation documents included in the Constituent Documents being certified as of a date acceptable to Administrative Agent by the appropriate government officials of the state of incorporation or organization of Borrower and each other Obligated Party, and all such Constituent Documents being accompanied by certificates that such copies are complete and correct, given by an authorized representative acceptable to Administrative Agent;
(g) Governmental Certificates. Certificates of the appropriate government officials of the state of incorporation or organization of Borrower and each other Obligated Party as to the existence and good standing of Borrower and each other Obligated Party, each dated within thirty (30) days prior to the date of the initial Credit Extension;
(h) Notes. The Notes executed by Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting Notes;
(i) Security Documents. The Security Documents executed by Borrower and the other Obligated Parties;
(j) Control Agreements. Control agreements required hereunder or under any of the other Security Documents;
(k) Collateral Account Control Agreement. The Collateral Account Control Agreement executed by Collateral Trustee, Administrative Agent and Borrower;
(l) Collateral Trustee. Evidence that the Cash and Cash Equivalents and the securities and other investment property of the Borrower and each other Obligated Party are held in the Collateral Account pursuant to the Collateral Account Control Agreement;
(m) Financing Statements. UCC financing statements reflecting Borrower and the other Obligated Parties, as debtors, and Administrative Agent, as secured party, which are required to grant a Lien which secures the Obligations and covering such Collateral as Administrative Agent may request;
(n) Guaranty. The Guaranty executed by each Guarantor (if any);
(o) Lien Searches. The results of UCC, tax lien and judgment lien searches showing all financing statements and other documents or instruments on file against Borrower and each other Obligated Party in the appropriate filing offices, such search to be as of a date no more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the initial Credit Extension, and reflecting no Liens against any of the intended Collateral other than Liens being released or assigned to Administrative Agent concurrently with the initial Credit Extension;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 63
(p) Financial Information.
(i) The interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 2021, prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(ii) The interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated as of March 31, 2022 prepared in accordance with GAAP;
(iii) A solvency certificate signed by the chief financial officer of each Obligated Party;
(iv) Such other financial information and projections of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may request;
(v) A duly executed Borrowing Base Report dated as of the Closing Date; and
(vi) A schedule of all Portfolio Investments owned by Borrower and any other Obligated Party as of the Closing Date.
(q) Due Diligence. Each Lender shall have completed, to its satisfaction, all legal, tax, business and other due diligence with respect to the business, assets, contracts, agreements, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), operations and condition (financial or otherwise) and prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in scope and determination satisfactory to such Lender in its reasonable discretion;
(r) No Material Adverse Change or Material Adverse Event. Since the date of the unaudited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(p)(i), there shall not have occurred any material adverse change in the business, assets, liabilities (including contingent liabilities), operations, conditions (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole. In addition, since December 31, 2021, no Material Adverse Event shall have occurred;
(s) Opinions of Counsel. A favorable opinion of Troutman Pepper Hamilton Sanders LLP, legal counsel to Borrower, as to such matters as Administrative Agent may reasonably request;
(t) Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses. Evidence that the costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) referred to in Section 12.1, to the extent invoiced, shall have been paid in full by Borrower;
(u) [Reserved];
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 64
(v) Closing Fees. Evidence that any other fees due on or before the Closing Date have been paid;
(w) FR U-l. A completed Form FR U-l referred to in Regulation U, together with a list of Collateral;
(x) KYC Information; Beneficial Ownership Information. Borrower shall have provided to Administrative Agent and the Lenders at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date the documentation and other information requested by Administrative Agent as it deems necessary in order to comply with requirements of any Anti-Corruption Laws and Anti-Terrorism Laws, including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act and any applicable “know your customer” rules and regulations; and
(y) Other Documents. Such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Administrative Agent reasonably may require.
For purposes of determining compliance with the conditions set forth in this Section 5.1, each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by or be acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice from such Lender prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
Section 5.2. All Extensions of Credit. The obligation of Lenders to make any Credit Extension hereunder (including the initial Credit Extension) is subject to the following additional conditions precedent:
(a) Request for Credit Extension. Administrative Agent shall have received in accordance with this Agreement a Revolving Credit Borrowing Request, pursuant to Administrative Agent’s requirements and executed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;
(b) No Default. No Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would result from or after giving effect to such Credit Extension;
(c) No Material Adverse Event. No Material Adverse Event shall have occurred and no circumstance shall exist that could be a Material Adverse Event;
(d) No Restricted Period. A Restricted Period is not then in effect;
(e) Representations and Warranties. All of the representations and warranties contained in Article 6 and in the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Revolving Credit Borrowing with the same force and effect as if such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such date, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 5.2, the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.2 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1(a) and (b), respectively;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 65
(f) Form FR U-l. If the proceeds of such Credit Extension will be used to purchase or carry Margin Stock, a completed Form FR U-l, together with a current list of Collateral, including the Margin Stock to be purchased or carried with the proceeds of such Credit Extension;
(g) Additional Documentation. Administrative Agent shall have received such additional approvals, opinions, or documents as Administrative Agent or its legal counsel may reasonably request;
(h) Availability under Revolving Credit Facility. With respect to any request for a Credit Extension under the Revolving Credit Commitments, after giving effect to the Credit Extension so requested, the total Revolving Credit Exposure of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Borrowing Base in effect as of the date of such Credit Extension and (ii) the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments of the Revolving Credit Lenders in effect as of the date of such Credit Extension;
(i) \[Reserved];
(j) Pro Forma Financial Covenant Calculations. With respect to any request for a Credit Extension under the Revolving Credit Commitments, after giving effect to the Credit Extension so requested, Borrower shall be in pro forma compliance with Section 9.1;
(k) [Reserved];
(l) Custodian Instructions. Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the Custodian Instructions.
Each Credit Extension hereunder shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower that the conditions specified in this Section 5.2 have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.
ARTICLE 6
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
To induce Administrative Agent and Lenders to enter into this Agreement, and to make Credit Extensions hereunder, Borrower represents and warrants to Administrative Agent and Lenders that:
Section 6.1. Entity Existence.
(a) Each of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (i) is duly incorporated or organized, as the case may be, validly existing, and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization; (ii) has all requisite power and authority to own its assets and carry on its business as now being or as proposed to be conducted; and (iii) is qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the nature of its business makes such qualification necessary and where failure to so qualify could result in a Material Adverse Event.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 66
(b) Arrowmark is a closed-end management investment company registered as such under the Investment Company Act, and the outstanding shares of each class of its stock, (i) have been duly issued and are freely paid and non-assessable, (ii) have been duly registered under the Securities Act or sold in transactions exempt from registration under the Securities Act, and (iii) have been sold only in states or other jurisdictions in which all filings required to be made under applicable state securities laws have been made.
(c) Each of Marshall II and Marshall III have been duly incorporated as an exempted company with limited liability and is validly existing and in good standing with the Registrar of Companies under the laws of the Cayman Islands
(d) Each of Borrowers and the other Obligated Parties has the power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which it is or may become a party.
Section 6.2. Financial Statements; Etc. The financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders by Borrower prior to the Closing Date are true and correct, have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, and fairly and accurately present, on a consolidated basis, the financial condition of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of the respective dates indicated therein and the results of operations for the respective periods indicated therein. Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contingent liabilities, liabilities for taxes, unusual forward or long-term commitments, unrealized or anticipated losses from any unfavorable commitments except as referred to or reflected in such financial statements. No Material Adverse Event has occurred since the effective date of the financial statements referred to in this Section 6.2. All projections delivered by Borrower to Administrative Agent and Lenders have been prepared in good faith, with care and diligence and using assumptions that are reasonable under the circumstances at the time such projections were prepared and delivered to Administrative Agent and Lenders and all such assumptions are disclosed in the projections. Other than the Debt listed on Schedule 8.1 and Debt otherwise permitted by Section 8.1, Borrower and each Subsidiary have no Debt.
Section 6.3. Action; No Breach. The execution, delivery, and performance by each of Borrower and each other Obligated Party of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Person is or may become a party and compliance with the terms and provisions hereof and thereof have been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of such Person and do not and will not (a) violate or conflict with, or result in a breach of, or require any consent under (i) the Constituent Documents of such Person, (ii) any of the Investment Policies and Restrictions, (iii) any applicable law, rule, or regulation or any order, writ, injunction, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, or (iv) any agreement or instrument to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its Properties is bound or subject which could result in a Material Adverse Event, or (b) constitute a default under any such agreement or instrument which could result in a Material Adverse Event, or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the revenues or assets of such Person.
Section 6.4. Operation of Business. Each of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries possesses all licenses, permits, consents, authorizations, franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, and trade names, or rights thereto, necessary to conduct its respective businesses substantially as now conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted, and neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in violation of any valid rights of others with respect to any of the foregoing which could result in a Material Adverse Event.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 67
Section 6.5. Litigation and Judgments. Except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 6.5 as of the date hereof, there is no action, suit, investigation, or proceeding before or by any Governmental Authority or arbitrator pending, or to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened against or affecting Borrower or any other Obligated Party that could, if adversely determined, result in a Material Adverse Event, There are no outstanding judgments against Borrower or any other Obligated Party.
Section 6.6. Rights in Properties; Liens. Each of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has good and indefeasible title to or valid leasehold interests in its respective Properties, including the Properties reflected in the financial statements described in Section 6.2, and none of the Properties of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to any Lien, except Permitted Liens.
Section 6.7. Enforceability. This Agreement constitutes, and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower or any other Obligated Party is a party, when delivered, shall constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with their respective terms, except as limited by Debtor Relief Laws.
Section 6.8. Approvals. No authorization, approval, or consent of, and no filing or registration with, any Governmental Authority or third party is or will be necessary for the execution, delivery, or performance by Borrower or any other Obligated Party of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Person is or may become a party or the validity or enforceability thereof.
Section 6.9. Taxes. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries has filed all tax returns (federal, state, and local) required to be filed, including all income, franchise, employment, Property, and sales tax returns, and has paid all of their respective liabilities for taxes, assessments, governmental charges, and other levies that are due and payable, other than taxes the payment of which is being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings and reserves for the payment of which are being maintained in accordance with GAAP. Borrower knows of no pending investigation of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by any taxing authority or of any pending but unassessed tax liability of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary thereof is party to any tax sharing agreement.
Section 6.10. Use of Proceeds; Margin Stock. The proceeds of the Revolving Credit Borrowings shall be used by Borrower (a) to purchase investments permissible under Section 8.5 to the extent such investments will be held in the Collateral Account and (b) for working capital in the ordinary course of business. Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock. Each Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be made in compliance with, and subject to Regulation U, and no portion of any proceeds of any Revolving Credit Borrowing shall be used directly or indirectly in violation of any provision of any Law applicable to Borrower or any Lender. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used directly or indirectly to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in or make any payments to, a Sanctioned Person, or in any other manner that will result in any violation by any Person (including any Lender, any Arranger or Administrative Agent) of any Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws or any Sanctions.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 68
Section 6.11. ERISA. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. No application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan. There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan. There has been no Prohibited Transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur. No Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability, No Obligated Party or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA). No Obligated Party or ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan. No Obligated Party or ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
Section 6.12. Disclosure. No statement, information, report, representation, or warranty made by Borrower or any other Obligated Party in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document or furnished to Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements herein or therein not misleading. There is no fact known to Borrower which is a Material Adverse Event, or which, to the best of its knowledge, might in the future be a Material Adverse Event that has not been disclosed in writing to Administrative Agent and each Lender.
Section 6.13. Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 6.13 and as of the Closing Date all such Subsidiaries are Restricted Subsidiaries (and, if subsequent to the Closing Date, (x) such additional Restricted Subsidiaries as have been formed in compliance with Section 7.13(a) and (y) such additional Unrestricted Subsidiaries as have been formed in compliance with Section 7.13(b)) and Schedule 6.13 sets forth the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each such Subsidiary and the percentage of Borrower’s ownership interest in such Subsidiary. All of the outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary described on Schedule 6.13 has been validly issued, is fully paid, and is nonassessable. There are no outstanding subscriptions, options, warrants, calls, rights or other agreements or commitments (other than stock or similar options granted to employees or directors and directors’ qualifying shares) of any nature relating to any equity interests of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.
Section 6.14. Agreements. Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a party to any indenture, loan, or credit agreement, or to any lease or other agreement or instrument, or subject to any charter or corporate or other organizational restriction, in each case which could result in a Material Adverse Event. Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in default in any respect in the performance, observance, or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants, or conditions contained in any agreement or instrument material to its business to which it is a party which could result in a Material Adverse Event.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 69
Section 6.15. Compliance with Laws and Investment Policies.
(a) Borrower is in compliance with the Investment Company Act in all material respects and neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is in violation in any material respect of any other law, rule, regulation, order, or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator. Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a bank holding company or a savings and loan holding company subject to the jurisdiction of any Bank Regulatory Authority.
(b) Borrower is in compliance in all material respects with all of the Investment Policies and Restrictions.
(c) Borrower shall (a) comply in all respects with all Anti-Terrorism Laws, Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions and (b) comply in with all other applicable Laws (including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws) and decrees of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator, except, in each case of clause (b) as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Event.
Section 6.16. Collateral Account. All assets of Borrower and each other Obligated Party are held in or credited to the Collateral Account or the Administrative Agent Account.
Section 6.17. Environmental Matters.
(a) Each of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and all of its respective Properties, assets, and operations are in compliance with all Environmental Laws, except, as has not resulted, and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event. Borrower is not aware of, nor has Borrower received notice of, any past, present, or future conditions, events, activities, practices, or incidents which may interfere with or prevent the compliance or continued compliance of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with all Environmental Laws, except, as has not resulted, and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event;
(b) Each of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries has obtained all permits, licenses, and authorizations that are required under applicable Environmental Laws, and all such permits are in good standing and Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with all of the terms and conditions of such permits, except as has not resulted, and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 70
(c) Except as could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to result in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event, no Hazardous Materials exist on, about, or within or have been used, generated, stored, transported, disposed of on, or Released from any of the Properties or assets of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. The use which Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries make and intend to make of their respective Properties and assets will not result in the use, generation, storage, transportation, accumulation, disposal, or Release of any Hazardous Material on, in, or from any of their Properties or assets, except as could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to result in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event;
(d) Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries nor any of their respective currently or previously owned or leased Properties or operations is subject to any outstanding or threatened order from or agreement with any Governmental Authority or other Person or subject to any judicial or docketed administrative proceeding with respect to (i) failure to comply with Environmental Laws, (ii) Remedial Action, or (iii) any Environmental Liabilities arising from a Release or threatened Release, except, in each case of clauses (i) through (iii) above, as has not resulted, and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event;
(e) There are no conditions or circumstances associated with the currently or Properties previously owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or operations of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to give rise to any Environmental Liabilities of a Material Adverse Event;
(f) Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is a treatment, storage, or disposal facility requiring a permit under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. §6901 et seq., regulations thereunder or any comparable provision of state law. Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable financial responsibility requirements of all Environmental Laws except as has not resulted, and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event;
(g) Neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has filed or failed to file any notice required under applicable Environmental Law reporting a Release except, as has not resulted, and would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event; and
(h) No Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any property or revenues of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 71
Section 6.18. Intellectual Property. All material Intellectual Property owned or used by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries is listed, together with application or registration numbers, where applicable, in Schedule 6.18. Each Person identified on Schedule 6.18 owns, or is licensed to use, all Intellectual Property necessary to conduct its business as currently conducted except for such Intellectual Property the failure of which to own or license could be a Material Adverse Event. Each Person identified on Schedule 6.18 will maintain the patenting and registration of all patented, trademarked and copyrighted Intellectual Property owned by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office, or other appropriate Governmental Authority, and each Person identified on Schedule 6.18 will promptly, but in any event within ten (10) Business Days following its acquisition thereof, patent or register, as the case may be, all new Intellectual Property and notify Administrative Agent in writing five (5) Business Days prior to filing any such new patent or registration.
Section 6.19. Anti-Corruption Laws; Sanctions; Anti-Terrorism Laws. Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, and each of its Affiliates will not, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the Loans, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other Person, (a) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of the FCPA or any other applicable Anti-Corruption Law, or (b) (i) to fund any activities or business of or with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is, or whose government is, the subject of Sanctions, or (ii) in any other manner that would result in a violation of Sanctions by any Person (including any Person participating in the Loans, whether as Administrative Agent, Arranger, Lender, underwriter, advisor, investor, or otherwise).
Section 6.20. Patriot Act. Borrower, each of its Subsidiaries, and each of its Affiliates are in compliance with (a) the Trading with the Enemy Act, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B Chapter V, as amended), and all other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, (b) the PATRIOT Act, and (c) all other federal or state Laws relating to “know your customer” (collectively, the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”).
Section 6.21. Insurance. The properties of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Borrower, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where Borrower or the applicable Restricted Subsidiary operates.
Section 6.22. Solvency. Each of Borrower and each other Obligated Party is Solvent and have not entered into any transaction with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud a creditor.
Section 6.23. Security Documents. The provisions of the Security Documents are effective to create in favor of Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a legal, valid and enforceable Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) on all right, title and interest of the respective Obligated Parties party thereto in the Collateral. Except for filings completed prior to the Closing Date and as contemplated hereby and by the Security Documents, no filing or other action will be necessary to perfect such Liens in Collateral.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 72
Section 6.24. Businesses. Borrower is presently a non-diversified closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act which invests substantially all of its total assets in securities (a) directly issued by community banks, (b) issued by CDOs that are secured by securities directly issued by community banks.
Section 6.25. Burdensome Provisions. No Restricted Subsidiary is party to any agreement or instrument or otherwise subject to any restriction or encumbrance that restricts or limits its ability to make dividend payments or other distributions in respect of its capital stock to Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or to transfer any of its assets or properties to Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary in each case other than existing under or by reason of the Loan Documents or Applicable Law. None of Borrower, any Restricted Subsidiary or any Property of Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary is subject to any agreement of the type described in Section 8.14, or any agreement to give or not give an agreement of the type described in Section 8.14, other than this Agreement.
Section 6.26. Hedge Agreements and Other Material Agreements. Schedule 6.26 sets forth a complete and correct list of (a) all Hedge Agreements in effect or to be in effect on the Closing Date to which any Obligated Party is party and (b) all other agreements in effect or to be in effect on the Closing Date and on the date of each update thereof required hereunder, to the extent that a default, breach, termination or other impairment thereof could result in a Material Adverse Event.
ARTICLE 7
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder:
Section 7.1. Reporting Requirements. Borrower will furnish to Administrative Agent (with copies for each Lender):
(a) Borrower Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the last day of each fiscal year of Borrower, beginning with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2013, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (if any) as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows as of the end of such fiscal year and for the twelve (12)-month period then ended, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the preceding fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of Tait, Weller & Baker LLP, or other independent certified public accountants of recognized standing acceptable to Administrative Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, and such consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to fairly and accurately present the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the dates and for the periods indicated therein;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 73
(b) Borrower Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (if any) as of the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for such fiscal quarter, in each case setting forth in comparative form the figures for the corresponding period of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and to fairly and accurately present (subject to year-end audit adjustments) the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, as of the dates and for the periods indicated therein;
(c) Compliance Certificate. Concurrently with the delivery of each of the financial statements referred to in Sections 7.1 (a) and 7.1(b), (1) a Compliance Certificate (i) stating that to the best of the knowledge of the Responsible Officer executing same, no Default has occurred and is continuing, or if a Default has occurred and is continuing, a statement as to the nature thereof and the action which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) showing in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating compliance with the covenant set forth in Article 9 and (iii) containing such other certifications set forth therein, and (2) a report describing in reasonable detail the (i) occurrence of any disposition of property or assets for which Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.7(d)(i), (ii)occurrence of the incurrence or issuance by any Obligated Party of any Debt for which Borrower is required to make a mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.7(d)(ii), and (iii) the amount of the corresponding mandatory prepayment required to be made pursuant to Sections 2.7(d)(i) - (ii). For any financial statements delivered electronically by a Responsible Officer in satisfaction of the reporting requirements set forth in clause (a) or (b) preceding that are not accompanied by the required Compliance Certificate, that Responsible Officer shall nevertheless be deemed to have certified the factual matters described in this clause (c) with respect to such financial statements; however, such deemed certificate shall not excuse or be construed as a waiver of Borrower’s obligation to deliver the required Compliance Certificate;
(d) Borrowing Base Report. As soon as available, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, a Borrowing Base Report showing in reasonable detail the calculations of the Borrowing Base;
(e) Projections. As soon as available, but in any event within sixty (60) days of the beginning of each fiscal year of Borrower, forecasts prepared by management of Borrower, in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent, of consolidated balance sheets of income or operations and cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a monthly basis for such fiscal year;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 74
(f) Valuation Reports,
(i) As soon as available, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower beginning with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2014, a Third-Party Valuation Report of Borrower’s assets, all in reasonable detail and certified by an Approved Third-Party Appraiser; and
(ii) As soon as available, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2014, Borrower’s Fair Market Valuation Report of Borrower’s assets, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;
(g) Management Letters. Promptly upon receipt thereof, a copy of any management letter or written report submitted to Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by independent certified public accountants with respect to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, prospects, or Properties of Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(h) Notice of Litigation. Promptly after the commencement thereof, notice of all actions, suits, and proceedings before any Governmental Authority or arbitrator affecting Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which, if determined adversely to Borrower or such Subsidiary, could be a Material Adverse Event;
(i) Notice of Default. As soon as possible and in any event within five days after the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence of any Default, a written notice setting forth the details of such Default and the action that Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto;
(j) ERISA Reports. Promptly after the filing or receipt thereof, copies of all reports, including annual reports, and notices which any Borrower or ERISA Affiliate files with or receives from the PBGC, the IRS, or the U.S. Department of Labor under ERISA; as soon as possible and in any event within five days after Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Event or Prohibited Transaction has occurred with respect to any Plan, a certificate of the chief financial officer of Borrower setting forth the details as to such ERISA Event or Prohibited Transaction and the action that Borrower proposes to take with respect thereto; annually, copies of the notice described in Section 101(f) of ERISA that Borrower or ERISA Affiliate receives with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan;
(k) Reports to Other Creditors. Promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any other party pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan, or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to Administrative Agent pursuant to any other clause of this Section 7.1;
(l) Notice of Material Adverse Event. As soon as possible and in any event within five (5) days after the Borrower becomes aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event or circumstance that could result in a Material Adverse Event;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 75
(m) [Reserved];
(n) [Reserved];
(o) Investment Schedule. As soon as available, and in any event within fifteen (15) days after the last day of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, a Schedule of Portfolio Investments of Borrower as of the last day of each such fiscal quarter, which Schedule shall provide (i) the cost basis for all Portfolio Investments included therein and (ii) a schedule listing the quoted market prices for all such Portfolio Investments obtained from third parties or other marks utilized in determining such market value;
(p) Regulation U. Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent from time to time, at Administrative Agent’s request, such documents or information, including a current completed Form FR U-l referred to in Regulation U and a current list of Collateral, in each case as reasonably required in order for Lenders to comply with Regulation U;
(q) Restricted Period Reporting. During any Restricted Period, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent within fifteen (15) days after the last day of each calendar month (i) a mark-to-market report and (ii) a list of all Non-Performing Portfolio Investments, each in form and substance satisfactory to Administrative Agent;
(r) Equity Issuances. No later than five (5) days after the date of any Equity Issuance in an amount greater than $5,000,000, written notice of such Equity Issuance, together with all of the terms, conditions and provisions thereof and all documents and agreements related thereto; and
(s) General Information. Promptly, such other information concerning Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, or any other Obligated Party as Administrative Agent, or any Lender through Administrative Agent, may from time to time reasonably request.
All representations and warranties set forth in the Loan Documents with respect to any financial information concerning Borrower or any Guarantor shall apply to all financial information delivered to Lender by Borrower, such Guarantor, or any Person purporting to be a Responsible Officer of Borrower or such Guarantor or other representative of Borrower or such Guarantor regardless of the method of such transmission to Lender or whether or not signed by Borrower, such Guarantor, or such Responsible Officer or other representative, as applicable.
Section 7.2. Maintenance of Existence; Conduct of Business. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its existence and all of its leases, privileges, licenses, permits, franchises, qualifications, and rights that are necessary or desirable in the ordinary conduct of its business, except to the extent a failure to so preserve and maintain could not result in a Material Adverse Event. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, conduct its business in an orderly and efficient manner in accordance with good business practices. Borrower will maintain in full force and effect its registration as a closed-end management company under the Investment Company Act.
Section 7.3. Maintenance of Properties. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain, keep, and preserve all of its Properties (tangible and intangible) necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition. Borrower will at all times place and maintain the Collateral (a) in the custody of the Administrative Agent subject to the provisions of the Security Documents and the Administrative Agent Account or (b) in the custody of the Collateral Trustee subject to the provisions of the Collateral Account Control Agreement.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 76
Section 7.4. Taxes and Claims. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, pay or discharge at or before maturity or before becoming delinquent (a) all taxes, levies, assessments, and governmental charges imposed on it or its income or profits or any of its Property, and (b) all lawful claims for labor, material, and supplies, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien upon any of its Property; provided, however, that neither Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be required to pay or discharge any tax, levy, assessment, or governmental charge which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently pursued, and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established.
Section 7.5. Insurance.
(a) Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance companies in such amounts as are required by the Investment Company Act and, in addition, as are customary in the case of registered closed-end investment companies and covering such risks as is usually carried by corporations engaged in similar businesses and owning similar Properties in the same general areas in which Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries operate. Each insurance policy covering liabilities (other than any director and officer’s liability policy and any Fidelity Bond) shall name Administrative Agent as additional insured, and each such insurance policy shall provide that such policy will not be cancelled or reduced without 30 days prior written notice to Administrative Agent,
(b) All proceeds of insurance in excess of $250,000 shall be paid over to Administrative Agent for application to the Obligations under the Loan Documents, unless Required Lenders otherwise agree in writing in their reasonable discretion,
(c) If Required Lenders agree in writing, in their reasonable discretion, then Borrower may apply the net proceeds of a casualty or condemnation (each a “Loss”) to the repair, restoration, or replacement of the assets suffering such Loss, so long as (i) such repair, restoration, or replacement is completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of such Loss (or such longer period of time agreed to in writing by Required Lenders), (ii) while such repair, restoration, or replacement is underway, all of such net proceeds are on deposit with Administrative Agent in a separate deposit account over which Administrative Agent has exclusive control, and (iii) such Loss did not cause an Event of Default. If an Event of Default occurs pursuant to which Administrative Agent exercises its rights to accelerate the Obligations under the Loan Documents as provided in Section 10.2 or such repair, restoration, or replacement is not completed within one hundred eighty (180) days of the date of such Loss (or such longer period of time agreed to in writing by Required Lenders), then Administrative Agent may immediately and without notice to any Person apply all of such net proceeds to such Obligations, regardless of any other prior agreement regarding the disposition of such net proceeds.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 77
Section 7.6. Inspection Rights; Audit and Appraisal Rights.
(a) Inspection Rights. At any reasonable time and from time to time, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (i) permit representatives of Administrative Agent to examine, inspect, review, evaluate and make physical verifications and appraisals of the inventory and other Collateral in any manner and through any medium that Administrative Agent considers reasonably advisable, (ii) to examine, copy, and make extracts from its books and records, (iii) to visit and inspect its Properties, and (iv) to discuss its business, operations, and financial condition with its officers, employees, and independent certified public accountants, in each instance, at Borrower’s expense provided that (x) Borrower shall not be responsible for costs and expenses more than one time per year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such costs and expenses shall not exceed $5,000 with respect to any such inspection.
(b) Audit and Appraisal Rights. At any reasonable time and from time to time, Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives of Administrative Agent (including any consultants, accountants, lawyers and appraisers retained by the Administrative Agent) to conduct audits, evaluations and appraisals of Borrower’s computation of the Borrowing Base and the assets included in the Borrowing Base, in each instance, at Borrower’s expense provided that (x) Borrower shall not be responsible for costs and expenses more than one time per year unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and (y) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, such costs and expenses shall not exceed $5,000 with respect to any such audit or appraisal.
Section 7.7. Keeping Books and Records. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account in which full, true, and correct entries in conformity with GAAP shall be made of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities.
Section 7.8. Compliance with Laws. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with the Investment Company Act and the requirements of any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Borrower. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all other applicable Laws and decrees of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator.
Section 7.9. Compliance with Agreements. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, comply in all material respects with all agreements, contracts, and instruments binding on it or affecting its Properties or business, except to the extent a failure to so comply could not result in a Material Adverse Event.
Section 7.10. Further Assurances. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries and each other Obligated Party to, execute and deliver such further agreements and instruments and take such further action as may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent or any Lender to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to create, preserve, and perfect the Liens of Administrative Agent in the Collateral.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 78
Section 7.11. ERISA. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all minimum funding requirements, and all other material requirements, of ERISA, if applicable, so as not to give rise to any liability thereunder.
Section 7.12. Collateral Account. Borrower shall, and shall cause each of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, (a) maintain the Collateral Account with the Collateral Trustee, (b) cause all Collateral to be held in the Collateral Account or the Administrative Agent Account and (c) promptly remit to the Collateral Account or the Administrative Agent Account all Return of Capital.
Section 7.13. Additional Subsidiaries.
(a) Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent at the time that any Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and any event within ten (10) days) (i) execute and deliver to Administrative Agent all Security Documents, stock certificates, stock powers and other agreements and instruments as may be requested by Administrative Agent to ensure that Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in all ownership interests held by any Obligated Party in such Restricted Subsidiary, and (ii) cause such Person to (a) become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to Administrative Agent a Guaranty, (b) execute and deliver all Security Documents requested by Administrative Agent pledging to Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties all of its Property (subject to such exceptions as Administrative Agent may permit) and take all actions required by Administrative Agent to grant to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties a perfected first priority security interest in such property, including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in such jurisdictions as may be requested by Administrative Agent, and (c) deliver to Administrative Agent such other documents and instruments as Administrative Agent may require, including appropriate favorable opinions of counsel to such Person in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent.
(b) Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent at the time that any Person becomes an Unrestricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and any event within ten (10) days) execute and deliver to Administrative Agent all Security Documents, stock certificates, stock powers and other agreements and instruments as may be requested by Administrative Agent to ensure that Administrative Agent has a perfected security interest in all ownership interests held by any Obligated Party in such Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Section 7.14. Compliance with Investment Policies and Restrictions. Borrower shall at all times comply with the Investment Policies and Restrictions. Borrower shall not permit any of the Investment Policies and Restrictions that may not be changed without shareholder approval to be changed from those in effect on the Closing Date without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.
Section 7.15. Reserved.
Section 7.16. Regulated Investment Company.
(a) Arrowmark shall at all times maintain its status as a RIC under the Code,
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 79
(b) Arrowmark will at all times, subject to applicable grace periods set forth in the Code, comply with the portfolio diversification and similar requirements set forth in the Code applicable to RICs.
ARTICLE 8
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder:
Section 8.1. Debt. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, incur, create, assume, or permit to exist any Debt, except:
(a) The Obligations under the Loan Documents and Obligations existing or arising under Bank Product Agreements other than Hedge Agreements;
(b) Existing Debt described on Schedule 8.1;
(c) Debt to the extent it constitutes Permitted Treasury Repos;
(d) Hedge Obligations existing or arising under Hedge Agreements permitted by Section 8.17;
(e) Debt, not to exceed in the aggregate at any time outstanding, $250,000.
Section 8.2. Limitation on Liens. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, incur, create, assume, or permit to exist any Lien upon any of its Property, assets, or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except:
(a) Existing Liens disclosed on Schedule 8.2;
(b) Liens in favor of the Secured Parties or Administrative Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties;
(c) Encumbrances consisting of minor easements, zoning restrictions, or other restrictions on the use of real property that do not (individually or in the aggregate) materially affect the value of the assets encumbered thereby or materially impair the ability of Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries to use such assets in their respective businesses, and none of which is violated in any material respect by existing or proposed structures or land use;
(d) Liens for taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges which are not delinquent or which are being contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been established;
(e) Liens of mechanics, materialmen, warehousemen, carriers, or other similar statutory Liens securing obligations that are not yet due and are incurred in the ordinary course of business;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 80
(f) Liens resulting from good faith deposits to secure payments of workmen’s compensation or other social security programs (other than Liens imposed by ERISA) or to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, bids, contracts (other than for payment of Debt), or leases made in the ordinary course of business;
(g) Liens on the Collateral Account in favor of the Collateral Trustee in respect of overdrafts and custodial account fees and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 at any time outstanding;
(h) Liens for Hedge Obligations permitted under 8.1(d); and
(i) Other Liens which secure obligations not exceeding $100,000 in the aggregate at any time outstanding.
Section 8.3. Mergers, Etc. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become a party to a merger or consolidation, or purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any Person or any shares or other evidence of beneficial ownership of any Person, or wind-up, dissolve, or liquidate, except that (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with Borrower so long as Borrower is the surviving entity, (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with another Restricted Subsidiary so long as if a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor is involved in such merger or consolidation, such Guarantor is the surviving entity, and (iii) the Borrower may create or acquire any Unrestricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 8.5(g).
Section 8.4. Restricted Payments. Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, declare or pay any dividends or make any other payment or distribution (in cash, Property, or obligations) on account of its equity interests, or redeem, purchase, retire, call, or otherwise acquire any of its equity interests, or permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to purchase or otherwise acquire any equity interest of Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary of Borrower, or set apart any money for a sinking or other analogous fund for any dividend or other distribution on its equity interests or for any redemption, purchase, retirement, or other acquisition of any of its equity interests, or make any payment of any Advisory Fee, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do any of the foregoing except:
(a) Restricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted to make payments and distributions to Borrower or any Guarantors;
(b) so long as, both before and after giving effect to the payment thereof no Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency has occurred and is continuing, Borrower may pay the Advisory Fees;
(c) so long as, (i) both before and after giving effect to such dividend or distribution no Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, and (ii) Borrower has cash on its balance sheet sufficient to make each such dividend or distribution, the Borrower may declare dividends and distributions one-time per fiscal quarter, and pay such dividend and distribution within 30 days of being declared, (or declare and pay more often if necessary to maintain its ability to be taxed as a RIC and meet RIC IRS requirements to avoid taxation of the Borrower) in either case in cash with such declared dividend in an amount not to exceed, a quarterly declared dividend equal to the sum of 120% of the Net Investment Income of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for the two consecutive fiscal quarters immediately preceding the making of such dividend divided by 2, but in no event less than the amounts that are required to be distributed to allow Borrower to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act to maintain its eligibility to be taxed as a RIC and meet RIC IRS requirements to avoid taxation of the Borrower; provided, that not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the making of any such dividend or distribution, the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) containing the calculation of such Net Investment Income and (y) certifying that the proposed dividend or distribution complies with the requirements of this Section 8.4(c).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 81
For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall not declare any dividend to the extent such declaration violates the provisions of the Investment Company Act applicable to it; and
(d) Loans and investments otherwise permitted under Section 8.5.
Section 8.5. Loans and Investments. Borrower shall not make, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make, hold or maintain, any advance, loan, extension of credit, or capital contribution to or investment in, or purchase any stock, bonds, notes, debentures, or other securities of, any Person, except:
(a) Existing investments described on Schedule 8.5;
(b) Investments by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such Investments are permitted (i) under the Investment Company Act and (ii) Borrower’s Investment Policies and Restrictions; provided that such investments are immediately delivered to the Collateral Trustee to be held in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties;
(c) Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents to the extent such investments are permitted (i) under the Investment Company Act and (ii) Borrower’s Investment Policies and Restrictions;
(d) Investments in Subsidiaries that are Guarantors;
(e) Investments consisting of Hedge Agreements permitted under Section 8.17; and
(f) Advances to employees for the payment of expenses in the ordinary course of business; and
(g) So long as, both before and after giving effect to such Investment, no Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency has occurred and is continuing, other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 82
Section 8.6. Limitation on Issuance of Equity. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, issue, sell, assign, or otherwise dispose of (a) any of its stock or other equity interests, (b) any securities exchangeable for or convertible into or carrying any rights to acquire any of its stock or other equity interests, or (c) any option, warrant, or other right to acquire any of its stock or other equity interests ((a), (b) and (c) when other than to Borrower or another Restricted Subsidiary or as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.5(g), collectively, an “Equity Issuance “), unless, in each case, such stock, other equity interests, securities, options, warrants or other rights have no characteristics or attributes of Debt and may not be required to be repurchased or redeemed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries. For avoidance of doubt, this Section 8.6 permits the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries to make Equity Issuances without the consent of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders so long as the stock, equity interests, securities, options or other rights which are the subject of the Equity Issuance have no characteristics or attributes of Debt and may not be required to be repurchased or redeemed by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Section 8.7. Transactions With Affiliates. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, the purchase, sale, or exchange of property, the rendering of any service or the payment of any management, advisory or similar fees, with any Affiliate of Borrower or such Subsidiary, except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, pursuant to a transaction which is otherwise expressly permitted under this Agreement, and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to Borrower or such Subsidiary than would be obtained in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate of Borrower or such Subsidiary.
Section 8.8. Disposition of Assets. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly make any Disposition, except
(a) Dispositions, for fair value, of worn-out and obsolete equipment not necessary or useful to the conduct of business; and
(b) so long as no Default or Borrowing Base Deficiency has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, other Dispositions; provided the net proceeds of which shall be used to prepay Revolving Credit Loans if and to the extent required by Section 2.7(d).
Section 8.9. Sale and Leaseback. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into any arrangement with any Person pursuant to which it leases from such Person real or personal property that has been or is to be sold or transferred, directly or indirectly, by it to such Person.
Section 8.10. Prepayment of Debt. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make any optional or voluntary payment, prepayment, repurchase or redemption of any Debt, except (a) the Obligations under the Loan Documents, (b) Hedge Obligations and (c) as long as no Default or Event of Default exist, debt permitted under Section 8.1(d) and 8.1(e).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 83
Section 8.11. Nature of Business. Arrowmark shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than the businesses in which they are engaged as of the date hereof as a closed-end RIC.
Section 8.12. Environmental Protection. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly (a) use (or permit any tenant to use) any of their respective Properties or assets for the handling, processing, storage, transportation, or disposal of any Hazardous Material, (b) generate any Hazardous Material, (c) conduct any activity that is likely to cause a Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Material, or (d) otherwise conduct any activity or use any of their respective Properties or assets in any manner that is likely to violate any Environmental Law or create any Environmental Liabilities except, in each case of clauses (a) through (d) above, as has not resulted, and could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result, in Environmental Liabilities on the part of the Obligated Parties and their Subsidiaries of a Material Adverse Event.
Section 8.13. Accounting. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, change its fiscal year or make any change (a) in accounting treatment or reporting practices, except as required by GAAP and disclosed to Administrative Agent and Lenders, or (b) in tax reporting treatment, except as required by law and disclosed to Administrative Agent and Lenders.
Section 8.14. Burdensome Agreements. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any other Obligated Party to, enter into or permit to exist any arrangement or agreement, other than pursuant to this Agreement or any Loan Document, which (a) directly or indirectly prohibits Borrower or any other Obligated Party from creating or incurring a Lien on any of its Property, revenues, or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, (b) directly or indirectly prohibits any Restricted Subsidiary or other Obligated Party to make any payments, directly or indirectly, to Borrower by way of dividends, distributions, advances, repayments of loans, repayments of expenses, accruals, or otherwise provided that nothing herein will be deemed to prohibit the Borrower’s ability to enter into Hedge Agreements in the ordinary course of business or (c) in any way would be contravened by such Person’s performance of its obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents.
Section 8.15. Subsidiaries. Borrower shall not, directly or indirectly, form or acquire any Subsidiary unless (a) Borrower complies with the requirements of Section 7.13(a) with respect to the creation or formation of a Restricted Subsidiary, (b) Borrower complies with the requirements of Section 7.13(b) with respect to the creation or formation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (c) the creation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary is permitted pursuant to Section 8.5(g).
Section 8.16. Amendments of Constituent Documents. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, amend or restate any of their respective Constituent Documents.
Section 8.17. Hedge Agreements. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any Hedge Agreement, except Hedge Agreements entered into to hedge or mitigate risks to which Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower has actual exposure in order to effectively cap, collar or exchange (a) interest rates (from fixed to floating rates, from one floating rate to another floating rate or otherwise) with respect to any interest-bearing liability or investment of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries limited to the principal amount of such interest-bearing liability or investment (b) currency rates from non-Dollar to Dollar, in each case, limited solely for the purpose of hedging currency exchange risk and not for the speculative purposes, or (c) publicly traded equity share price declines by writing call options in quantities not to exceed the amount of underlying shares of such public equity. For the avoidance of doubt, uncovered call writing is not permitted..
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 84
Section 8.18. OFAC. Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, fail to comply with the Laws, regulations and executive orders referred to in Section 6.19 and Section 6.20.
Section 8.19. Non-Affiliation with Lenders. Borrower will not at any time become an Affiliate of any Lender.
Section 8.20. Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
(a) Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, invest in any Unrestricted Subsidiary, acquire any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or create any Unrestricted Subsidiary, or do any of the foregoing with respect to any direct or indirect subsidiary of any Unrestricted Subsidiary (whether in cash, or using, contribution of assets or equity interests or otherwise) except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.5(g).
(b) Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries will (i) not conduct any business or enter into any transaction with the Unrestricted Subsidiaries, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable (or more favorable) to Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with an unrelated third Person (a Person other than a Subsidiary, an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Affiliate), (ii) keep all deposit accounts, investment accounts and other accounts of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries segregated and apart from the accounts of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, (iii) use reasonable methods to (A) not commingle assets of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with the assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary, and (B) keep the business of Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate and apart from the business of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries.
Section 8.21. Change in Status of Subsidiaries.
(a) Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, unless approved by Administrative Agent, designate any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and subsequently redesignate such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary more than one time with respect to each such Subsidiary.
(b) Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, convert any Restricted Subsidiary to an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 85
(c) The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall, at the time of such designation, constitute the incurrence of any Debt or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time.
Section 8.22. Collateral Account. Borrower shall not terminate the Collateral Account Control Agreement without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent.
ARTICLE 9
FINANCIAL COVENANT
Borrower covenants and agrees that, as long as the Obligations or any part thereof are outstanding or any Lender has any Commitment hereunder:
Section 9.1. Debt Service Coverage Ratio. Except as set forth in the immediately following sentence, Borrower shall not permit the Debt Service Coverage Ratio to be less 1.25 to 1.00 on the last day of the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2014 or on the last day of any fiscal quarter thereafter occurring during the term of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Restricted Period, Borrower shall not permit the Debt Service Coverage Ratio to be less than 1.15 to 1.00.
ARTICLE 10
DEFAULT
Section 10.1. Events of Default. Each of the following shall be deemed an “Event of Default”:
(a) Borrower shall fail to pay the Obligations under the Loan Documents or any part thereof shall not be paid when due or declared due and, other than with respect to payments of principal or interest, such failure shall continue unremedied for three (3) days after such payment became due;
(b) Borrower shall fail to provide to Administrative Agent and Lenders timely any notice of Default as required by Section 7.1(i) of this Agreement or Borrower shall breach any provision of Sections 2.7(c), 7.2, 7.5, 7.6, 7.13 or Article 8 or Section 9.1 of this Agreement;
(c) Any representation or warranty made or deemed made by Borrower or any other Obligated Party (or any of their respective officers) in any Loan Document or in any certificate, report, notice, or financial statement furnished at any time in connection with this Agreement shall be false, misleading, or erroneous in any material respect (without duplication of any materiality qualifier contained therein) when made or deemed to have been made;
(d) Borrower or any other Obligated Party shall fail to perform, observe, or comply with any covenant, agreement, or term contained in this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than as covered by Sections 10.1(a) and (b)), and such failure continues for more than thirty (30) days following the date such failure first began (which, with respect to the Security Agreement, will be in addition to the ten days grace period provided in Section 5.03(c) thereof);
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 86
(e) Borrower or any other Obligated Party shall commence a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization, or other relief with respect to itself or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or other similar official of it or a substantial part of its Property or shall consent to any such relief or to the appointment of or taking possession by any such official in an involuntary case or other proceeding commenced against it or shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall generally fail to pay its debts as they become due or shall take any corporate action to authorize any of the foregoing;
(f) An involuntary proceeding shall be commenced against Borrower or any other Obligated Party seeking liquidation, reorganization, or other relief with respect to it or its debts under any bankruptcy, insolvency, or other similar law now or hereafter in effect or seeking the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian, or other similar official for it or a substantial part of its Property, and such involuntary proceeding shall remain undismissed and unstayed for a period of thirty (30) days;
(g) Borrower or any other Obligated Party shall fail to pay when due any principal of or interest on any Debt (other than the Obligations under the Loan Documents) in the amount of $250,000 or more, or the maturity of any such Debt shall have been accelerated, or any such Debt shall have been required to be prepaid, repurchased, defeased or redeemed prior to the stated maturity thereof or any cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded, or any event shall have occurred that permits (or, with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would permit) any holder or holders of such Debt or any Person acting on behalf of such holder or holders to accelerate the maturity thereof or require any such prepayment, repurchase, defeasance or redemption or any cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded;
(h) There shall occur under any Hedge Agreement an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Hedge Agreement) resulting from (1) any event of default under such Hedge Agreement to which Borrower or any other Obligated Party is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Hedge Agreement), or (2) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Hedge Agreement as to which Borrower or any other Obligated Party is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Hedge Termination Value owed by Borrower, such Obligated Party as a result thereof exceeds $250,000;
(i) This Agreement or any other Loan Document shall cease to be in full force and effect or shall be declared null and void or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested or challenged by Borrower or any other Obligated Party or any of their respective equity holders or any other Obligated Party shall deny that it has any further liability or obligation under any of the Loan Documents, or any Lien created by the Loan Documents shall for any reason cease to be a valid, first priority perfected Lien upon any of the Collateral purported to be covered thereby;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 87
(j) Any of the following events shall occur or exist with respect to Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate: (i) any ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or (ii) any Prohibited Transaction involving any Plan; and in each case above, such event or condition, together with all other events or conditions, if any, have subjected or could in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent subject Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate to any tax, penalty, or other liability to a Plan, a Multiemployer Plan, the PBGC, the IRS, the U. S. Department of Labor, or otherwise (or any combination thereof) which in the aggregate exceed or could reasonably be expected to exceed $250,000;
(k) A Change of Control shall occur;
(l) [reserved];
(m) Borrower or any other Obligated Party, or any of their Properties, revenues, or assets, shall become subject to an order of forfeiture, seizure, or divestiture (whether under RICO or otherwise) and the same shall not have been discharged within 30 days from the date of entry thereof;
(n) Borrower or any other Obligated Party shall fail to discharge within a period of thirty (30) days after the commencement thereof any attachment, sequestration, or similar proceeding or proceedings involving an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000 against any of its assets or Properties;
(o) A final judgment or judgments for the payment of money in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate shall be rendered by a court or courts against Borrower or any other Obligated Party and the same shall not be discharged (or provision shall not be made for such discharge), or a stay of execution thereof shall not be procured, within thirty (30) days from the date of entry thereof and Borrower or such other Obligated Party shall not, within such period of thirty (30) days, or such longer period during which execution of the same shall have been stayed, appeal therefrom and cause the execution thereof to be stayed during such appeal; or
(p) Any Security Document shall cease to create valid perfected first priority liens (subject to Permitted Liens) on the Collateral purported to be covered thereby.
Section 10.2. Remedies Upon Default. If any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then Administrative Agent may, with the consent of Required Lenders, or shall, at the direction of Required Lenders, without notice do any or all of the following: (a) terminate the Commitments of Lenders, or (b) declare the Obligations under the Loan Documents or any part thereof to be immediately due and payable, and the same shall thereupon become immediately due and payable, without notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, protest, or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower; provided, however, that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 10.1(e) or (f), the Commitments of Lenders shall automatically terminate and the Obligations under the Loan Documents shall become immediately due and payable, in each case without notice, demand, presentment, notice of dishonor, notice of acceleration, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of intent to demand, protest, or other formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower. In addition to the foregoing, if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, Administrative Agent may, with the consent of Required Lenders, or shall, at the direction of Required Lenders, exercise all rights and remedies available to it, Lenders in law or in equity, under the Loan Documents, or otherwise.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 88
Section 10.3. Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 10.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by Administrative Agent in the following order:
First, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to Administrative Agent) payable to Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;
Second, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to Lenders arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among them in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;
Third, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations arising under the Loan Documents, ratably among Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;
Fourth, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans and constituting unpaid Bank Product Obligations, ratably among Lenders and Bank Product Providers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;
Fifth, to payment of that remaining portion of the Obligations, ratably among the Lenders and Bank Product Providers in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them; and last, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to Borrower or as otherwise required by law.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank Product Obligations shall be excluded from the application described above if Administrative Agent has not received written notice thereof, together with supporting documentation as Administrative Agent may request from the applicable Bank Product Provider, provided that no such notice shall be required for any Bank Product Agreement for which Administrative Agent or any Affiliate of Administrative Agent is the applicable Bank Product Provider. Each Bank Product Provider that is not a party to this Agreement that has given notice contemplated by the preceding sentence shall, by such notice, be deemed to have acknowledged and accepted the appointment of Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of Article 11 hereof for itself and its Affiliates as if a “Lender” party hereto.
Section 10.4. Performance by Administrative Agent. If Borrower shall fail to perform any covenant or agreement contained in any of the Loan Documents, then Administrative Agent may perform or attempt to perform such covenant or agreement on behalf of Borrower. In such event, Borrower shall, at the request of Administrative Agent, promptly pay to Administrative Agent any amount expended by Administrative Agent in connection with such performance or attempted performance, together with interest thereon at the Default Interest Rate from and including the date of such expenditure to but excluding the date such expenditure is paid in full. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that Administrative Agent shall not have any liability or responsibility for the performance of any covenant, agreement, or other obligation of Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document,
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 89
ARTICLE 11
AGENCY
Section 11.1. Appointment and Authority.
(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Texas Capital Bank to act on its behalf as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article 11 are solely for the benefit of Administrative Agent and Lenders, and neither Borrower nor any other Obligated Party shall have rights as a third-party beneficiary of any of such provisions. It is understood and agreed that the use of the term “agent” herein or in any other Loan Documents (or any other similar term) with reference to Administrative Agent is not intended to connote any fiduciary or other implied (or express) obligations arising under agency doctrine of any applicable law. Instead such term is used as a matter of market custom, and is intended to create or reflect only an administrative relationship between contracting parties.
(b) Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (including for itself and its Affiliates in their capacities as potential Bank Product Providers) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Administrative Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Obligated Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 11.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of Administrative Agent, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 11 and Article 12 (including Section 12(b), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
Section 11.2. Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not Administrative Agent, and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for, and generally engage in any kind of business with, Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 90
Section 11.3. Exculpatory Provisions.
(a) Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, and its duties hereunder shall be administrative in nature. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Administrative Agent;
(i) shall not be subject to any agency, trust, fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;
(ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents); provided that Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or upon the advice of its counsel, may expose Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any Debtor Relief Law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any Debtor Relief Law;
(iii) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity; and
(iv) shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document unless it shall first be indemnified to its satisfaction by Lenders pro rata against any and all liability, cost and expense that it may incur by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action; and
(v) does not warrant or accept responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any other matter related to the rates in the definition of “Term SOFR Rate” or with respect to any Benchmark Replacement or other rate (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the selection of such rate and any related spread or other adjustment) that is an alternative or replacement for or successor to any such rate.
(b) Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be necessary, or as Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 10,2 and 11.9), or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment. SUCH LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SHALL APPLY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE LIABILITY ARISES FROM THE SOLE, CONCURRENT, CONTRIBUTORY OR COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT. Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to Administrative Agent in writing by Borrower or a Lender.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 91
(c) Neither Administrative Agent nor any Related Party thereof shall be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 5 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to Administrative Agent.
Section 11.4. Reliance by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Credit Extension, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
Section 11.5. Delegation of Duties. Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article 11 shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of this facility as well as activities as Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any sub-agents except to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final and non-appealable judgment that Administrative Agent acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct in the selection of such sub agents.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 92
Section 11.6. Resignation of Administrative Agent.
(a) Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to Lenders and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with Borrower (so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in Dallas, Texas, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in Dallas, Texas. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by Required Lenders) (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date. After the Resignation Effective Date, the provisions of this Article 11 relating to or indemnifying or releasing Administrative Agent shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.
(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (d) of the definition thereof, Required Lenders may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, by notice in writing to Borrower and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and, in consultation with Borrower, appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier day as shall be agreed by Required Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.
(c) With effect from the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (as applicable) (i) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by Administrative Agent on behalf of Secured Parties under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such Collateral until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (ii) except for any indemnity, fee or expense payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent, all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender, directly, until such time, if any, as Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Administrative Agent (other than any rights to indemnity payments owed to the retiring or removed Administrative Agent), and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents. The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article 11, Section 12.1, and Section 12.2 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 93
Section 11.7. Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that neither Administrative Agent nor any other Lender nor any Related Party thereto has made any representation or warranty to such Person and that no act by Administrative Agent or any other Lender hereafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Borrower, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by Administrative Agent or any Lender to any other Lender. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except for notices, reports and other documents expressly required to be furnished to the Lenders by Administrative Agent hereunder, Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, operations, property, condition (financial or otherwise), or creditworthiness of Borrower or the value of the Collateral or other Properties of Borrower or any other Person which may come into the possession of Administrative Agent or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys-in-fact or Affiliates. Each Lender represents and warrants that (i) the Loan Documents set forth the terms of a commercial lending facility and certain other facilities set forth herein and (ii) it is engaged in making, acquiring or holding commercial loans, issuing or participating in letters of credit or providing other similar facilities in the ordinary course and is entering into this Agreement as a Lender for the purpose of making, acquiring or holding commercial loans, issuing or participating in letters of credit and providing other facilities set forth herein as may be applicable to such Lender, and not for the purpose of purchasing, acquiring or holding any other type of financial instrument, and each Lender. Each Lender represents and warrants that it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to make, acquire or hold commercial loans, issue or participate in letters of credit and to provide other facilities set forth herein, as may be applicable to such Lender, and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to make, acquire or hold such commercial loans, issue or participate in letters of credit or to provide such other facilities, is experienced in making, acquiring or holding such commercial loans, issue or participate in letters of credit or providing such other facilities.
Section 11.8. Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Obligated Party, Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered (but not obligated) by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 94
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations under the Loan Documents that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders and Administrative Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Lenders, and Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due Lenders, and Administrative Agent under Section 12.1 or Section 12.2) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Administrative Agent and, in the event that Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to Lenders to pay to Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Administrative Agent under Section 12.1 or Section 12.2.
Section 11.9. Collateral and Guaranty Matters.
(a) The Secured Parties irrevocably authorize Administrative Agent, at its option and in its discretion:
(i) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (x) upon termination of all Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations (other than (A) contingent indemnification obligations and (B) obligations and liabilities under Bank Product Agreements as to which arrangements satisfactory to the applicable Bank Product Provider shall have been made), (y) that is sold or otherwise disposed of or to be sold or otherwise disposed of as part of or in connection with any sale or other disposition permitted under the Loan Documents, or (z) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by Required Lenders or all Lenders, as applicable, under Section 12.10;
(ii) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 8.2; and
(iii) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.
Upon request by Administrative Agent at any time, Required Lenders will confirm in writing Administrative Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 11.9.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 95
(b) Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have a duty to ascertain or inquire into any representation or warranty regarding the existence, value or collectability of the Collateral, the existence, priority or perfection of Administrative Agent’s Lien thereon, or any certificate prepared by any Obligated Party in connection therewith, nor shall Administrative Agent be responsible or liable to Lenders for any failure to monitor or maintain any portion of the Collateral.
Section 11.10. Bank Product Agreements. No Bank Product Provider who obtains the benefits of Section 10.3, any Guaranty Agreements or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty Agreement or any Security Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) (or to notice of or to consent to any amendment, wavier or modification of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Security Document) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 11 to the contrary, Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Bank Product Obligations unless Administrative Agent has received written notice of such Bank Product Obligations, together with such supporting documentation as Administrative Agent may request, from the applicable Bank Product Provider. Administrative Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Bank Product Obligations arising under Bank Product Agreements upon termination of all Commitments and payment in full of all Obligations under the Loan Documents (other than contingent indemnification obligations).
Section 11.11. Credit Bidding. The Secured Parties hereby irrevocably authorize Administrative Agent, at the direction of the Required Lenders, to credit bid all or any portion of the Obligations (including by accepting some or all of the Collateral in satisfaction of some or all of the Obligations pursuant to a deed in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise) and in such manner purchase (either directly or through one or more acquisition vehicles) all or any portion of the Collateral (a) at any sale thereof conducted under the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code, including under Sections 363, 1123 or 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar laws in any other jurisdictions to which Borrower is subject, or (b) at any other sale, foreclosure or acceptance of collateral in lieu of debt conducted by (or with the consent or at the direction of) Administrative Agent (whether by judicial action or otherwise) in accordance with any applicable Law. In connection with any such credit bid and purchase, the Obligations owed to the Secured Parties shall be entitled to be, and shall be, credit bid by Administrative Agent at the direction of the Required Lenders on a ratable basis (with Obligations with respect to contingent or unliquidated claims receiving contingent interests in the acquired assets on a ratable basis that shall vest upon the liquidation of such claims in an amount proportional to the liquidated portion of the contingent claim amount used in allocating the contingent interests) for the asset or assets so purchased (or for the equity interests or debt instruments of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles that are issued in connection with such purchase). In connection with any such bid (i) Administrative Agent shall be authorized to form one or more acquisition vehicles and to assign any successful credit bid to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, (ii) Administrative Agent shall be authorized to adopt documents providing for the governance of the acquisition vehicle or vehicles (provided that any actions by Administrative Agent with respect to such acquisition vehicle or vehicles, including any disposition of the assets or equity interests thereof, shall be governed, directly or indirectly, by the vote of the Required Lenders or their permitted assignees under the terms of this Agreement irrespective of the termination of this Agreement and without giving effect to the limitations on actions by the Required Lenders contained in Section 11.10 of this Agreement), (iii) Administrative Agent shall be authorized to assign the relevant Obligations of the Secured Parties to be credit bid to any such acquisition vehicle on a pro rata basis, as a result of which each of the Secured Parties shall be deemed to have received a pro rata portion of any equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by such acquisition vehicle, all without the need for any Secured Party or acquisition vehicle to take any further action, and (iv) to the extent that Obligations that are assigned to an acquisition vehicle are not used to acquire Collateral for any reason (as a result of another bid being higher or better, because the amount of Obligations assigned to the acquisition vehicle exceeds the amount of Obligations credit bid by the acquisition vehicle or otherwise), such Obligations shall automatically be reassigned to the Secured Parties pro rata with their original interest in such Obligations and the equity interests and/or debt instruments issued by any acquisition vehicle on account of such Obligations that had been assigned to the acquisition vehicle shall automatically be cancelled, without the need for any Secured Party or any acquisition vehicle to take any further action.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 96
Section 11.12. No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arranger or the syndication agents, documentation agents, co-agents, or bookrunners listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Administrative Agent or a Lender hereunder.
Section 11.13. Erroneous Payments.
(a) If the Administrative Agent notifies a Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender or Secured Party (any such Lender, Secured Party or other recipient, a “Payment Recipient”) that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion (whether or not after receipt of any notice under immediately succeeding clause (b)) that any funds received by such Payment Recipient from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates were erroneously transmitted to, or otherwise erroneously or mistakenly received by, such Payment Recipient (whether or not known to such Lender, Secured Party or other Payment Recipient on its behalf) (any such funds, whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise, individually and collectively, an “Erroneous Payment”) and demands the return of such Erroneous Payment (or a portion thereof) (provided, that, without limiting any other rights or remedies (whether at law or in equity), the Administrative Agent may not make any such demand under this clause (a) with respect to an Erroneous Payment unless such demand is made within ten (10) Business Days of the date of receipt of such Erroneous Payment by the applicable Payment Recipient), such Erroneous Payment shall at all times remain the property of the Administrative Agent and shall be segregated by the Payment Recipient and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, and such Lender or Secured Party shall (or, with respect to any Payment Recipient who received such funds on its behalf, shall cause such Payment Recipient to) promptly, but in no event later than two Business Days thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made, in same day funds (in the currency so received), together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Payment Recipient to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in same day funds at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Payment Recipient under this clause (a) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 97
(b) Without limiting immediately preceding clause (a), each Lender or Secured Party, or any Person who has received funds on behalf of a Lender or Secured Party, hereby further agrees that if it receives a payment, prepayment or repayment (whether received as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees, distribution or otherwise) from the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment, (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a notice of payment, prepayment or repayment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates), or (z) that such Lender or Secured Party, or other such recipient, otherwise becomes aware was transmitted, or received, in error or by mistake (in whole or in part) in each case.
(i) (A) in the case of immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y), an error shall be presumed to have been made (absent written confirmation from the Administrative Agent to the contrary) or (B) an error has been made (in the case of immediately preceding clause (z)), in each case, with respect to such payment, prepayment or repayment; and
(ii) such Lender or Secured Party shall (and shall cause any other recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf to) promptly (and, in all events, within one Business Day of its knowledge of such error) notify the Administrative Agent of its receipt of such payment, prepayment or repayment, the details thereof (in reasonable detail) and that it is so notifying the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 11.13(b).
(c) Each Lender or Secured Party hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off, net and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender or Secured Party under any Loan Document, or otherwise payable or distributable by the Administrative Agent to such Lender or Secured Party from any source, against any amount due to the Administrative Agent under immediately preceding clause (a) or under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 98
(d) In the event that an Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) is not recovered by the Administrative Agent for any reason, after demand therefor by the Administrative Agent in accordance with immediately preceding clause (a), from any Lender that has received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) (and/or from any Payment Recipient who received such Erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) on its respective behalf) (such unrecovered amount, an “Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency”), upon the Administrative Agent’s notice to such Lender at any time, (i) such Lender shall be deemed to have assigned its Loans (but not its Commitments) of the relevant class with respect to which such Erroneous Payment was made (the “Erroneous Payment Impacted Class”) in an amount equal to the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (or such lesser amount as the Administrative Agent may specify) (such assignment of the Loans (but not Commitments) of the Erroneous Payment Impacted Class, the “Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment”) at par plus any accrued and unpaid interest (with the assignment fee to be waived by the Administrative Agent in such instance), and is hereby (together with the Borrower) deemed to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and such Lender shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, (ii) the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall be deemed to acquire the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, (iii) upon such deemed acquisition, the Administrative Agent as the assignee Lender shall become a Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and the assigning Lender shall cease to be a Lender, as applicable, hereunder with respect to such Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, its obligations under the indemnification provisions of this Agreement and its applicable Commitments which shall survive as to such assigning Lender and (iv) the Administrative Agent may reflect in the Register its ownership interest in the Loans subject to the Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment. The Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, sell any Loans acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment and upon receipt of the proceeds of such sale, the Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency owing by the applicable Lender shall be reduced by the net proceeds of the sale of such Loan (or portion thereof), and the Administrative Agent shall retain all other rights, remedies and claims against such Lender (and/or against any recipient that receives funds on its respective behalf). For the avoidance of doubt, no Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment will reduce the Commitments of any Lender and such Commitments shall remain available in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In addition, each party hereto agrees that, except to the extent that the Administrative Agent has sold a Loan (or portion thereof) acquired pursuant to an Erroneous Payment Deficiency Assignment, and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent may be equitably subrogated, the Administrative Agent shall be contractually subrogated to all the rights and interests of the applicable Lender or Secured Party under the Loan Documents with respect to each Erroneous Payment Return Deficiency (the “Erroneous Payment Subrogation Rights”).
(e) The parties hereto agree that an Erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Borrower, except, in each case, to the extent such Erroneous Payment is, and solely with respect to the amount of such Erroneous Payment that is, comprised of funds received by the Administrative Agent from the Borrower for the purpose of making such Erroneous Payment.
(f) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 99
(g) To the extent permitted by applicable Law, no Payment Recipient shall assert any right or claim to an Erroneous Payment, and hereby waives, and is deemed to waive, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Erroneous Payment received, including without limitation waiver of any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine.
ARTICLE 12
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.1. Expenses.
(a) Borrower hereby agrees to pay on demand: (i) all costs and expenses of Administrative Agent and its Related Parties in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any and all amendments, modifications, renewals, extensions, supplements, waivers, consents and ratifications thereof and thereto, including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel, advisors, consultants, and auditors for Administrative Agent and its Related Parties; (ii) all commercially reasonable costs and expenses of Administrative Agent and each Lender in connection with any Default and the enforcement of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, court costs and fees and expenses of legal counsel, advisors, consultants, and auditors for Administrative Agent and each Lender; (iii) all transfer, stamp, documentary, or other similar taxes, assessments, or charges levied by any Governmental Authority in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; (iv) all costs, expenses, assessments, and other charges incurred in connection with any filing, registration, recording, or perfection of any Lien contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (v) all other commercially reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Administrative Agent and any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, any litigation, dispute, suit, proceeding or action, the enforcement of its rights and remedies, and the protection of its interests in bankruptcy, insolvency or other legal proceedings, including, without limitation, all costs, expenses, and other charges (including Administrative Agent’s and such Lender’s internal charges) incurred in connection with (A) evaluating, observing, collecting, examining, auditing, appraising, selling, liquidating, or otherwise disposing of the Collateral or other assets of Borrower and/or (B) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Credit Extensions. Borrower shall be responsible for all expenses described in this clause (a) whether or not any Credit Extension is ever made. Any amount to be paid under this Section 12.1 shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower and if not paid within thirty (30) days of demand shall bear interest, to the extent not prohibited by and no in violation of applicable Law, from the date of expenditure until paid at a rate per annum equal to the Default Interest Rate. The obligations of Borrower under this Section 12.1 shall survive payment of the Notes and other obligations hereunder and the assignment of any right hereunder.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 100
(b) To the extent that Borrower for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 12.1(a) or Section 12.2 to be paid by it to Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of Administrative Agent (or any subagent thereof), each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s pro rata share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought based each Lender’s share of the Revolving Credit Exposure at such time) of such unpaid amount (including any such unpaid amount in respect of a claim asserted by such Lender); provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) or against any Related Party of Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) acting for Administrative Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PAYMENTS MAY BE IN RESPECT OF LOSSES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LIABILITIES OR RELATED EXPENSES ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE SOLE, CONTRIBUTORY, COMPARATIVE, CONCURRENT OR ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF THE PERSON (OR THE REPRESENTATIVES OF THE PERSON) TO WHOM SUCH PAYMENTS ARE TO BE MADE.
Section 12.2. INDEMNIFICATION. BORROWER SHALL INDEMNIFY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, EACH LENDER AND EACH RELATED PARTY THEREOF FROM, AND HOLD EACH OF THEM HARMLESS AGAINST, ANY AND ALL LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, DISBURSEMENTS, COSTS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES) TO WHICH ANY OF THEM MAY BECOME SUBJECT WHICH DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISE FROM OR RELATE TO (A) THE NEGOTIATION, EXECUTION, DELIVERY, PERFORMANCE, ADMINISTRATION, OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (B) ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (C)ANY BREACH BY BORROWER OF ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, OR OTHER AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS, (D) THE PRESENCE, RELEASE, THREATENED RELEASE, DISPOSAL, REMOVAL, OR CLEANUP OF ANY HAZARDOUS MATERIAL LOCATED ON, ABOUT, WITHIN, OR AFFECTING ANY OF THE PROPERTIES OR ASSETS OF BORROWER OR ANY OF ITS SUBSIDIARIES OR ANY OTHER OBLIGATED PARTY, (E) ANY LOAN OR USE OR PROPOSED USE OF THE PROCEEDS THEREFROM OR (F) ANY INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY THREATENED INVESTIGATION, LITIGATION, OR OTHER PROCEEDING, RELATING TO ANY OF THE FOREGOING. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT OR OF ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, IT IS THE EXPRESS INTENTION OF THE PARTIES HERETO THAT EACH PERSON TO BE INDEMNIFIED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE INDEMNIFIED FROM AND HELD HARMLESS AGAINST ANY AND ALL LOSSES, LIABILITIES, CLAIMS, DAMAGES, PENALTIES, JUDGMENTS, DISBURSEMENTS, COSTS, AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ATTORNEYS’ FEES) ARISING OUT OF OR RESULTING FROM THE SOLE, CONTRIBUTORY, COMPARATIVE, CONCURRENT OR ORDINARY NEGLIGENCE OF SUCH PERSON (OR THE REPRESENTATIVES OF SUCH PERSON). Any amount to be paid under this Section 12.2 shall be a demand obligation owing by Borrower and if not paid within ten (10) days of demand shall bear interest, to the extent not prohibited by and not in violation of applicable Law, from the date of expenditure until paid at a rate per annum equal to the Default Interest Rate. The obligations of Borrower under this Section 12.2 shall survive payment of the Notes and other obligations hereunder and the assignment of any right hereunder.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 101
Section 12.3. Limitation of Liability. None of Administrative Agent, or any Lender, or any Affiliate, officer, director, employee, attorney, or agent of any of the foregoing, shall have any liability with respect to, and Borrower hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue any of them upon, any claim for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages suffered or incurred by Borrower or any other Obligated Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents. Borrower hereby waives, releases, and agrees not to sue Administrative Agent, or any Lender, or any Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, or agents of any of the foregoing for punitive damages in respect of any claim in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.
Section 12.4. No Duty. All attorneys, accountants, appraisers, and other professional Persons and consultants retained by Administrative Agent, any Lender shall have the right to act exclusively in the interest of Administrative Agent or such Lender and shall have no duty of disclosure, duty of loyalty, duty of care, or other duty or obligation of any type or nature whatsoever to Borrower or any of Borrower’s equity holders, Affiliates, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, or any other Person.
Section 12.5. Lenders Not Fiduciary. The relationship between Borrower and Administrative Agent, Arranger and each Lender is solely that of debtor and creditor, and none of Administrative Agent, Arranger or any Lender has any fiduciary or other special relationship with Borrower, and no term or condition of any of the Loan Documents shall be construed so as to deem the relationship between Borrower and Administrative Agent, Arranger and each Lender to be other than that of debtor and creditor.
Section 12.6. Equitable Relief. Borrower recognizes that in the event Borrower fails to pay, perform, observe, or discharge any or all of the Obligations, any remedy at law may prove to be inadequate relief to Administrative Agent or Lenders. Borrower therefore agrees that Administrative Agent, any Lender, if Administrative Agent or such Lender so requests, shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages.
Section 12.7. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure on the part of Administrative Agent or any Lender to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, remedy, power, or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 102
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the Obligated Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 10.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) Administrative Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Administrative Agent) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 4.2 (subject to the terms of Section 12.23), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Obligated Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided, further, that if at any time there is no Person acting as Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 12.23, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
Section 12.8. Successors and Assigns.
(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that Borrower may not assign or transfer any of its rights, duties, or obligations under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent and each Lender, and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.8(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.8(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 12.8(e) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 12.8(d) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of Administrative Agent and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b) Assignments by Lenders, Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:
(i) Minimum Amounts. (A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment(s) and/or the Loans at the time owing to it or contemporaneous assignments to related Approved Funds that equal at least the amount specified in Section 12.8(b)(i)(B) in the aggregate or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, no minimum amount need be assigned; and (B) in any case not described in Section 12.8(b)(i)(A), the aggregate amount of the Commitment(s) (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding hereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the Outstanding Amount of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date) shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, unless each of Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 103
(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan or the Commitment(s) assigned.
(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by Section 12.8(b)(i)(B) and, in addition: (A) the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (x) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment, or (y) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; provided that Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof and (B) the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Revolving Credit Commitment or Revolving Credit Loans if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender with a Revolving Credit Commitment, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.
(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (not payable by the Borrower); provided that Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire.
(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made to (A) Borrower, or any of Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries or any other Obligated Party or (B) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Affiliates, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing persons described in this clause (B).
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 104
(vi) No Assignment to Natural Persons. No such assignment shall be made to a natural Person.
(vii) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to such assignment shall make such additional payments to Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of Borrower and Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by such Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to: (A) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities then owed by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (B) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under applicable law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.8(c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.1 and Section 12.2 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment; provided that, except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no assignment by a Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any party hereunder arising from that Lenders’ having been a Defaulting Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.8(d). Upon the consummation of any assignment pursuant to this Section 12.8(b), if requested by the transferor or transferee Lender, the transferor Lender, Administrative Agent and Borrower shall make appropriate arrangements so that replacement Notes are issued to such transferor Lender (if applicable) and new Notes or, as appropriate, replacement Notes, are issued to the assignee.
(c) Register. Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in Dallas, Texas a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a Register, The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 105
(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, Borrower or Administrative Agent, sell participations to a Participant in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) Borrower, Administrative Agent, and Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. For the avoidance of doubt, each Lender shall be responsible for the indemnity under Section 12.1(b) without regard to the existence of any participation.
Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in Section 12.10 which requires the consent of all Lenders and affects such Participant. Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.1, 3.5 and 3.4 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 3.4(g) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 3.4(g) shall be delivered to the participating Lender)) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Section 3.6 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (B) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Sections 3.1 or 3.4, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 3.6 with respect to any Participant. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 4.2 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to pay to Administrative Agent any amount set-off for application to the Obligations under the Loan Documents as required pursuant to Section 4.2; provided further that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 12.23 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, maintain a Participant Register; provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. For the avoidance of doubt, Administrative Agent (in its capacity as Administrative Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 106
(e) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.
(f) Dissemination of Information. Borrower and each other Obligated Party authorizes Administrative Agent and each Lender to disclose to any actual or prospective purchaser, assignee or other recipient of a Lender’s Commitment, any and all information in Administrative Agent’s or such Lender’s possession concerning Borrower, the other Obligated Parties and their respective Affiliates.
Section 12.9. Survival. All representations and warranties made in this Agreement or any other Loan Document or in any document, statement, or certificate furnished in connection with this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and no investigation by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any closing shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of Administrative Agent or any Lender to rely upon them. Without prejudice to the survival of any other obligation of Borrower hereunder, the obligations of Borrower under Sections 12.1 and 12.2 shall survive repayment of the Obligations and termination of the Commitments.
Section 12.10. Amendment. The provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Borrower is a party may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by Required Lenders (or by Administrative Agent with the consent of Required Lenders) and Borrower and acknowledged by Administrative Agent; provided, however, that no such amendment or waiver shall:
(a) waive any condition set forth in Section 5.1 (other than Section 51(t)), without the written consent of each Lender;
(b) extend or increase any Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 10.2) without the written consent of such Lender;
(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment (excluding mandatory prepayment) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby;
(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby; provided, however, that only the consent of Required Lenders shall be necessary to adjust the Default Interest Rate or to waive any obligation of Borrower to pay interest at such rate;
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 107
(e) change any provision of this Section 12.10 or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;
(f) change Section 10.3 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender; or
(g) release any Guaranty or all or substantially all of the Collateral (in each case, except as provided herein) without the written consent of each Lender;
and, provided further, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Administrative Agent in addition to Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (ii) the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment(s) of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender; and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender disproportionately adversely relative to other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.
Section 12.11. Notices.
(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in Section 12.11(b)), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by facsimile as set forth on Schedule 12.11. Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received. Notices sent by facsimile shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications, to the extent provided in Section 12.11(b) shall be effective as provided in Section 12.11(b).
(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to Lenders and hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article 2 if such Lender has notified Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under Article 2 by electronic communication. Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 108
Unless Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient, at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i), of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor; provided that, for both clauses (i) and (ii) above, if such facsimile, email or other electronic communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient.
(c) Change of Address, etc. Any party hereto may change its address or facsimile number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto, Schedule 12.11 shall be deemed to be amended by each such change, and Administrative Agent is authorized, in its discretion, from time to time to reflect each such change in an amended Schedule 12.11 provided by Administrative Agent to each party hereto.
(d) Platform.
(i) Borrower agrees that Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make the Communications (as defined below) available to the Lenders by posting the Communications on the Platform.
(ii) The Platform is provided “as is” and “as available.” The Agent Parties (as defined below) do not warrant the adequacy of the Platform and expressly disclaim liability for errors or omissions in the Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including, without limitation, any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects, is made by any Agent Party in connection with the Communications or the Platform. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability to Borrower, any Lender or any other Person or entity for damages of any kind, including, without limitation, direct or indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of Borrower’s or Administrative Agent’s transmission of communications through the Platform.
(iii) Borrower and each other Obligated Party (by its, his or her execution of a Loan Document) hereby authorizes Administrative Agent, each Lender and their respective counsel and agents to communicate and transfer documents and other information (including confidential information) concerning this transaction or Borrower or any other Obligated Party and the business affairs of Borrower and such other Obligated Parties via the Internet or other electronic communication without regard to the lack of security of such communications.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 109
Section 12.12. Governing Law; Venue; Service of Process.
(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents and any claims, controversy, dispute or cause of action (whether in contract or tort or otherwise) based upon, arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document (except, as to any other Loan Document, as expressly set forth therein) and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas (without reference to applicable rules of conflicts of Laws), except to the extent the Laws of any jurisdiction where Collateral is located require application of such Laws with respect to such Collateral.
(b) Jurisdiction. Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against Administrative Agent, any Lender, or any Related Party of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of Texas sitting in Dallas County, and of the United States District Court of the Northern District of Texas, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such Texas State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that Administrative Agent, any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
(c) Waiver of Venue. Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.
(d) Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 12.11. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 110
Section 12.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Except as provided in Section 5.1, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Administrative Agent and when Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic imaging means (e.g. “pdf’ or “tif’) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
Section 12.14. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable shall not impair or invalidate the remainder of this Agreement and the effect thereof shall be confined to the provision held to be invalid or illegal. Furthermore, in lieu of such invalid or unenforceable provision there shall be added as a part of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents a provision as similar in terms to such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible and be legal, valid and enforceable.
Section 12.15. Headings. The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 12.16. Construction. Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with its legal counsel and that this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be construed as if jointly drafted by Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender.
Section 12.17. Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default if such action is taken or such condition exists.
Section 12.18. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 12.18.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 111
Section 12.19. Additional Interest Provision. It is expressly stipulated and agreed to be the intent of Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender at all times to comply strictly with the applicable law governing the maximum rate or amount of interest payable on the indebtedness evidenced by any Note, any Loan Document, and the Related Indebtedness (or applicable United States federal law to the extent that it permits any Lender to contract for, charge, take, reserve or receive a greater amount of interest than under applicable law). If the applicable law is ever judicially interpreted so as to render usurious any amount (a) contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received pursuant to any Note, any of the other Loan Documents or any other communication or writing by or between Borrower and any Lender related to the transaction or transactions that are the subject matter of the Loan Documents, (b) contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received by reason of Administrative Agent’s or any Lender’s exercise of the option to accelerate the maturity of any Note and/or the Related Indebtedness, or (c) Borrower will have paid or Administrative Agent or any Lender will have received by reason of any voluntary prepayment by Borrower of any Note and/or the Related Indebtedness, then it is Borrower’s, Administrative Agent’s and Lenders’ express intent that all amounts charged in excess of the Maximum Rate shall be automatically canceled, ab initio, and all amounts in excess of the Maximum Rate theretofore collected by Administrative Agent or any Lender shall be credited on the principal balance of any Note and/or the Related Indebtedness (or, if any Note and all Related Indebtedness have been or would thereby be paid in full, refunded to Borrower), and the provisions of any Note and the other Loan Documents shall immediately be deemed reformed and the amounts thereafter collectible hereunder and thereunder reduced, without the necessity of the execution of any new document, so as to comply with the applicable law, but so as to permit the recovery of the fullest amount otherwise called for hereunder and thereunder; provided, however, if any Note or Related Indebtedness has been paid in full before the end of the stated term thereof, then Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender agree that Administrative Agent or any Lender, as applicable, shall, with reasonable promptness after Administrative Agent or such Lender discovers or is advised by Borrower that interest was received in an amount in excess of the Maximum Rate, either refund such excess interest to Borrower and/or credit such excess interest against such Note and/or any Related Indebtedness then owing by Borrower to Administrative Agent or such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees that as a condition precedent to any claim seeking usury penalties against Administrative Agent or such Lender, Borrower will provide written notice to Administrative Agent or any Lender, advising Administrative Agent or such Lender in reasonable detail of the nature and amount of the violation, and Administrative Agent or such Lender shall have sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice in which to correct such usury violation, if any, by either refunding such excess interest to Borrower or crediting such excess interest against the Note to which the alleged violation relates and/or the Related Indebtedness then owing by Borrower to Administrative Agent or such Lender. All sums contracted for, charged, taken, reserved or received by Administrative Agent or any Lender for the use, forbearance or detention of any debt evidenced by any Note and/or the Related Indebtedness shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be amortized or spread, using the actuarial method, throughout the stated term of such Note and/or the Related Indebtedness (including any and all renewal and extension periods) until payment in full so that the rate or amount of interest on account of any Note and/or the Related Indebtedness does not exceed the Maximum Rate from time to time in effect and applicable to such Note and/or the Related Indebtedness for so long as debt is outstanding. In no event shall the provisions of Chapter 346 of the Texas Finance Code (which regulates certain revolving credit loan accounts and revolving tri-party accounts) apply to the Notes and/or any of the Related Indebtedness. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, it is not the intention of Administrative Agent or any Lender to accelerate the maturity of any interest that has not accrued at the time of such acceleration or to collect unearned interest at the time of such acceleration.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 112
Section 12.20. Ceiling Election. To the extent that any Lender is relying on Chapter 303 of the Texas Finance Code to determine the Maximum Rate payable on any Note and/or any other portion of the Obligations under the Loan Documents, such Lender will utilize the weekly ceiling from time to time in effect as provided in such Chapter 303. To the extent United States federal law permits any Lender to contract for, charge, take, receive or reserve a greater amount of interest than under Texas law, such Lender will rely on United States federal law instead of such Chapter 303 for the purpose of determining the Maximum Rate. Additionally, to the extent permitted by applicable law now or hereafter in effect, any Lender may, at its option and from time to time, utilize any other method of establishing the Maximum Rate under such Chapter 303 or under other applicable law by giving notice, if required, to Borrower as provided by applicable law now or hereafter in effect.
Section 12.21. USA Patriot Act Notice. Administrative Agent and each Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the Patriot Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower and each other Obligated Party, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and each other Obligated Party and other information that will allow Administrative Agent and such Lender to identify Borrower and each other Obligated Party in accordance with the Patriot Act. In addition, Borrower agrees to (a) ensure that no Person who owns a controlling interest in or otherwise controls Borrower or any Subsidiary of Borrower is or shall be listed on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Person List or other similar lists maintained by the OFAC, the Department of the Treasury or included in any Executive Order, (b) not to use or permit the use of proceeds of the Obligations to violate any of the foreign asset control regulations of the OFAC or any enabling statute or Executive Order relating thereto, and (c) comply, or cause its Subsidiaries to comply, with the applicable Laws.
Section 12.22. Defaulting Lenders.
(a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law:
(i) Waivers and Amendments. Such Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in the definitions of “Required Lenders” and in Section 12.10.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 113
(ii) Defaulting Lender Waterfall. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by Administrative Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 10 or otherwise) or received by Administrative Agent from a Defaulting Lender shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to Administrative Agent hereunder; second, with respect to a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Credit Lender, as Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Revolving Credit Loan in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by Administrative Agent; third, with respect to a Defaulting Lender that is a Revolving Credit Lender, if so determined by Administrative Agent and Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect to Revolving Credit Loans under this Agreement; fourth, to the payment of any amounts owing to Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; fifth, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and sixth, to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that, if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Loans in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Loans were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 5.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Loans are held by Lenders pro rata in accordance with the Commitments. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post any cash collateral in respect thereof pursuant to this Section 12.22(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto,
(iii) Certain Fees. No Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive any fee payable under Section 2.2(b) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and Borrower shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender).
(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If Borrower and Administrative Agent agree in writing that a Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any cash collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by Lenders in accordance with their Applicable Percentages, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of Borrower while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 114
Section 12.23. Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it or other obligations hereunder, resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall:
(a) notify Administrative Agent of such fact; and
(b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and such other obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them, provided that:
(i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this Section 12.23 shall not be construed to apply to: (A) any payment made by or on behalf of Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender); or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than an assignment to Borrower or any Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section 12.23 shall apply).
Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against Borrower rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of Borrower in the amount of such participation.
Section 12.24. Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made to Administrative Agent, or any Lender, or Administrative Agent, or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by Administrative Agent, or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 115
Section 12.25. Confidentiality. Each of Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its Related Parties (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners) or any Governmental Authority, quasi-Governmental Authority or legislative committee, (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to its being under a duty of confidentiality no less restrictive than this Section 12.25, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its Related Parties) to any Hedge Agreement relating to Borrower and its obligations, (iii) any actual or prospective purchaser of a Lender or its holding company, (iv) any rating agency or any similar organization in connection with the rating of Borrower or the Revolving Credit Facility or (v) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar organization in connection with the issuance and monitoring of CUSIP numbers with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, (g) with the consent of Borrower, or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 12.25 or (ii) becomes available to Administrative Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than Borrower. For purposes of this Section 12.25, “Information” means all information received from Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses which is clearly identified as confidential, other than any such information that is available to Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or a Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of information received from Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section 12.25 shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.
Section 12.26. Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents. The words “execute,” “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include electronic signatures, the electronic matching of assignment terms and contract formations on electronic platforms approved by Administrative Agent, or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state Laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act. Each party hereto agrees that any Electronic Signature or execution in the form of an Electronic Record shall be valid and binding on itself and each of the other parties hereto to the same extent as a manual, original signature. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Administrative Agent is under no obligation to accept an Electronic Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by Administrative Agent pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that without limiting the foregoing, (a) to the extent Administrative Agent has agreed to accept such Electronic Signature from any party hereto, Administrative Agent and the other parties hereto shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the executing party without further verification and (b) upon the request of Administrative Agent or any Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by an original manually executed counterpart thereof.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 116
Section 12.27. Independence of Covenants. All covenants under the Loan Documents shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default if such action is taken or such condition exists.
Section 12.28. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Lender that is an Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:
(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any Lender that is an Affected Financial Institution; and
(b) the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:
(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;
(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or (iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 117
Section 12.29. NOTICE OF FINAL AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.
Section 12.30. Amendment and Restatement.
This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Original Credit Agreement. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents govern the present relationship among the Borrower and the Lenders. This Agreement, however, is in no way intended, nor shall it be construed, to affect, replace, impair or extinguish the creation, attachment, perfection or priority of the security interests in, and other Liens on, the Collateral, which security interests and other Liens, Borrower, by this Agreement, acknowledge, reaffirm and confirm to Lenders. In addition, except as otherwise provided herein, all monetary obligations and liabilities and indebtedness of Borrower created or existing under, pursuant to, or as a result of, the Original Credit Agreement shall continue in existence within the definition of “Obligations” under this Agreement, which obligations, liabilities and indebtedness the Borrower, by this Agreement, acknowledge, reaffirm, confirm and assume. The Borrower agrees that any outstanding commitment to make advances or otherwise extend credit or credit support to the Borrower and each other obligation of any Person (other than a Borrower) which is a party to the Original Credit Agreement are hereby terminated. Borrower represents and warrants that none of them have assigned or otherwise transferred any rights arising under the Original Credit Agreement. In order to induce Lenders to enter into this Agreement on the Closing Date, Borrower hereby represents, warrants and covenants to Lenders that it has determined that Borrower will benefit specifically and materially from the amendment and restatement of the Original Credit Agreement pursuant to this Agreement on the Closing Date and that Borrower requested and bargained for the structure and terms of and security for the Loans contemplated by this Agreement on the Closing Date. Amounts in respect of interest, fees and other amounts payable to or for the account of Lenders shall be calculated (i) in accordance with the provisions of the Original Credit Agreement with respect to any period (or a portion of any period) ending prior to the Closing Date and (ii) in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement with respect to any period (or a portion of any period) commencing on or after the Closing Date.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank; Signature Page Follows]
CREDIT AGREEMENT – Page 118
EXECUTED to be effective as of the date first written above.
BORROWER: | ||
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP. | ||
By: | /s/ Patrick J. Farrell | |
Name: Patrick J. Farrell | ||
Title: Chief Financial Officer | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED | ||
By: | /s/ Patrick J. Farrell | |
Name: Patrick J. Farrell | ||
Title: Director and Authorized Signatory | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED | ||
By: | /s/ Patrick J. Farrell | |
Name: Patrick J. Farrell | ||
Title: Director and Authorized Signatory |
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT – Signature page [Borrower]
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: | ||
TEXAS CAPITAL BANK | ||
By: | /s/ Josh Mayfield | |
Name: Josh Mayfield | ||
Title: Executive Vice President |
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT – Signature page [Administrative Agent]
LENDERS: | ||
TEXAS CAPITAL BANK | ||
By: | /s/ Josh Mayfield | |
Name: Josh Mayfield | ||
Title: Executive Vice President |
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT – Signature page
THIRD COAST BANK, SSB | ||
By: | /s/ Caleb Allen | |
Name: Caleb Allen | ||
Title: SVP |
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT – Signature page
VERITEX COMMUNITY BANK | ||
By: | /s/ Christopher Harless | |
Name: Christopher Harless | ||
Title: EVP, Director of Commercial Banking |
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT – Signature page
EXHIBIT A
Assignment and Assumption
This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the] [each]1 Assignor identified in item 1 below ([the][each, an] “Assignor”) and [the] [each]2 Assignee identified in item 2 below ([the] [each, an] “Assignee”). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the Assignors] [the Assignees]3 hereunder are several and not joint]4 Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by [the] [each] Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, [the] [each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the] [each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignor’s] [the respective Assignors’] rights and obligations in [its capacity as a Lender] [their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of [the Assignor] [the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below (including without limitation any guarantees included in such facilities), and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)] [the respective Assignors (in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by [the] [any] Assignor to [the] [any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as [the] [an] “Assigned Interest”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to [the] [any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the] [any] Assignor.
1 For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignor(s), if the assignment is from a single Assignor, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is from multiple Assignors, choose the second bracketed language.
2 For bracketed language here and elsewhere in this form relating to the Assignee(s), if the assignment is to a single Assignee, choose the first bracketed language. If the assignment is to multiple Assignees, choose the second bracketed language.
3 Select as appropriate.
4 Include bracketed language if there are either multiple Assignors or multiple Assignees.
EXHIBIT A – Assignment and Assumption – Page 1
1. | Assignor[s]: | ||
[Assignor [is] [is not] a Defaulting Lender]
2. | Assignee[s]: | ||
[for each Assignee, indicate [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]]
3. | Borrower: | Arrowmark Financial Corp, |
4. | Administrative Agent: Texas Capital Bank, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement |
5. | Credit Agreement: The Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May [], 2022 among Arrowmark Financial Corp., Marshall Holdings II Limited, Marshall Holdings III Limited, the Lenders parties thereto, Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent, and the other agents parties thereto |
6. | Assigned Interest[s]: |
Assignor[s]5 | Assignee[s]6 | Facility
Assigned7 |
Aggregate Amount of Commitment/Loans for all Lenders | Amount
of Commitment/Loans Assigned8 |
Percentage
Assigned of Commitment/Loans9 |
CUSIP Number |
$ | $ | % | ||||
$ | $ | % | ||||
$ | $ | % |
[7. | Trade Date: ]10 |
Effective Date: ____, 20___ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
5 List each Assignor, as appropriate.
6 List each Assignor, as appropriate.
7 Fill in the appropriate terminology for the types of facilities under the Credit Agreement that are being assigned under this Assignment (e.g., “Revolving Credit Commitment,” etc.)
8 Amount to be adjusted by the counterparties to take into account any payments or prepayments made between the Trade Date and the Effective Date.
9 To be completed if the Assignor(s) and the Assignee(s) intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.
10 To be completed if the Assignor(s) and the Assignee(s) intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date
EXHIBIT A – Assignment and Assumption – Page 2
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
ASSIGNOR[S]11 | ||||
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR] | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR] | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
ASSIGNEE[S]12 | ||||
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE] | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE] | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: | ||||
[Consented to and]13 Accepted: | ||||
TEXAS CAPITAL BANK, | ||||
as Administrative Agent | ||||
By: | ||||
Name: | ||||
Title: |
11 Add additional signature blocks as needed Include both Fund/Pension Plan and manager making the trade (if applicable).
12 Add additional signature blocks as needed. Include both Fund/Pension Plan and manager making the trade (if applicable).
13 To be added only if the consent of Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
EXHIBIT A – Assignment and Assumption – Page 3
[Consented to]:14 | ||
[NAME OF RELEVANT PARTY] | ||
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
14 To be added only if the consent of Borrower and/or other parties is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement
EXHIBIT A – Assignment and Assumption – Page 4
ANNEX 1
Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption
1. Representations and Warranties.
1.1 Assignor[s]. [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii)1 [the] [such] Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is [not] a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document, or (iv) the performance or observance by Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.
1.2. Assignee[s]. [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under Section 12.8(b)(iii), (v) and (vi) of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under Section 12.8(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of [the] [the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.2 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase [the] [such] Assigned Interest, and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender2, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the] [such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on Administrative Agent, [the] [any] Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
1 The term “Loan Document” should be conformed to that used in the Credit Agreement.
2 The concept of “Foreign Lender” should be conformed to the section in the Credit Agreement governing withholding taxes and gross-up.
ANNEX 1 – Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption – Page 1
2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the] [each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the] [the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to [the] [the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.3 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Administrative Agent shall make all payments of interest, fees or other amounts paid or payable in kind from and after the Effective Date to [the] [the relevant] Assignee.
3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
3 Administrative Agent should consider whether this method conforms to its systems. In some circumstances, the following alternative language may be appropriate:
“From and after the Effective Date, Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to, on or after the Effective Date The Assignor[s] and the Assignee[s] shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments by Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves
ANNEX 1 – Standard Terms and Conditions for Assignment and Assumption – Page 2
EXHIBIT B
Borrowing Base Report
FOR FISCAL QUARTER ENDED: (THE “SUBJECT PERIOD”)
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: TEXAS CAPITAL BANK,
BORROWER:
This Borrowing Base Report (this “Certificate”) is delivered under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated as of May [], 2022, by and among Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall, unless otherwise indicated, have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. The undersigned hereby certifies to Administrative Agent and Lenders as of the date hereof that (a) he/she is the of Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to Administrative Agent on behalf of Borrower, (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (c) a review of the activities of Borrower during the Subject Period has been made under the undersigned’s supervision with a view to determining the amount of the current Borrowing Base, (d) the Eligible Securities included in the Borrowing Base below meet all conditions to qualify for inclusion therein as set forth in the Credit Agreement, and all representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement with respect thereto are true and correct in all material respects, and (e) the information set forth below hereto is true and correct as of the last day of the Subject Period.
Cash | |||
1 | Cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account and the Administrative Agent in the Administrative Agent Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties | $__________ | |
2 | (Line 1 Multiplied by 100%) | $__________ | |
Publicly-Traded Securities | |||
3 | Fair Market Value of Publicly-Traded Securities owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties | $__________ | |
4 | Ineligible Publicly-Traded Securities:
(a) not constituting common equity securities,
(b) not issued by an issuer domiciled in, and having its principal place of business in, the United States of America with a market capitalization of at least $500,000,000,
(c) are not publicly traded, |
(-) | $__________ |
EXHIBIT B – Borrowing Base Report – Page 1
(d) are not priced in Dollars,
(e) not having a price per share or other unit of at least $5.00,
(f) are not issued by a Publicly-Traded Bank or Bank Holding Company with Average Assets of at least $50,000,000,000 and do not otherwise satisfy the criteria set forth in clause (m) of the “Eligible Securities” definition contained herein |
|||
5 | Eligible Publicly-Traded Securities (Line 3 minus line 4) | $__________ | |
6 | Other Publicly-Traded Securities approved by the Administrative Agent: | (+) | $__________ |
7 | Net Eligible Publicly-Traded Securities - Before Concentration Limits (Line 5 plus line 6) | $__________ | |
8 | State Over Concentrations - Publicly-Traded Securities1 | (-) | $__________ |
9 | Net Eligible Publicly-Traded Securities - After Concentration Limits (Line 7 minus line 8) | $__________ | |
10 | Publicly-Traded Securities to be included in Borrowing Base (Line 9 Multiplied by 60%2) | $__________ | |
Eligible Securities | |||
11 | Market Value of Securities owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and held by the Collateral Trustee in the Collateral Account for the benefit of the Secured Parties | $__________ | |
12 | Ineligible Securities:
(a) such security is not free and clear of any Adverse Claims,
(b) such security is not subject to a first priority perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent,
(c) such security is comprised of options, warrants, puts, calls, strips, repurchase agreements (other than Permitted Treasury Repos), reverse repurchase agreements or similar securities,
(d) if not a “restricted security” under the Securities Act, (x) such security is subject to any restriction on transfer or (y) has become materially unmarketable, due to a Change in Law, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion,
(e) if a “restricted security” under the Securities Act (w) such security is not eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144A promulgated by the SEC (“Rule 144A”), (x) no reasonably current financial information on the issuer of such Portfolio Investment required for a sale under Rule 144A is publicly available in a form that satisfies the current information requirements of Rule 144A, (y) such security has become materially unmarketable, due to a Change in Law, as determined by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion or (z) such security is subject to any restriction on transfer (excluding restrictions set forth in the Securities Act or Exchange Act in effect on the Closing Date), |
$__________ |
1 State Over Concentrations are calculated on an aggregate basis for Publicly-Traded Securities and Eligible Securities
2 or such lower percentage as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably determine from time to time based on market, liquidity and other factors.
EXHIBIT B – Borrowing Base Report – Page 2
(f) such security is not legally available to be pledged or hypothecated by Borrower to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Agreement,
(g) (i) if such Portfolio Investment is a debt instrument or equity security, such security is (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason, or (ii) if such Portfolio Investment is a CDO, the debt instrument or equity security that is securing such CDO is (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) nonpaying for any reason, provided that if only a portion of the collateral securing such CDO is (A) in default, (B) deferring payment or (C) non-paying for any reason (each such portion, a “Non-Performing Portion”), only such Non-Performing Portion shall be excluded,
(h) such security is not held in the Collateral Account,
(i) the Portfolio Company of such Portfolio Investment (i) is the subject of any bankruptcy arrangement, receivership, conservatorship, reorganization proceeding or other proceeding for relief of debtors, (ii) is insolvent, or (iii) has not admitted its inability to pay its debts generally,
(j) such security is issued by Affiliates of the Administrative Agent or any Lender,
(k) such security is not permitted to be purchased or held by Borrower in accordance with Borrower’s Investment Policies and Restrictions,
(l) if such Portfolio Investment is a CDO backed by TruPS, the collateral securing such CDO is not rated investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations, provided that if only a portion of the collateral securing such CDO is not rated investment grade by one or more nationally recognized statistical rating organizations (each such portion, a “Non-Investment Grade Portion”), only such Non-Investment Grade Portion shall be excluded, |
EXHIBIT B – Borrowing Base Report – Page 3
(m) if such Portfolio Investment is issued by a bank or a bank holding company, or is collateralized by common equity securities issued by a bank or a bank holding company and such bank or bank holding company is not a Publicly-Traded Bank or Bank Holding Company with Average Assets of at least $50,000,000,000, the bank or the bank subsidiary of such bank holding company, as applicable, has not exhibited any of the following characteristics in the immediately preceding fiscal quarter:
Texas Ratio of less than 60%;
a Return on Average Assets Ratio on a rolling four-quarter basis of no less than 0.35%; and
it is Well Capitalized,
(n) unless otherwise approved in writing by Administrative Agent, the issuer is in “troubled condition”
|
13 | Net Eligible Securities - Before Concentration Limits (Line 11 minus line 12) | $__________ | |
14 | State Over Concentrations - Eligible Securities3 | (-) | $__________ |
15 | Issuer Over Concentrations (Incremental) - Eligible Securities | (-) | $__________ |
16 | Net Eligible Securities - After Concentration Limits (Line 13 minus line 14 minus line 15) | $__________ | |
17 | Eligible Securities to be included in Borrowing Base (Line 16 Multiplied by 50%) | $__________ | |
Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities | |||
18 | Market Value of Regulatory Capital Transaction Security | $__________ | |
19 | Ineligible Securities: (a)(i) which has not been issued or guaranteed by an Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank or a bank subsidiary of an Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank, and (ii) whose cash deposits are not held by an Eligible Regulatory Capital Bank in an amount no less than the face amount of the aggregate amount of such regulatory security,
(b) if issued by a special purpose vehicle, such special purpose vehicle has additional creditors (except in de minimis amounts necessary for the administration of such special purpose vehicle) or such Regulatory Capital Transaction Security does not have prohibitions on the incurrence of additional debt |
(-) | $__________ |
3 State Over Concentrations are calculated on an aggregate basis for Publicly-Traded Securities and Eligible Securities
EXHIBIT B – Borrowing Base Report – Page 4
(c) has single reference portfolio position which exceeds more than 3.50% of the reference portfolio of such Eligible Regulatory Capital Security | |||
20 | Net Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities - Before Concentration Limits (Line 18 minus line 19) | $__________ | |
21 | Issuer Over Concentrations (Incremental) - Regulatory Capital Transaction Securities | (-) | $__________ |
22 | Regulatory Capital Transaction Securities Exceeding 85% of Borrowing Base Collateral (Incremental) | (-) | $__________ |
23 | Net Eligible Securities - After Concentration Limits (Line 20 minus line 21 minus line 22) | $__________ | |
24 | Eligible Regulatory Capital Securities to be included in Borrowing Base (Line 23 Multiplied by 60%) | $__________ | |
TOTAL NET BORROWING BASE | |||
25 | Total Net Borrowing Base - Before Reserve (Line 2 plus line 10 plus line 17 plus line 24) | $__________ | |
26 | Less: Reserve ($250,000) | (-) | $__________ |
27 | Total Net Borrowing Base (Line 25 minus line 26) | $__________ | |
28 | Aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Loans | (-) | $__________ |
TOTAL NET BORROWING AVAILABILITY | |||
29 | Total Net Borrowing Availability (Capped at Facility Max) (Line 27 minus line 28) | $__________ | |
(If result is a negative figure, this amount is due immediately as a principal payment.) | (Not to exceed Commitment) |
EXHIBIT B – Borrowing Base Report – Page 5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXHIBIT C
Compliance Certificate
FOR QUARTER/YEAR ENDED (THE “SUBJECT PERIOD”)
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT: Texas Capital Bank
BORROWER:
This Compliance Certificate (this “Certificate”) is delivered under the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) dated as of , 20__, by and among Borrower, the Lenders from time to time party thereto and Administrative Agent. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate shall, unless otherwise indicated, have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. The undersigned hereby certifies to Administrative Agent and Lender as of the date hereof that: (a) he/she is the of Borrower, and that, as such, he/she is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to Administrative Agent on behalf of Borrower; (b) he/she has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower during the Subject Period; (c) during the Subject Period, Borrower performed and observed each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it and no Default or Event of Default currently exists or has occurred which has not been cured or waived by Required Lenders or all Lenders, as required by the Loan Documents; (d) the representations and warranties of Borrower contained in Article 6 of the Credit Agreement, and any representations and warranties of Borrower that are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection with the Loan Documents, are true and correct on and as of the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Certificate, the representations and warranties contained in Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 7.1 of the Credit Agreement, including the statements in connection with which this Certificate is delivered; (e) the financial statements of Borrower attached to this Certificate were prepared in accordance with GAAP, and present, on a consolidated, fairly and accurately the financial condition and results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the end of and for the Subject Period; (f) the financial covenant analyses and information set forth below are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate; and (g) the status of compliance by Borrower with certain covenants of the Credit Agreement at the end of the Subject Period is as set forth below:
In Compliance as of
End of Subject Period
(Please Indicate)
1. | Financial Statements and Reports | Yes | No | |
(a) | Provide annual audited consolidated FYE financial statements within 120 days after the last day of each fiscal year. | Yes | No |
EXHIBIT C – Compliance Certificate – Page 1
(b) | Provide quarterly consolidated financial statements within 60 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter. | Yes | No | |
(c) | Provide a Compliance Certificate concurrently with the delivery of each financial statement referred to in lines 1(a) or 1(b) above. | Yes | No | |
(d) | Provide quarterly Borrowing Base Report within 60 days of the beginning of each fiscal quarter | Yes | No | |
(e) | Provide projections within 60 days of the beginning of each fiscal year. | Yes | No | |
(f) | Provide a Third-Party Valuation Report within 60 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter. | Yes | No | |
(g) | Provide a Fair Market Valuation Report within 60 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter. | Yes | No | |
(h) | Provide a Schedule of Portfolio Investments within 15 days after the last day of each fiscal quarter. | Yes | No | |
(i) | Provide other required reporting timely. | Yes | No | |
2. | Subsidiaries None, except as listed on Schedule 6.13. |
Yes | No | |
3. | Debt None, except Debt permitted by Section 8.1 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
4. | Liens None, except Liens permitted by Section 8.2 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
5. | Acquisitions
and Mergers None, except those permitted by Section 8.3 of the Credit Agreement |
Yes | No | |
6. | Dividends
and Stock Repurchase None, except as permitted by Section 8 4 of the Credit Agreement. (if applicable, Dollar amount during Subject Period: $ ) |
Yes | No | |
7. | Loans
and Investments Aggregate amount of Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries: & ) |
Yes | No |
EXHIBIT C – Compliance Certificate – Page 2
8. | Issuance
of Equity None, except issuances permitted by Section 8.6 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
9. | Affiliate
Transactions None, except transactions permitted by Section 8 7 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
10. | Disposition
of Assets None, except dispositions permitted by Section 8.8 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
11. | Sale
and Leaseback Transactions None, except transactions permitted by Section 8,9 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
12. | Prepayment
of Debt None, except prepayments permitted by Section 8.10 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
13. | Changes
in Nature of Business None, except changes permitted by Section 8.11 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
14. | Environmental
Protection No activity likely to cause violations of Environmental Laws or create any Environmental Liabilities resulting in a MAE. |
Yes | No | |
15. | Changes
in Fiscal Year: Accounting Practices None, except transactions permitted by Section 8.13 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
16. | No
Negative Pledge None, except those permitted by Section 8.14 of the Credit Agreement. |
Yes | No | |
17. | Debt Service Coverage Ratio | Yes | No | |
(a) | Net Investment Income for the 4 consecutive fiscal $ quarters ending on the date hereof | $ | ||
(b) | Cash Interest Expense for the 4 consecutive fiscal $ quarters ending on the date hereof | $ |
EXHIBIT C – Compliance Certificate – Page 3
(c) | Coverage Amount | $ | ||
(d) | Debt Service Coverage Ratio ((Lines 17(a) plus 17(b)) / Line 17(d)) | |||
(e) | Minimum of 1.25 to 1.00 at end of Subject Period | Yes | No | |
(f) | Minimum of 1.15 to 1.00 at end of Subject Period if a Restricted Period is then in effect | Yes | No | |
18. | Mandatory
Prepayments Amount of Mandatory Prepayments made during the Subject Period |
|||
(a) | Amount of net cash proceeds of dispositions required to prepay Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2,7(d)(i): | $ | ______ | |
(b) | Amount of net cash proceeds from issuance of Debt required to prepay Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to Section 2,7(d)(ii): | $ | ______ | |
(c) | Mandatory prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans required to be made during a Restricted Period pursuant to Section 2.7(e): | |||
1. | 100% of the cash flow received by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Restricted Period: | $ | ______ | |
2. | Without duplication, 100% of all Return of Capital received by Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such Restricted Period: | $ | ______ | |
3. | The minimum amounts required to be distributed to investors during such Restricted Period to allow Borrower to satisfy the minimum distribution requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act to maintain its eligibility to be taxed as a RIC: | $ | ______ | |
4. | Amounts payable for third-party operating expenses during $ such Restricted Period: | $ | ______ | |
5. | The Advisory Fee payable during such period: | $ | ______ | |
6. | Total (Lines 18(c)l. + 2.-3.-4.-5.): | $ | ______ |
EXHIBIT C – Compliance Certificate – Page 4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of .
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXHIBIT C – Compliance Certificate – Page 5
EXHIBIT D
Revolving Credit Borrowing Request
Date: , ____
To: Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May [], 2022 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among ArrowMark Financial Corp., a Delaware corporation Marshall Holdings II Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and Marshall Holdings III Limited, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (each individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent.
The undersigned hereby requests (select one):
¨ A borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans
¨ A conversion or continuation of Revolving Credit Loans
1. | On (a Business Day). |
2. | In the amount of $ |
3. | Comprised of | |||
(Type of Portion requested) |
4. | For Term SOFR Portion: with an Interest Period of months. |
Borrower hereby represents and warrants that the conditions specified in Section 5.2 of the Credit Agreement shall be satisfied on and as of the date of the requested Revolving Credit Borrowing.
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP. | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXHIBIT D – Revolving Credit Borrowing Request – Page 1
EXHIBIT E
Revolving Credit Note
$ | , 2014 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP., a Delaware corporation, MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands, and MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED, a company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (each individually and collectively, jointly and severally, “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to the order of (“Lender”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal sum of AND XX/100 DOLLARS ($ ) or so much thereof as may be advanced by Lender (in its capacity as Lender) from time to time to or for the benefit or account of Borrower under that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May [], 2022 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “Credit Agreement;” the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent (“Administrative Agent”).
Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of this Note from the date hereof until the Revolving Credit Loans made by Lender are paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to Administrative Agent for the account of Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, then such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.
This Note is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranties. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. The Revolving Credit Loans made by Lender shall be evidenced by an account maintained by Lender in the ordinary course of business. Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Credit Loans and payments with respect thereto.
Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.
THIS NOTE, AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY, OR DISPUTE ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
EXHIBIT E – Revolving Credit Note – Page 1
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower, intending to be legally bound hereby, has duly executed this Note as of the day and year first written above.
BORROWER: | ||
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP. | ||
A Delaware corporation | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS II LIMITED | ||
A company organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: | ||
MARSHALL HOLDINGS III LIMITED | ||
A company organized under the laws of the Cayman islands | ||
By: | ||
Name: Title: |
EXHIBIT E – Revolving Credit Note – Page 2
EXHIBIT F-l
U.S.
Tax Compliance Certificate
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May [], 2022 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ArrowMark Financial Corp., Marshall Holdings II Limited, Marshall Holdings III Limited, Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent, and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent and Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two (2) calendar years preceding such payments,
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Date: , 20__
EXHIBIT F – U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT F-2
U.S.
Tax Compliance Certificate
(For Foreign Participants That Are Not Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May [], 2022 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ArrowMark Financial Corp., Marshall Holdings II Limited, Marshall Holdings III Limited, Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent, and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (iv) it is not a “controlled foreign corporation” related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code,
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. Person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two (2) calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Date: , 20__
EXHIBIT F – U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT F-3
U.S.
Tax Compliance Certificate
(For Foreign Participants That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May [], 2022 (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ArrowMark Financial Corp., Marshall Holdings II Limited, Marshall Holdings III Limited, Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent, and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two (2) calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Date: , 20__
EXHIBIT F – U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT F-4
U.S.
Tax Compliance Certificate
(For Foreign Lenders That Are Partnerships for U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is hereby made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of May [], 2022 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), among ArrowMark Financial Corp., Marshall Holdings II Limited, Marshall Holdings III Limited, Texas Capital Bank, as Administrative Agent, and each Lender from time to time party thereto.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.4 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its direct or indirect partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, neither the undersigned nor any of its direct or indirect partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “10 percent shareholder” of Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and (v)none of its direct or indirect partners/members is a “controlled foreign corporation” related to Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code.
The undersigned has furnished Administrative Agent and Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by one of the following forms from each of its partners/members that is claiming the portfolio interest exemption: (i) an IRS Form W-8BEN or (ii) an IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an interest exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform Borrower and Administrative Agent, and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished Borrower and Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two (2) calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
By: | ||
Name: | ||
Title: |
Date: , 20__
EXHIBIT F – U.S. Tax Compliance Certificate
Exhibit (s)
Calculation of Filing Fee Tables
FORM N-2
(Form Type)
ARROWMARK FINANCIAL CORP.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Table 1: Newly Registered and Carry Forward Securities
Security Type |
Security Class Title |
Fee Calculations or Carry Forward Rule |
Amount Registered |
Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit |
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1) |
Fee Rate | Amount of Registration Fee |
Carry Forward Form Type |
Carry Forward File Number |
Carry Forward Initial Effective Date |
Filing Fee Previously Paid in Connection with Unsold Securities to be Carried Forward | |
Newly Registered Securities | ||||||||||||
Fees to be Paid | Equity | Common Stock, par value $0.001(2) | ||||||||||
Equity | Preferred Stock, par value $0.001(2) | |||||||||||
Other | Subscription Rights(3) | |||||||||||
Debt | Debt Securities(4) | |||||||||||
Unallocated (Universal) Shelf | Unallocated (Universal) Shelf | 457(o) | $150,000,000(5) | $150,000,000(5) | $147.60 | $22,140 | ||||||
Total Offering Amounts | $150,000,000(5) | $22,140 | ||||||||||
Total Fees Previously Paid | — | |||||||||||
Total Fee Offsets | $15,124.73 | |||||||||||
Net Fee Due | $7,015.27 |
(1) Estimated pursuant to Rule 457 solely for the purposes of determining the registration fee. The proposed maximum offering price per security will be determined, from time to time, by the Registrant in connection with the sale by the Registrant of the securities registered under this Registration Statement.
(2) There is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of shares of common stock or preferred stock as may be sold, from time to time.
(3) There is being registered hereunder an indeterminate number of subscription rights as may be sold, from time to time.
(4) There is being registered hereunder an indeterminate principal amount of debt securities as may be sold, from time to time. If any debt securities are issued at an original issue discount, then the offering price shall be in such greater principal amount as shall result in an aggregate price to investors not to exceed $150,000,000.
(5) In no event will the aggregate offering price of all securities issued from time to time pursuant to this Registration Statement exceed $150,000,000.
Table 2: Fee Offset Claims and Sources
Registrant or Filer Name |
Form or Filing Type |
File Number |
Initial Filing Date |
Filing Date | Fee Offset Claimed |
Security Type Associated with Fee Offset Claimed |
Security Title Associated with Fee Offset Claimed |
Unsold Securities Associated with Fee Offset Claimed |
Unsold Aggregate Offering Amount Associated with Fee Offset Claimed |
Fee Paid with Fee Offset Source | |
Rule 457(p) | |||||||||||
Fee Offset Claims | ArrowMark Financial Corp. | Form N-2 | 333-251349(1) | December 14, 2020 | $15,124.73 | Unallocated (Universal) Shelf | Unallocated (Universal) Shelf | $102,471,047 | $102,471,047 | ||
Fee Offset Sources | ArrowMark Financial Corp. | Form N-2 | 333-251349 | December 14, 2020 | $15,124.73 |
(1) The Registrant has terminated or completed any offering that included the unsold securities under the prior registration statement.
Exhibit (t)
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose name appears below hereby nominates, constitutes and appoints Sanjai Bhonsle as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power to act alone, with full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to make, execute and sign a Registration Statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, of ArrowMark Financial Corp. and any and all pre-effective or post-effective amendments thereto (including any and all amendments and any related registration statements thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act and otherwise), and file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent with full power to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this instrument as of the 18th day of July, 2024.
/s/ John Scott Emrich |
|
John Scott Emrich Director |
|
/s/ Emil W. Henry, Jr. |
|
Emil W. Henry, Jr. Director |
|
/s/ Michael Stolper |
|
Michael Stolper Director |
|
/s/ Karen L. Reidy |
|
Karen L. Reidy Director |
|